1999 Peripheral

Products Catalog

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Temperature
Andover Wall Mount Temperature Sensors
Andover Sensor Plus Temperature Sensor
Andover Smart Sensor Temperature Sensor
Andover Stainless Steel Temperature Sensor
Andover Infinity EMX 170 Programmable
Interface Module
Andover Duct & Immersion Temperature Sensors
Andover Duct Averaging Temperature Sensors
MAMAC Systems TE-205 Duct Averaging Sensor
Andover Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor

Power Supplies
1
3
5
7
8
10
13
14
15

Humidity
General Eastern Microline Relative Humidity Sensors
General Eastern Easycal Plus
General Eastern EHRH Transmitter
General Eastern HUMISCAN
Veris HX & HV Series Relative Humidity Sensors
MAMAC Systems HU-224/225 & HU-226 RH Sensors

17
21
22
24
26
32

CO/CO2
Veris GX Series CO Sensor
Veris CX Series CO2 Sensors

33
35

Power Monitoring
Veris Current Status Switches
Veris Motor Control Switches
Veris Analog Current Sensors
Veris Power Transducers
Veris Current Transformers
Veris Enspector Energy &
Environmental Auditing Controls
Veris Potential Transformers

37
47
57
65
77

87
88
91
92
93
94
99
102

Relays
IDEC RH & SH Series Relays
Core Components Relays

107
109

Transformers
Core Components Isolation Transformers
Core Components Control Transformers

MAMAC Systems PS-200

127

Tank Probes
Andover Infinity RS-485 Tank Probes

129

Access Cards and Readers
HID Wiegand-Effect Readers
HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards
HID Proximity Readers
HID Proximity Cards
Motorola Indala ASP Advantage
Series Proximity Readers
Motorola Indala ASP Advantage
Series Proximity Cards
Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Readers
Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Cards
Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers
Dorado Magnetic Stripe Cards & Encoding Systems
Essex Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypads
Andover EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board

131
136
142
149
154
165
169
173
177
181
183
185

Damper Actuators
Belimo Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Belimo Non-Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Siemens Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Siemens Non-Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Siemens Electric Damper Actuators
Siemens Pneumatic Damper Actuators

187
195
206
207
210
213

Valves & Actuators
79
85

Pressure
MAMAC Systems High Pressure Transducers
MAMAC Systems Low Pressure Transducers
MAMAC Systems Duct Static Pressure Probes
MAMAC Systems Wet/Wet Differential
Pressure Transmitters
MAMAC Systems Electro-Pneumatic Transducers
Modus Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters
Modus Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters
Modus Pressure Indication Devices

I

117
118

Siemens Powermite 599 MZ Series
Siemens Powermite 599 MT Series
Siemens Flowrite 599 Series Valve Bodies
Siemens Flowrite 599 Series
Pneumatic Valve Actuators
Siemens Flowrite 599 Series
Electronic Valve Actuators
Siemens Flowrite Series Valve Actuators
Siemens Powermite 656 Series
Siemens Powertop 658 Series
Siemens MTE/MVE/MXE Zone Valves

219
221
224
226
227
228
231
232
233

Temperature Controls
Siemens Pneumatic Thermostats & Hygrostats
Siemens Electric Thermostats & Hygrostats
Siemens Controllers & Transmitters
Siemens Switches & Relays
Siemens Auxiliary Equipment

235
242
245
253
262

Terms & Conditions

265

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

II

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

TEMPERATURE

1

Wall Mount Temperature Sensor
Model TTS-S
Description
Andover Controls Wall Mount Temperature Sensor provides accurate, reliable
measurement of interior room temperature for use in an Andover Controls building
automation system. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor,
accurate to within + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C). The sensor has an operating range of 32°F to
105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing).
The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity thermal compound
for good heat transfer characteristics. It is housed in an attractive, well-ventilated plastic
enclosure. The unique two-piece design permits changeout of the thermistor material,
which is located in the cover, without rewiring or removal of the baseplate. The cover is
securely attached to the backplate via two allen screws.
The sensor may be mounted directly on dry wall, cement or on any electrical outlet box
with no adapters required. The sensor is for interior use only, and is not suitable for use
where condensation may occur.

Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: ................................................................................................................................................................ Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°F (25°C)
Wiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2P Terminal Block
Wire Specifications: ........................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 2 conductor, unshielded
Max. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................... 490 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error
850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error
1,200 ft. (20 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error
2.000 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error

Performance:
Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C)(non-condensing)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C)
Stability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years

Mechanical:
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 4.50” H x 3.50” W x 1.06” D (11.4 cm x 8.9 cm x 2.7 cm)
Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-white

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo ......................................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-1
Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo (10 Pack) ....................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-10
Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo (25 Pack) ....................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-25
Avail. Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo ....................................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-1
Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo (10 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-10
Mid-Summer
1999 Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo (25 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-25

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

2

TEMPERATURE

Dimensional Drawing

1.05
(27)

3.50
(89)

4.50
(114)

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

............................................. No Slider (10 Pack) ....................................................................................................36°F.................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ No Logo......................... TTS-SE-10 Sensor Plus............................................. The sensor may be mounted directly on dry wall................................ Specifications General: Sensing Element: ........................................................................ ACC Logo................ No Slider (10 Pack) ........................................... reliable measurement of interior room temperature for use in an Andover Controls building automation system...................... 490 ft...............................................7 cm) Color: ........... + 0..............................36°F (+ 0................. The sensor has an operating range of 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing)...... ACC Logo...000 ohms @ 77°F (25°C) Wire Specification: .................................... 0-5VDC @7 mA Ordering Information Item Part # Sensor Plus....................................................................................................50” W x 1................... No Slider (25 Pack) ................ Type III Thermistor........................................... Sensor Plus........................................................... TTS-SE-B-25 Avail..................9 cm x 2....... The Sensor Plus utilizes an attractive........................................................................................ Slider (10 Pack) ................................ or on any electrical outlet box with no adapters required............................................................................. TTS-SE-NS-10 Sensor Plus........................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years Mechanical: Dimensions: ........................................................................................ 01-0100-435 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......200 ft (20 gauge wire) with less than 0....................... Slider (25 Pack) . No Logo...1°F error Performance: Range: ................................................................................................................ The active sensing element is a highly stable.1°F error 1................................... The sensor is for interior use only...........000 ohms............ (2) 4P Terminal Blocks Max......... unshielded wire An additional single pair twisted shielded is required for Lap-Top Service Tool connection Wiring Connections: .......................................................1°F error 2..................................................................................... Off-white Slider Range: . No Logo........................ 6 conductor....................................................... (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.................................000 ft (18 gauge wire) with less than 0... 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing) Accuracy: ...... Slider (10 Pack) ........... and is not suitable for use where condensation may occur...... No Slider .................................................................................................... No Logo........................................ No Logo........ TTS-SE-25 Sensor Plus.. Slider ................ TTS-SE-NS-1 Sensor Plus.................................... and programmable LED indicator...................................TEMPERATURE 3 Sensor Plus Temperature Sensor Model TTS-SE Description Andover Controls Sensor Plus provides accurate.................................................................................................................... 22 or 24 gauge..............................................................2°C) Stability: ..... Slider ...1°F error 850 ft..................................... (24 gauge wire) with less than 0....50” H x 3............................................... TTS-SE-BNS-1 Mid-Summer Sensor Plus...... ACC Logo.................... No Slider ............................................................................. accurate to within +0....................................................................................................................................4 cm x 8.. it is equipped with a setpoint adjustment slider control............................ TTS-SE-BNS-25 1999 Sensor Plus.......................................................................................................... No Logo..... 200 to 2.................................. TTS-SE-B-1 Sensor Plus..................... Distance to Sensor: .. TTS-SE-BNS-10 Sensor Plus.................. 18. +-20% LED: ......................................... high-conductivity thermal compound for good heat transfer characteristics.............................. TTS-SE-NS-25 Laptop Service Tool Cable ....................... TTS-SE-B-10 Sensor Plus..................................................................................................................................... 10......................................................................................................................... The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass.......... 20.................................. an override pushbutton...............................06” D (11............................................................................................ The housing is securely attached to the backplate via two allen screws.......................... ACC Logo.............................................................. cement........................ No Slider (25 Pack) .................................... ACC Logo......................................................................... In addition.................... Models include a connection for the Andover Controls’ Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool............................................ ACC Logo.......... TTS-SE-1 Sensor Plus................................................................ precision thermistor......... Slider (25 Pack) .............. 4......... well-ventilated plastic enclosure...................................................................................

50 (114) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.4 TEMPERATURE Dimensional Drawings 1.05 (27) 3. Mid-Summer 1999 1.50 (89) 4.50 (114) Avail.50 (89) 4.05 (27) 3. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

..................................................... precision thermistor............................................................................................................................... One Smart Sensor is powered directly from Andover Controls’ TCX 866 Ordering Information Item Part # Smart Sensor......................................... The active sensing element is a highly stable....... TTS-SD-LCD-B-1 Mid-Summer 1999 Buffer Board for Smart Sensor LED and LCD ... 20..................................................... The Smart Sensor comes in a well-ventilated plastic enclosure...............36°F (+ 0........................................................................................18°F (-17..........................67°C) error 1........ adjusting the amount of override time.. Specifications General: Sensing Element: ....................................18°F (-17...36°F (+0..................................................2°C)........................................ + 0......... 3/32” Tip .......................18°F (-17.................... Smart Sensor.................................................................................... 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C)(non-condensing) Accuracy: ......... Flathead................... TTS-SD-LED-B-1 Avail............................................................7 cm) Color: ...................................................................... unshielded wire An additional single pair twisted shielded is required for Lap-Top Service Tool Connection Wiring Connections: ............................................ An enhanced version of the Smart Sensor is also available with a 4-digit custom LCD that provides the following icons: PM................................................................................................. CFM........000 ohms @ 77°F (25°C) Wire Specifications: ............................................ Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years Mechanical: Dimensions: .................06” D (11................................................. (24 gauge wire) with less than 0................ 4........... (22 gauge wire) with less than 0........................................ ACC Logo w/LED Display.......................................................... and SP.........................................67°C) error Performance: Range: ..................................2°C) @ 25 feet of 22 gauge wire Stability: ...................................................... Setpoint... accurate to within ± 0.............................................67°C) error 790 ft.... monitor occupancy status and turn equipment on and off...................................... 30-3001-709 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......50” W x 1...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................... ACC Logo w/LCD Display ...................................................................................... (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.... 22 or 24 gauge............9 cm x 2...................................................................... %........................................................... OA...67°C) error 500 ft................................ 10... Off-white Power: ..............TTS-SD-LCD-1 Smart Sensor.... Distance to Sensor: ........ The sensor has an operating range of 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing)........................... Heat................................................. °.......................................4 cm x 8.......... 01-0100-435 Screwdriver for use with Smart Sensor..................50” H x 3................... (20 gauge wire) with less than 0.......... Type III Thermistor....................................... The function keys can be custom programmed to perform a wide variety of functions......... TTS-SD-LED-1 Smart Sensor................. Programming the display and function keys is done with Andover Controls' Plain English® programming language.............. Both versions of the Smart Sensor provide a connection for the Andover Controls Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool................................................. 300 ft............... TTS-SD-INFBUF Laptop Service Tool Cable ... No Logo w/LCD Display.................................................................TEMPERATURE 5 Smart Sensor Temperature Sensor Model TTS-SD Description Andover Controls Smart Sensor combines an attractive display with a room temperature sensor to provide users with a cost effective way to view or modify VAV box operation.......................................................................................................... No Logo w/LED Display .......................... Cool...................................................................................200 ft............. Fan............................. 3 conductor............. signaling an alarm condition...... and enforcing password security........................ arming or disarming a security system....... It is designed for use with the Andover Controls TCX 866 VAV controller and can also accomplish many local control and monitoring tasks........................ 18.......................... including switching a specific zone to occupied mode. The standard Smart Sensor provides a two character LED display and a 6 button programmable keypad that enables operators and occupants to change setpoints.18°F (-17............................. 4P Connector + 2P Connector Max.....................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .05 (27) 3.6 TEMPERATURE Dimensional Diagram 1.50 (89) 4.50 (114) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

....................................................................................................................... The sensor consists of a precision thermistor bonded to a stainless steel plate................................. The sensor is available with tamper-proof screws................... Type III Thermistor........................................ providing additional security for prisons.............................................................................................................. The sensor is intended for interior use only.............36°F (+ 0................. 8ft............................................................................. An 8 foot lead is included for wiring terminations............................................ 4 1/2” H x 2 3/4” W Housing: ..................................................................................................................36°F (+ 0................. The sensor is ideal for manufacturing areas and processing plants where conventional wall sensors are subject to damage.... 10........................................................................................................ Specifications General: Sensing Element: ............................ (22 gauge wire) with less than .................... reliable measurement of indoor temperatures for use in an Andover Controls building automation system........................................................................... (18 gauge wire) with less than .................................000 ohms @ 77°F................................. Wallplate Sensor ........................................................ 2 conductor........... 22 gauge wire leads provided.................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years Mechanical: Dimensions: ........... Wire Size (sensor to controller): ....................1°F error Performance: Range: ................................ -30°F to 122°F (-34°C to 50°C) Accuracy: ......................... unshielded Max.................................................... 20 or 22 gauge.............................................................. Ruggedized Wiring Connections: .... The sensor may be mounted directly on a wall or directly over a standard single-gang utility box with the screws provided......... 01-0100-296 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................ 18............. 403 Stainless Steel wall plate........................................ 01-0100-295 St/Stl......... The sensor accurately monitors temperatures within a range of -30°F to 122°F (-34°C to 50°C) with an accuracy of + 0..................................................................2°C)............................................ schools and other areas prone to vandalism.... insulated with foil-backed foam to reduce the effect of wall temperature.........TEMPERATURE 7 Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor Description Andover Controls Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor provides rugged.......2°C) Stability: ............................ Crimp-type butt splices or solder connections recommended................................ + 0......................................................................................................................... 850 ft........................... The low temperature range of the sensor permits installation in freezers and cold storage lockers................................ Wallplate Sensor w/ Security Screws .... The high thermal mass of the plate provides an extremely stable temperature reading........... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................1°F error 2000 ft..................... insulated with foil-backed foam Ordering Information Item Part # St/Stl....... Distance to Sensor: .................. hospitals.........

................. airflow balancing.............. setpoint adjustment....................................................................... Black trim ring................................................ Screw terminals Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............. turn equipment on and off......................... One EMX 170 maximum is powered directly from the Infinet controller Mechanical: Operating Environment: ..................... well-ventilated plastic enclosure and includes a thermistor sensor.......................................................... Wall-mounted Industrial Version: ....... 3 ½” H x 3 ½” W x 3 ¼” D (88............. ¼ DIN package............................... The EMX 170 provides a connection for the Andover Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool...............................................8°C). a service technician can view data......... By plugging into the EMX 170 on the Infinet bus................. 24-gauge.............................0 mm x 33.......... Programming the display and function keys of the EMX 170 is done using Andover Controls’ powerful Plain English® programming language........................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...........................9 mm x 82.............. Typical uses include equipment on/off control....... Specifications Electrical: Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................... arm or disarm a security system... Wall Mount Unit The standard wall mount unit comes in an attractive............................. adjust the amount of override time................................... and PID tuning constants adjustment..............................9 mm x 88............................................................. overall shield For the Infinet Lap-Top Service Port: single twisted shielded pair.... via the EMX 170 Buffer Board................... 40°F to 100°F (4......................... and even modify control programs throughout the entire system.............................................................................................................. For the sensor: 6-conductor........ the local Infinet controller connected to the EMX 170.................................................... 180 feet maximum from the EMX 170 to the Infinet controller Bus Media: ........................ A custom legend kit is available for the keys.... The 8-character LCD display and six programmable function keys enable operators and occupants to change setpoints............................. Industrial Version The industrial version comes in a NEMA 4X.............. and password protection............................5 mm) Buffer Board: ....... Off-white (custom colors available) Industrial Version: ................................................... A blank overlay is provided with each unit for custom labeling of the function keys...........5 mm x 38............. change setpoints and times.................................. The keys on the standard wall mount unit are hidden from view by a flip-down cover on the front of the sensor...................................................... Two of the wiring terminals are reversed for a thermistor (not included)............................. The six function keys can be programmed to perform a wide variety of operations........1 mm) Color: Standard Wall Unit: ..................................................................................... tenant override......................................................................................... is secured with tamper-resistant screws.................... 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing) Dimensions: Standard Wall Unit: .......................... The enclosure..................... arm or disarm high security areas..................... which is styled to match the other Infinity room sensors.... off-white and gray faceplate Enclosure Type: Standard Wall Unit: ........... 24 gauge Connections: Infinet: ...............................8 TEMPERATURE Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module Description Andover Controls Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module combines a true interactive display with a room temperature sensor to provide users with a cost effective way to view or modify facility operation.................................... NEMA 4X.......................... Standard library programs include scheduling........... Screw terminals Buffer Board: ........................ Through expansion serial port of the local Infinet controller............ 4 1/2” H x 2 7/8” W x 1 5/16” D (114................ air balance VAV boxes......... .................... The keys are membrane-type with tactile feedback..........3 mm) Industrial Version: ............. override time.................... setpoint changes........4°C to 37. adjust the temperature setpoint...........2 mm x 155........................... The Plain English® programs are stored in........... The keys can be programmed to switch the space to occupied mode............................................... and executed by................... including password security.............................................................................. monitor occupancy counts..................................... Bus Length: ............... ¼ DIN Communications: Communications Interface: ................. or even request a car from the building’s garage..............................................................4 mm x 73................................ or perform virtually any building automation or security function within the Andover Infinity System.......................... 1 5/8” H x 6 1/8” W x 11/2”D (41.........................

01-1000-636 EMX 170 Button Overlay....................... w/out Buffer Board.............................................. ¼” character height................... Wall Unit................................ ACC Logo .................................000 ohms @ 77°F Range: ................... Blank Cover .... 01-3002-185 Input Interface Module . Blank Overlay......................................... with one EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module maximum per each controller..................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy spec for minimum of 5 years Thermal Epoxy: ........................................... LCX 810................................................ Blank Overlay...................... w/out Buffer Board.............. Wall Unit.................................................................................................................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # Std........................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............ included with the EMX 170. 01-0008-766 Std.............................................................................................................................4°C to 37................................ 01-0008-767 Std...................................................... 8-character liquid crystal display. programmable using Andover Controls Plain English® Industrial Version: ........................... TCX 850...............................................42°C) from 70°F to 90°F +0........................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..... UL/CUL 916............ +0........... or over a single gang utility box. Because the LCX Lighting Controller family and the TCX 860 and TCX 870 have the buffer board built-in............................................................................................. Blank Cover ........ Type III thermistor........................................................................4°C) from 40°F to 70°F +0........... programmable using Andover Controls Plain English® Function Keys: Standard Wall Unit: ....... shielded cable to be wired a maximum of 180 feet from the Buffer Board to the programmable interface unit......................... 6 square push buttons with tactile feedback sealed within a membrane................................... completely encapsulating the thermistor Display: Standard Wall Unit: ........ The EMX industrial version is designed for flush panel mounting (¼ DIN)..................................... 40°F to 100°F (4............................................................................................................................... 01-1000-636-01 Stick-on Label Set for EMX 170 Industrial Ver............... +0........................................... Blank Overlay..............................................................................................................................36°F (+0.........................................................................................................................................................................85°F (+0...........2°C) Total Accuracy............. attaches to the expansion port of the local Infinet controller (SCX 920........................................................ (125 char/symbols) .................................................. End-To-End: ......................... 01-0008-764 Industrial Version......................................... 8-character liquid crystal display ½” character height......................................................75°F (+0.......... programmable using Andover Controls Plain English® Agency Listings: Listings: ....................................................................47°C) from 90°F to 100°F Stability: ...... 01-0008-094 EMX 170 Button Overlay. programmable using Andover Controls Plain English® Industrial Version: .......................................................................................... 01-0008-096 Industrial Ver............................TEMPERATURE 9 Specifications Continued Sensing Element (included with the Standard Wall Unit only): Type: .............................. Blank Overlay............................................... TCX 853 or TCX 855)................. A two-conductor Infinet cable may also be run to connect the LSX 280 Lap-Top Service Tool Jack.. 10... High resistivity epoxy........7°F (+0..8°C) Thermistor Accuracy: ........................... The EMX 170 standard wall unit may be mounted directly on a wall... Wall Unit......................................... Blank ........................ 01-0008-765 Std............................................................................................ the EMX 170 is also available for ordering with a “no Buffer Board” option........................................................................................... Screw terminals and a two-piece enclosure ensure easy installation and wiring.................. FCC.................................................... Screw terminals are provided for a six-conductor.................01-0100-472-A Installation The EMX 170 Buffer Board..................... Screw terminals and the LSX 280 Lap-Top Service Tool Jack are located at the rear of the device for easy installation and wiring.... Standard .............. 6 momentary rectangular push buttons............................w/out Buffer Board ........................................................................ Wall Unit........................ ACC Logo .........................................................

............................................................................................................................ a precision 10K thermistor..................... Both the duct and immersion sensors have a wide operating range of 30°F to 230°F (-34°C to 110°C)................ TT-I................... 3900 ft.......................6 cm) shank diameter (½” NPT) Overall Length: ..................... type 316 Electrical Piping Connection: ........................... Distance to Sensor: (with less than ............ + 0.......................... 2................................................................ An optional O-Ring/Gasket kit is available if the sensor is being mounted outside or in a high moisture environment..............25” (.................. -30° to 230°F (-34............................................................. pipe and tank temperature applications The sensor’s design completely seals the sensing element........................... plenum-rated plastic enclosure designed so that the sensor can be replaced without having to remove the housing.............................10 TEMPERATURE Duct and Immersion Temperature Sensors Models TT-D............................................... High resistivity epoxy filling probe’s length Housing: ............. (18 gauge wire) Duct Sensor: Probe Diameter: ................................................... but includes a strap for pipes 2” to 6” in diameter.......... 4....................1°F error) Temps Below 75°F: .......................................................................................... Simply take off the cover......................... (18 gauge wire) Temps Above 160°F: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................. Duct Sensor Four lengths of duct sensor are available: 4”.................................................................................................................................................................................................000 ohms @ 77°F Range: ............................................................ 125 ft... an optional adapter is available.................. Brass or Type 304 Stainless Steel Thermowell Piping Connection: ..........................................................9 cm) shank diameter (¾” NPT)....... 22 gauge............5” (6.......................... Aluminum Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................. ½” or ¾” Male NPT Thermowell Dimensions: Diameter: ................................................. 2 conductor.... 6”.......................... ..................................................... ½” NPSM Female Thread Immersion Sensor: Thermowell Material: .......................................... reliable measurement of air temperature and fluid as part of an Andover Controls building automation system......75” (400 mm) Probe Material: .............................. making them suitable for all types of duct........... making it immune to moisture and condensation...... Wire nuts Wire Size: ............................................................................................ 4” (10.......................................................................................................................................................... 4”.. and replace with a new sensor........ (22 gauge wire)........................ 9” and 15....... Specifications General: Sensing Element: ............................................... withdraw the existing sensing element.......................35 cm)................................... To utilize existing Andover Controls 1/2” or 3/4” NPT thermowells with the immersion sensor................................... The tube is filled with thermal epoxy.635 cm) Probe Lengths: ................................... Plenum-rated (UL-94-5V Flame Retardant Rating) Wiring Connections: ................................................+ ................... 10................90°F (+0........16 cm)........................ and TT-ST Description Andover Controls Duct and Immersion Sensors provide accurate..................... Grade PA765...........75” (400mm)......................36°F from 32°F to 158°F (+ 0........ 9” and 15................................................................................................................................................... Strap-On Sensor The strap-on sensor is designed for direct application to pipe surfaces for chilled or hot water measurement.......................................5°C) over full range Stability: ...........................................24 cm) Insertion Length: .......... within a stainless steel tube......................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years Thermal Epoxy: ....................... 1550 ft.......................... Also available is a Duct-to-Immersion Conversion kit that allows you to easily convert all of part of your duct sensor inventory for immersion applications.............................................................. 310 ft............................5” (11....................................................................... Two piece Polylac................. The sensor’s housing is a two-piece........................................................................................................................................ It uses the same housing as both the duct and immersion sensors............................ Stainless Steel.......................................................... They are available with either a 1/2” or 3/4” threaded NPT connection..... unshielded Max........................ Type III Thermistor.................. 0...................................................................... ¾” (1.......4° to 110°C) Accuracy: ....................................................................................................................................................... Appropriate for 2” to 6” diameter pipes Probe Material: ..................... (22 gauge wire)...... 6”..... 5/8” (1............................................................................................................................2°C from 0° to 70°C)............. 6” (15... Immersion Sensor Brass of Type 304 stainless steel thermowells are available in 4” and 6” immersion lengths..43 cm) Strap-On Sensor: Strap Length: ...........................................................................................................................................................................................

.............. 4” (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... 15............................................................... 6” Probe (4 Pack) ................................................. TT-D-9-4 Duct Temperature Sensor.............................. TT-ST Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................... 4” Probe (16 Pack) ............................................................................. 9” Probe .................................... TT-I-6-16 Strap On Sensor Strap On Sensor ................................ TT-I-4-4 Immersion Sensor................................. TT-I-6-12 Immersion Sensor........ TT-I-6-4 Immersion Sensor.......... 4” Probe ........................... 15............................................... TT-D-4-1 Duct Temperature Sensor.................................... TT-I-4-1 Immersion Sensor.................................75” Probe ................................................................................................................................................ 4” (4 Pack) ........................................................................................... 6” Probe ....................................................................... 4” .................75” Probe (12 Pack) .................................................... TT-D-6-12 Duct Temperature Sensor.................................................................................................................................................................................... TT-D-6-4 Duct Temperature Sensor................................................................... 15..................... TT-I-4-12 Immersion Sensor.............. 6” Probe (16 Pack) ................................................................................................................................................. TT-D-4-16 Duct Temperature Sensor.................... 15.................................................................................... 6” (4 Pack) ................ TT-I-4-16 Immersion Sensor.............................75” Probe (4 Pack) ................................................. TT-D-15. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................................ TT-D-15............................................................................................................ 9” Probe (16 Pack) ............................................................ TT-D-6-1 Duct Temperature Sensor..................................... 4” Probe (12 Pack) ........................TEMPERATURE 11 Ordering Information Item Part # Duct Temperature Sensors Duct Temperature Sensor................... TT-D-15......................................................................................... TT-D-9-1 Duct Temperature Sensor................................................................................................... 4” Probe (4 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................................75-4 Duct Temperature Sensor..........................................................................................................................75” Probe (16 Pack) .................. 4” (12 Pack) ................................................................................ TT-D-4-4 Duct Temperature Sensor................................. TT-D-15.... 6” .............................................75-16 Immersion Temperature Sensors (Order Well Separately) Immersion Sensor................................................................... 6” (16 Pack) .............................75-12 Duct Temperature Sensor.................................................................................. TT-D-9-12 Duct Temperature Sensor................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................75-1 Duct Temperature Sensor... TT-D-9-16 Duct Temperature Sensor...................................................................................... TT-D-6-16 Duct Temperature Sensor... TT-D-4-12 Duct Temperature Sensor............................................................................................................................................................................................ 6” (12 Pack) ............................................ 9” Probe (4 Pack) ... TT-I-6-1 Immersion Sensor.................. 9” Probe (12 Pack) ............................................................................... 6” Probe (12 Pack) .............................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3/4” NPT ........................................................................................................................................ W-B-4-3/4-16 6” Well Brass........................................................................................................................ 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ................... 1/2” NPT .......................... W-S-6-3/4-4 6” Well Stainless Steel............... TT-RPLC-9 15.......... W-S-4-3/4-4 4” Well Stainless Steel................................... W-S-4-3/4-16 6” Well Stainless Steel............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. TT-RPLC-15...................................... W-Adaptor-3/4-B 4” Replacement Sensor Probe .................... W-B-6-1/2-4 6” Well Brass.... W-B-4-3/4-1 4” Well Brass........................................................................................................... 3/4” NPT ..................................................................................................................................... W-S-6-1/2-16 4” Well Stainless Steel............................................. 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ............................................................................................................................ 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ................ 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ..... W-B-6-3/4-1 6” Well Brass. W-B-6-1/2-1 6” Well Brass..................................................................... W-B-6-1/2-16 4” Well Brass........ W-S-4-3/4-1 4” Well Stainless Steel........................................................... W-B-6-3/4-12 6” Well Brass..................... 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ............................... 3/4” NPT ........................................................ W-B-4-1/2-4 4” Well Brass........ TT-CONVRSN-KIT 3/4” Stainless Steel Well Adapter Kit .............. W-B-4-1/2-16 6” Well Brass....................................................... W-S-6-3/4-1 6” Well Stainless Steel................ W-B-6-3/4-16 Stainless Steel Thermowells 4” Well Stainless Steel.......................................................................................... TT-RPLC-6 9” Replacement Sensor Probe .....................75 O-Ring/Gasket Kit ................... 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ......................... W-S-6-1/2-4 6” Well Stainless Steel............................................................................................................................................ 1/2” NPT ..................................... W-B-6-1/2-12 6” Well Brass.......................................................................................................... W-B-4-3/4-4 4” Well Brass....... W-S-4-1/2-1 4” Well Stainless Steel............................................ 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3/4” NPT .................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ........................ W-S-4-1/2-4 4” Well Stainless Steel........................................... 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ........................................................................ 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ................................................................................... W-B-4-1/2-12 4” Well Brass................................................................................ W-S-6-3/4-12 6” Well Stainless Steel................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/2” NPT ............................... W-Adaptor-3/4SS 3/4” Brass Well Adapter Kit ................................................................. 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ............... 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ... 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ....................12 TEMPERATURE Ordering Information Continued Item Part # Brass Thermowells 4” Well Brass... 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) .......................... W-S-4-1/2-12 4” Well Stainless Steel.................................... W-B-4-1/2-1 4” Well Brass.......................................................................................................... 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ............................... 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) .................................................................................................... 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) ............................... 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................................... W-S-6-3/4-16 Accessories Duct-to-Immersion Conversion Kit ......................................................................................................................... W-S-6-1/2-1 6” Well Stainless Steel............................. 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) ........................ 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. W-S-4-3/4-12 4” Well Stainless Steel............. 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ................................................................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................... TT-O-RING-KIT Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................. 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) .......................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-3/4-12 4” Well Brass.................................................................................................................. 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................... W-S-6-1/2-12 6” Well Stainless Steel. W-S-4-1/2-16 6” Well Stainless Steel................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-4 6” Replacement Sensor Probe ........................................................................75” Replacement Sensor Probe .................................... 1/2” NPT ............................................................................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-3/4-4 6” Well Brass....................

... 1550 ft.... The complete array acts as a single sensor...1°F error 3900 ft.................. 01-6013-039 16’...................................... 4 Elements .................................... 9 Elements ........................... Four lengths of probe are available: 12.... The response time of any temperature change will be less than 20 seconds.................... 16......................................................... (18 gauge wire) with less than 0. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0................................................................... 12...............................................................................4°C to 110°C)................................ Type III Thermistor................................................................................................................................. 20 and 24 ft.......2°C) Response Time: ................000 ohms @ 77°F Number of Elements: .................... Use crimp-type butt splices or solder connections............................. The flexible cable assembly allows for easy installation in any size duct............................................................................. 10................36°F (+ 0....................... Specifications General: Sensing Element: .................. with a total of four or nine thermistor sensing elements encapsulated at equal distances along the length of the assembly.......... + 0. Each probe comes with 6” wire leads and a single-gang utility box for wiring terminations....... 20 or 22 gauge.................................... 2 conductor........................................................................................................ 4 (12ft.............................. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0................................................................................................ 01-6013-040 24’.............. Wire Size: .................... (22 gauge wire) with less than 0. flexible plenum-rated cable................................................................ 18.... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....... Maximum of 20 seconds Mechanical: Probe Lengths: ................................ 20 and 24 feet................. 4 Elements ............................................................................. unshielded Max........................................................................................................................ making it suitable for all types of duct temperature measurement.................................................................................................. 01-6013-035 20’......4°C to 110°C) Accuracy: ......................................................................................... 01-6013-036 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................... Ordering Information Item Part # 12’........................................ and 20ft..................................................................................................................................... -30°F to 230°F (-34.............. 125 ft..... sensors) 9 (16ft................................... averaging any temperature change across all four or nine sensors............ 9 Elements ......... Each sensor is composed of a long..................................................................................... 16....................................................................................1°F error Temps Above 160°F: ................................... reliable measurement of temperatures for use in an Andover Controls building automation system.... sensors) Wiring Connections: .................................. and 24ft......................TEMPERATURE 13 Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor Description Andover Controls Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor affords easy installation while at the same time providing accurate...............................................................................1°F error 310 ft............................................................................................ The sensor has a wide operating range of -30°F to 230°F (-34............................................................ Distance to Sensor: Temps Below 75°F: ............................................................ 6” lead furnished with sensor..........1°F error Performance: Range: ............................................

................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................. ... 12 gauge maximum Performance: Range: ...................................................................................................................................... 12.................. 9 (16 ft....................................................... long term stability............. fast response times and a wide operating range............................................................. offering high accuracy..................... 16........................................................................................................................................................ Sensor w/9 Elements.................................................................................. +0................ 4 element versions are available in 6 foot and 12 foot probe lengths while 9 sensor element versions are available in 16 foot and 24 foot probe lengths....................................................................................................................................................................................................14 TEMPERATURE Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor Model TE-205 Description MAMAC Systems TE-205 Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor is available with a 10K ohm thermistor..........................................................................2°C) Response Time: ............ The probe incorporates 4 or 9 sensor elements encapsulated at equal distances across the length of the probe...........................................................4°C to 110°C) Accuracy: ............ The complete assembly acts as a single sensor and any temperature change is averaged across the sensors............................................................................................................. ZATE-205-D7F1 12ft............................ 3 Minutes Mechanical: Probe Lengths: ......................................................... and 12 ft............ -30°F to 230°F (-34............................................................................................................................................................................. 6..................................................................................................................... 4 (6 ft.............................. and 24 ft.........................................36°F (+0.. Specifications General: Sensing Element: ......................................... ZATE-205-D7H91 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................................................... The TE-205 is available in a bendable aluminium 3/8 inch OD extra long probe for averaging duct air temperature.................................... and 24 ft.................................... sensors) Wiring Connections: .....................................................000 ohms @77°F (25°C) Number of Elements: ....................... 10............................................................. Sensor w/4 Elements............ All models carry the Andover Controls logo........................................................ Sensor w/4 Elements......... low hysteresis........ ZATE-205-D7G1 16ft. ZATE-205-D7J91 24ft.............. Screw terminal block Wire Size: ................................... Sensor w/9 Elements..................... Ordering Information Item Part # 6ft................ sensors)................................................................................... Type 7 Thermistor...................................................................

......................................................................................... .............. 125 ft....................2°C from 0° to 50°C) + ............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................................................................7° to 60°C) Ruggedized Bead Sensor: ....4° to 110°C) Accuracy: ........ 2 conductor.......................................................................................................... Wire Size: . Ruggedized Bead Sensor The Ruggedized Bead Sensor is suitable for temperature extremes.................................................. .................................................................. Crimp-type butt splices or solder connections are recommended.... -30° to 230°F (-34............ zip cord Ordering Information Item Part # Bead Temp Sensor ............................................... high-conductivity compound for good heat transfer characteristics..90°F (+ 0........................ 20 or 22 gauge...................36°F from 32°F to 122°F (+ 0........ 1550 ft....TEMPERATURE 15 Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor Description Andover Controls Bead and Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor provides accurate............ and where temperatures will not fall below 35°F.......................... Specifications General: Sensing Element: ............................................................ making them suitable for a variety of situations and installations.... Both the bead and ruggedized bead sensors have a wide operating range of -30°F to 230°F (-34............ Use the full 8ft.............................................................. 35° to 140°F (1.... The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass.........1°F error 310 ft............................ with attached 8 ft......................... unshielded Max.......... 24°F (-4....................................................................5” long.................... The sensor operating range is 35°F to 140°F (1............................................17” in diameter.........7°C to 60°C)............................................................................................................................................. zip cord furnished with the sensor to prevent condensation............... Do not use wire nut connections.................................. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0................................... Type III Thermistor...................................................................... It is enclosed in a rugged............................. which is small enough to be installed in most thermostat applications..................... (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.......................................................................................17” diameter.......... miniature cylinder ............... 01-2085-001-R Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....... The sensor operating range is -30°F to 230°F (-34................................................ accurate to within +36°F.1°F error Temps Above 160°F: ......................... 01-2085-001 Ruggedized Bead Temp Sensor......................4°C to 110°C)............ (22 gauge wire) with less than 0... Distance to Sensor: Temps Below 75°F: .........................1°F error 3900 ft............................ and is immune to moisture or condensation.. The active sensing element is a highly stable...................................................................................... reliable measurement of temperature for use in an Andover Controls building automation system....................1°F error Performance: Range: Bead Sensor: ........ 18....................... (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.................... . +0.. 10......................................................................5°C) over full range Stability: .............................. precision thermistor......4°C) over 5 years Mechanical: Dimensions: ...........................................................................4°C to 110°C).......000 ohms @ 77°F Wiring Connections: ........................... An 8 foot length of zip cord is supplied with each sensor................... Bead Sensor The Bead Sensor is for use in indoor installations where moisture or condensation will not be encountered...

16 TEMPERATURE Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

................................ 3%.......... The humidity sensing element is a precision bulk polymer resistance sensor......HUMIDITY 17 Relative Humidity Sensors Microline Series Description Andover Controls has private labeled the General Eastern Microline Series of RH Sensors... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................ Also available in three different mounting configurations are combination temperature/humidity sensors with a 10K thermistor......................) Wall Mount The wall mount version features an elegant ABS plastic housing which separates the sensing element from the heat-generating electronics.....3mm to .................... 4-20 mA........................................ The combination RH and temperature units are available in voltage or current outputs...... with electronics in the cover.............................................. 16-22 AWG.......................................... (See page 20 for more details on the EasyCal Plus................................................................................................................................ A built-in phone jack offers easy connection of the EasyCal Plus humidity calibration tool..................... The wall mount version works with handy box hole patterns....................................... the RH sensors are available in three different accuracy levels — 2%.... easy............. and 5% — and three different mounting configurations — wall mount........ 0-5 Volts.......... 0% to 99% RH (non-condensing) -40°F to 170°F (-40°C to 77°C) Electronics: ........... The sensor exhibits excellent long-term stability with minimal hysteresis. The sensing element is protected with a ventilated solar shield.. The Microline RH Sensors provide durable................................. (Supply Voltage ............ It is factory calibrated at ten different humidity points — compare this to most other units which are calibrated at three points or less.............................................................................................. The prewired base...... 12 to 36 VDC Maximum Load (ohms): .....02A Operating Range: RH Sensor: ............... and outside air........4cm) ABS plastic handy box.............................6mm) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................... Screw terminals........... simplifies installation — just wire into the screw terminals and snap in the cover............................................................................................................................................ -85°F to 158°F (-65°C to 70°C) Wiring Connections: ............................. accurate measurement of relative humidity for use in Andover Controls building automation systems......... the duct mount offers a prewired base with electronics in the cover/probe and a built-in phone jack for connecting the EasyCal Plus humidity calibration tool.................. Duct Mount The rugged duct mount version includes a 6-inch (15.................................... 0% to 95% RH (non-condensing) -20°F to 140°F (-29°C to 60°C) Storage Range: ............ Like the wall mount unit.................................. Because every system has different requirements and cost constraints......................................................... Every sensor has a built-in phone jack to connect the EasyCal Plus handheld humidity calibration tool for quick.................................................................... Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor Output Signal: ............... duct mount............... The sensor output signal is field-selectable from 0-5 or 0-10 volt to 4-20 mA current in the RH-only version.....5” (10..................10 VDC) /..................................................................... (1.. and uninterrupted single point calibration................... 0-10 Volts (0% to 100% RH linear) Power: Supply Voltage: ..............1cm x 11........... highly immune to surface contamination and adverse environments............................ Specifications General: Sensing Element: .............. Outside Air The outside air unit is housed in an ABS plastic enclosure.............2 cm) stainless steel sensing probe mounting on a 4” x 4.......

01-6013-057 2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor............................................................................06% per °F (0................ ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-I-OA) ....... 01-6013-058 3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor............................................... ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-I-D) ..................... 01-6013-059 3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor........... ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-I-D) ............ ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-V-D) .............................................. 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis.......................................... 4-20mA Output......................... 0-5V/0-10V Output.......... 3% Models: .................................. ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-I-D) ........................ 4-20mA Output.................. Overall: ................... Off-White Dimensions: ........................................................ 01-6013-061 2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor.................................................................................................... ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-OA) ....... 0................................5”W x 2.....5”W x 2.............5” diameter (15............... Housing: ............ ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-OA) .......................... linearity and repeatability Accuracy..................................................................... +3% nominal Mechanical: Wall Mount Unit: Housing: ............................................................ ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-V-D) ..................... 01-6013-112 Outside Air RH 2% Accuracy................................... Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA............................................................. ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-I-OA) .................................. 01-6013-116 5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor............................................................... 01-6013-107 Duct RH 2% Accuracy..................... +2% at 77°F (25°C)..................... Stainless Steel Probe Dimensions............................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .. +3% at 77°F (25°C)...................................................................................... Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA................ 0-5V/0-10V Output................. Probe: ..................................................................................... ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-D) ............................... 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis.... 4-20mA Output........................ 6.... ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-I-S) . 01-6013-109 3% Accuracy............................................ ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-I-S) .. 0-5V/0-10V Output. Less than 1% RH Long Term Stability: .................... ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-I-S) .............................................. 01-6013-113 2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor.. 4-20mA Output.......................................................................................................... ABS Plastic Color: ..........4cm x 6.......................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output.................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output........ Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA......5cm x 7..................... linearity and repeatability Temperature Effect: .. Less than 0.......................................................................................11% per °C) Sensitivity: .............................. ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-OA) ....................... 01-6013-110 5% Accuracy........................ ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-V-S) .......... 01-6013-065 2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor..................................... +5% at 77°F (25°C).............. ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-V-S) ........... 4............................................ 0-5V/0-10V Output........................................................................................................................9cm x 2..........0”H x 4........................... 01-6013-066 3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor.................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS Plastic Color: ........................................................................... 01-6013-108 2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor.................... Housing: ..................... 01-6013-060 5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor.......... Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA............................... typical Sensor Interchangeability: ............................................................... 01-6013-104 3% Accuracy.............. 01-6013-117 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........ 01-6013-111 5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor.................................................0cm) Dimensions.....14cm x 11................9”H x 3.... 01-6013-063 3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor....... Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA................................ 0-5V/0-10V Output......... ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-D) .............. 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis........................................................................... ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-V-OA) ............................. Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA................................................................ 0-5V/0-10V Output............................. ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-V-D) ...............1”W x 1............................................................54cm) Duct Mount Unit: Housing: ...................................................... 01-6013-114 3% Accuracy...................................4cm x 6......................................... Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA....................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-064 5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor....... 4-20mA RH Output.... 01-6013-067 3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor... 1.. 01-6013-103 2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor...................................................... ABS Plastic Color: ..........................................................1% RH Repeatability: .................. linearity and repeatability Accuracy........ 2% Models: ..................................................................................................................... 0...................................2cm................................. Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA............................................... ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-S) .................................................................... ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-V-S) ............................4cm x 6.................................35”D (10................................... ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-S) ...... ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-V-OA) ...................................................................................... 4.............................................. ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-D) ..................... Less than 1% drift per year.. 01-6013-068 5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor..........................................18 HUMIDITY Specifications Continued Performance: Accuracy................................ 4-20mA RH Output....................... 6”........................... 5% Models: .........................0cm) Ordering Information Item Part # Room RH 2% Accuracy........... 0.................0”H x 4.......................................35”D (10........................................................5% RH Hysteresis: ..............................................75”H x 4...................... 01-6013-106 5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor................2cm x 11........ 01-6013-062 3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor................. ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-S) ................................................................................................................................................................ ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-I-OA) ..........................................5”W x 2................................ Cloud Grey.........0cm) Dimensions................. 4-20mA Output.................. ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-V-OA) .................................. 4...........5cm x 11................ 01-6013-105 5% Accuracy................................. 4-20mA Output...........................................................3cm) Outside Air Unit: Housing: .............................. Grey Dimensions....................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output..............................................................0”D (12.......35”D (17.................................. 4-20mA Output.... 01-6013-115 5% Accuracy...............

HUMIDITY 19 Applications/Wiring Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .20 HUMIDITY Dimensions Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................................................................................................................................................................................ Less than 0............................ on-site. +2%RH (20 to 95% RH) Temperature Effect: .................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......................................0” Power Supply: ........................... -85 to 158°F (-65 to 70°C) Performance: Single Point Calibration Accuracy: ..... 9 VDC alkaline battery......................................................................................................................06% per °F (0..................................................................................................................... if necessary............................................................................ one-point offset adjustment of the transmitter without interrupting operation..................................................................................................... 0 to 99% RH (non-condensing) -40 to 170°F (-40 to 77°C) Electronics: .5” Length: ......................................................... 20 to 90% RH Reference Probe Accuracy: ................... Specifications General: Sensing Element: ........................................................ +2%RH Single Point Calibration Range: ...... The Easycal Plus displays values for both the transmitter and the environment........................................................ 0 to 99% RH (non-condensing) -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C) Storate Temperature: ............................HUMIDITY 21 Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator Description General Eastern’s battery powered Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator makes it easy to perform quick......................... No tools or disassembly are required —just plug the Easycal Plus into the phone jack connector located on the General Eastern Microline RH Sensors.....................................................................................................................................11% per °C) Long Term Stability: ........... 01-6013-069 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................................................................................................................................... continuous use for 40 hours..................................................................................................................................................................... 0.................................................................................................. eliminating the need for additional reference devices.................................................................. typical Mechanical: Probe Dimensions: Diameter .................................. Auto power-off Ordering Information Item Part # EasyCal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator (For use with General Eastern Microline RH Sensors) .......................................................................................................................... 3....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 1% drift per year.................... perform a one-point offset adjustment in about 60 seconds......................................... Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor Operating Range: RH Sensor: ................................. A user can check the transmitter’s operation and.............................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................68 cm D) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............... The EHRH sensor is protected by a water-tight................................................................................................w/Signal Conditioning: ............................... 4-20 mA....................................................................................................................35 cm W x 1................................................................................................................ 2-wire............................. swimming pools...... supermarket produce sections.........3°C) @ 77°F (25°C) Temperature Effect: . 2-wire measurement Temperture .............................................................................................................................................................06% per °F (0.................................... Thermistor.................................................................................................... 30 to 95% RH including hysteresis..... Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor Temperature ..................................... loop-powered for the following ranges: -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C) 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C) 32 to 132°F (0 to 57°C) 50 to 130°F (10 to 54°C) -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C)Power: Supply Voltage: ....................Direct Connection: ...............................66” D (12................................................................................................................................ the EHRH employs a bulk polymer resistive sensor and a hysteresis of less than 1%...................... It also incorporates circuitry for continuous temperature compensation..........5” W x ................................... +0........10 VDC)/........ 0........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0...... linearity and repeatability Accuracy-Thermistor: ......................................... loop-powered for 0-100% RH linear Output SIgnal ............................ yet breathable membrane filter which permits the sensor to withstand 100% saturation.............22 HUMIDITY Waterproof Relative Humidity Sensor EHRH Transmitter NEW! Description General Eastern’s EHRH transmitter is designed for the monitoring of relative humidity and temperature in applications where washdowns or saturation frequently occurs........................................ +2°F (+1.........................................................................................Temperature: ................................................................................................. All of the electronics in the EHRH are contained in an epoxy-hardened enclosure............................................................................000 ft/min Long Term Stability: ........................................................................................................ typical Mechanical: Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................ A stainless steel protective cover is also available................................................. (Supply Voltage ............ hospitals and laboratories.... Flying leads (back-wiring) Performance: Accuracy-Humidity: ............................................. Less than 1% Operating Range: .................................. 0% to 100% RH.......................................................... 12 to 36 VDC Maximum Load (ohms): ...................................RH Only: .................................................... and food processing plants......................... which makes it accurate over its entire operating range...................... Less than 0...........5% RH Hysteresis: ......... +2%RH @ 77°F (25°C)... The EHRH is ideally suited for high humidity applications such as pharmaceuticals........00385 alpha) Output Signal .............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........ Specifications General: Sensing Element: Humidity: .................................7 cm H x 6.......................................0” H x 2......................................................... 5................. 4-20 mA....... 10k ohm at 25°C......................... Deutsch 4-position waterproof connector (front-wiring)..... animal rooms.................................................................................. -4 to 129°F (-20 to 54°C) Maximum Air Velocity: ..... Offering an accuracy of +2% RH.....................2°C) @ 77°F (25°C) Accuracy-RTD: ........................................................................................................ 100 ohm platinum RTD (............... The EHRH features a completely waterproof design that offers reliable operation in saturated environments.........................................................................................................11% per °C) Sensitivity: ...........................................1% RH Repeatability: .................... 2-wire..............................................................................................................5°F (+0............................................................................................ 10............................................... Less than 1% drift per year....02A (Note: Minimum supply voltage of 15 VDC is required for 10 volt output units) Wiring Connections: ...

... 10K Therm............... Waterproof Connector ................... 01-6013-092 2% RH.................... 50°F to 130°F.................................. 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs......................................... 0°F to 100°F.... 32°F to 132°F.................. 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs................ Flying Leads ............................ Waterproof Connector .......... 01-6013-077 2% RH..... 01-6013-079 2% RH.... 01-6013-078 2% RH.......... 0°F to 150°F...... Flying Leads ....... Waterproof Connector ....... 01-6013-094 Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..... 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs.................................... 01-6013-088 2% RH...................... 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs................ 01-6013-074 2% RH..... 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs........ 50°F to 130°F....... 01-6013-093 Stainless Steel 300 Series for EHTH and EHRHT .................................................................................... Waterproof Connector . 10K Therm.................................. Flying Leads ......................................... Waterproof Connector .................. 32°F to 132°F..... Custom Temp Range (Must Specify)................... Waterproof Connector ...................................................... 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs.... 0°F to 150°F................ 0°F to 100°F............. 10K Therm........................... 01-6013-084 2% RH................................... -40°F to 140°F........................................ 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs........... 01-6013-076 2% RH......... 01-6013-075 2% RH..... Flying Leads ........................ -40°F to 140°F...... 10K Therm........................... Waterproof Connector ...................... 01-6013-083 2% RH.................................................. 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs.............................................................................. 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs............. 01-6013-089 2% RH... 01-6013-081 2% RH..... 4-20mA Output......................................... Waterproof Connector ....................................... Flying Leads ........................ 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs............... 01-6013-087 2% RH...... Flying Leads ......... 01-6013-082 2% RH.......... Flying Leads ..... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .. 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs....... 01-6013-080 2% RH............................................ 0-10V Output........... Custom Temp Range (Must Specify). Flying Leads ................................. 01-6013-090 2% RH.HUMIDITY 23 Ordering Information Item Part # 2% RH.... 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs......... 0-10V Output..... 01-6013-086 2% RH............................ 01-6013-091 2% RH... 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs................. 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs............. 10K Therm............ Waterproof Connector .................................... -20°F to 140°F............................ 10K Therm. -20°F to 140°F........... 0-5V Output.......................................... 0-5V Output............................ 01-6013-085 2% RH.. 4-20mA Output.......... Flying Leads.... Waterproof Connector .............. Flying Leads .

.............................................................. Hermetically Sealed Thermistor Outputs: Analog: ..................................................................................... Duct/Remote Configurations (Includes Duct Mount Hardware) Remote Cable Lengths: ............................................ Maximum of 700 points of humidity and temperature (selectable interval) Performance: Accuracy: Relative Humidity: ...............5”L x 5................................ pharmaceuticals............................... and 10 meters Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................. The electronics are housed in a rugged.............................................................................................. The design of the HUMISCAN provides reliable dewpoint measurements without the need for a chilled mirror................................................................................................................... mixing ratio.................................................. and hospitals/laboratories...... Capacitive Temperature: ............................................. Less than 15 sec..................... 3 Simultaneous Channels: 4-20mA.......... 24 VAC/VDC +20% Optional: ..............................8”D)............................................................................................................................................................................... Form C........................ The HUMISCAN’s built-in microprocessor calculates dew point temperature............................................................ TTL: Alarm Trigger Power Inputs: Standard: .................................97cm x 7.. SPDT................................................................................................................................5”W x 2................5”H x 5... including faster response times.......................................................................................................... HVAC............................................................... 0-5 Volt.. Less than 0........ The HUMISCAN uses proven technology to measure relative humidity and temperature..................................................................... 115/230 VAC/VDC +10%/50/60Hz Storage Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... All of these measurements are available as user-selectable and scaleable analog outputs and can be simultaneously viewed on the unit’s digital display........................................... 3. 0-10 Volt Digital: .................. +2% at 90 to 100% RH Temperature: ........ -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C) Data Logging: ............................... and no uncertainty between dew and frost points...97cm x 13..20°C) Long Term Stability: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 250VAC/30VDC@5A.................................................................................................................................................................... automotive.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... greater resistance to contamination...............5”W x 2.................................... +0.........36°F (0.............................................................................................................. and wet bulb temperature.............................................. Hysteresis: .............................. 1 Channel: RS-232 or RS-485 /422 Digital Current Loop (Optional) Relay: ........... The HUMISCAN housing features a small size (5.......................... 5................................................... +32°F to 150°F (0°C to 70°C) Mechanical: Dimensions: ................................................................................................. process control......................................................... Aluminum Enclosure Rating: .................... 0% to 95% RH (non-condensing)....................................... aluminum........... +1% @ 77°F (25°C) at 0...............5% drift per year typical Temperature Effect: ................. Specifications General: Sensing Element: Relative Humidity: .................................... NEMA-4X (IP-65) Mounting: ............................................. absolute humidity......................... and the choice of duct/remote or wall-mounted configurations........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Wall................................... 0% to 100% RH (non-condensing).............................................................................................................. 32°F to 150°F (0°C to 70°C) Electronics: ......5 to 90% RH............................................ 5................... This approach provides distinct advantages for industrial applications....................................................................................... Less than 1% RH Operating Range: Relative Humidity: .......................................................1cm) Enclosure Material: ....................................... 32°F to 150°F (0°C to 70°C) Measurement Range-Temperature: ...........................................................................................24 HUMIDITY Humidity/Dewpoint Sensor HUMISCAN NEW! Description General Eastern’s HUMISCAN® for Humidity/Dew Point Measurement is ideal for industrial applications such as clean rooms.............................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA-4X/IP-65 rated enclosure for maximum protection in harsh or condensing environments......................... Temperature Compensated Response Time: ........................................8”D (13......................................................................

..HUMIDITY 25 Ordering Information Item Part # HUMISCAN®. 50/60Hz................ Duct... w/Display.. 01-6013-095 HUMISCAN®. 3m Cable Length..... Plastic Open Frame Filter .. Space..... w/Display. Duct............ RS232.. w/Display........... 5m Cable Length... RS232......... 01-6013-097 HUMISCAN®...... Plastic Open Frame Filter ... 100-230VAC... 24VAC/DC... RS232.. 50/60Hz... w/Display. 24VAC/DC. 01-6013-102 Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. No Display.. RS232. 24VAC/DC............... 01-6013-101 HUMISCAN®.. Plastic Open Frame Filter ........ 01-6013-099 HUMISCAN®.... 3m Cable Length............ 50/60Hz............... Duct. RS232.... 01-6013-096 HUMISCAN®....... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .. Plastic Open Frame Filter .... Duct...... 100-230VAC.... RS232. Plastic Open Frame Filter . Plastic Open Frame Filter .. Space... Space.... Plastic Open Frame Filter .. Plastic Open Frame Filter .. 50/60Hz.. 3m Cable Length. 01-6013-100 HUMISCAN®.. No Display.... 100-230VAC........... No Display... No Display. 5m Cable Length..... RS232............ 01-6013-098 HUMISCAN®.... 3m Cable Length............ RS232............. 5m Cable Length... 5m Cable Length.... Space.......... 24VAC/DC... 100-230VAC..

........................................................ +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH....... 15 mA max......................... the H2 Sensor.................... 2-wire... loop powered 12-30 VDC only............................26 HUMIDITY Relative Humidity Sensors Models HX & HV Series Description The Veris Alta Labs HX & HV Series of relative humidity sensors are cost effective devices for energy management and HVAC control applications............. Four-point calibration......04% RH/°C over 0 to 60°C (32° to 140°F) Analog Output: ............... An optional LCD display is offered for the wall mount versions................ N........ Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent Pending Accuracy: HXD: .............................................. 4-20 mA version..... The sensors are available in 2%.25°C (+0........... 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output.............................. traceable HVD: ............... N.. 3% and 5% accuracy levels and 4 different mounting configurations — wall.................. 0-5V/0-10V versions................................................................................ 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output.......................... +1% @ 20°C (68°F) annually................................................................... 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output................25°C (+0................................................................ +5% @ 0 to 90% RH Stability: ............................S..........................................I................................... +1% @ 20°C (68°F) annually.............45°F) Range specified on sensor Duct RH H2 Sensor: ...... The humidity sensing element.. +0..... duct and outside air.............I..................................................... 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*........... 3-wire................................................................................................................................................................................................. observe polarity Scaling: .............. Power to the sensor can vary from 12-30VDC....................................... 15 mA max............................................................ 0 to 100% RH Temperature Coefficient: .T....... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................ The sensors feature a fully interchangeable element that allows for quick and easy replacement of the digital sensor — without calibration........................................T.................................................................. 0-100% RH Input Power: ...... +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH..................... traceable HVW: ...................................... resolution/accuracy +0............................ All designs are available with an optional 10K thermistor or temperature transmitter............ 30 mA max.................... 0 to 100% RH Temperature Coefficient: ............................................25°C (+0.................................................................... for two years Operating Humidity Range: ....................................................................................... 3-wire.... Non polarity two wire 4-20 mA and 3-wire 0-10 VDC versions are available.......... Four-point calibration..........................T................................................45°F) Range Specified on Sensor Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..... Optional Temperature Output: HXW/HVW: ............................................................................................... 0-5V/0-10V versions............. resolution/accuracy +0............................ 0-100% RH Input Power: ....................... recessed...... uses a digitally profiled thin-film capacitance technology for superior accuracy over a wide range and exceptional resistance to contaminants.............................. loop powered 12-30 VDC only....................................... Digital.............................................................................................................................................................................................. Optional Temperature Output: ........ Specifications Room RH: H2 Sensor: .................. 30 mA max.I....... Digital............................................ reference standards....................................................... 0-5V/0-10V versions.......................... The units are factory calibrated at four points using N................................................................................. non-polarity sensitive........................................................................................................................ Digital................................... observe polarity Scaling: ........................ 4-20 mA version.................................................S.................................................................. 4-20 mA version........................................... 2-wire..........S....................................................... Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent Pending Accuracy: HXW/HXL/HXR: ...................... +5% @ 0 to 90% RH Stability: ........... resolution/accuracy +0......... 4-20 mA version.... 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*................................ +0..45°F) Jumper Selectable Range HXL/HXR: .................................................. non-polarity sensitive......................................................................................................... 0-5V/0-10V versions................... for two years Operating Humidity Range: ....................................04% RH/°C over 0 to 60°C (32° to 140°F) Analog Output: ....

......................................................... ZVHXR2RH/RTDVDC 2% Accuracy............................................................................. 0-5V/0-10V Output ..... Optional Temperature Output: ...................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .... Wall Mount.................. 4-20mA Output ........................ 4-20mA Output ............................45°F) Range Specified on Sensor Ordering Information Item Part # Room RH 2% Accuracy............................................ 3% Accuracy............................................. +1% @ 20°C (68°F) annually.... W/Temp Transmitter................................................................................ 5% Accuracy................................ 4-20mA Output ...... 4-20mA Output ............................................ non-polarity sensitive 0-5V/0-10V versions...................................... Wall Mount.... Wall Mount W/ LCD................ +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH... Wall Mount..... ZVHXL3RH/T420 3% Accuracy................ ZVHXW2RH/T420 2% Accuracy..................... W/ Temp Transmitter....... ZVHXL2RH/TVDC 3% Accuracy.. 4-20mA Output ................................. Wall Mount..................................... W/Temp Transmitter................................ 4-20mA Output.................. Wall Mount. W/10 K Thermistor....................................................... 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*............................................... ZVHXL2RHVDC 2% Accuracy............................................. Wall Mount........................................................ Wall Mount........................ 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................... ZVHVW5RH/TVDC 2% Accuracy........................................ Four-point calibration.................................................HUMIDITY 27 Specifications Continued Outside Air RH H2 Sensor: ........... ZVHVW5RH/T420 5% Accuracy....... ZVHXW3RH/RTDVDC 3% Accuracy.......... Wall Mount W/ LCD.............................. W/ Temp Transmitter.............. ZVHXW2RH/RTDVDC 2% Accuracy................................ ZVHXL2RH420 2% Accuracy.................. 3-wire. ZVHXW2RH/RTD420 2% Accuracy......................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ............. resolution/accuracy +0............................. Wall Mount W/ LCD....... Wall Mount.................................25°C (+0... 0-5V/0-10V Output......................T.............................................. W/ 10 K Thermistor............................. Wall Mount W/ LCD..................... 0-5V/0-10V Output................. Recessed Wall Mount........................................................................................................................... traceable Stability: ..................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .............................. Recessed Wall Mount...................... W/Temp Transmitter......... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............ Wall Mount..... 4-20mA Output ................................ Wall Mount... 4-20mAOutput .........................S.. W/ Temp Transmitter........ 4-20 mA version.................. ZVHVW5RH/RTDVDC 5% Accuracy.. Recessed Wall Mount.......................... ZVHXR2RH/T420 2% Accuracy...................................... W/10 K Thermistor... Wall Mount W/ LCD........... W/ Temp Transmitter... ZVHVW5RH/RTD420 5% Accuracy............................. ZVHXL2RH/T420 2% Accuracy....... ZVHVW5RHVDC 5% Accuracy.................. W/ Temp Transmitter............................................................................... 4-20 mA version........ 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................. 3% Accuracy...................... W/10 K Thermistor....................... ZVHXW3RH/TVDC 5% Accuracy........ Wall Mount W/ LCD......... W/ Temp Transmitter................. +0.................... 0-5V/0-10V Output....................................................................... 0-100% RH Input Power: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... ZVHXW2RH420 2% Accuracy............. Wall Mount.......... 4-20mA Output ...................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ............. ZVHXL2RH/RTD420 2% Accuracy........................................................... W/Temp Transmitter.......... Wall Mount W/ LCD............. 15 mA max.................................. W/ 10 K Thermistor........................ 2% Accuracy.................................................................. 4-20mA Output .............................. Wall Mount W/ LCD................................... ZVHXR2RH/TVDC Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................................................... Wall Mount................................ 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................... ZVHXW2RHVDC 2% Accuracy..... ZVHXR2RHVDC 2% Accuracy.............. Wall Mount.... ZVHXR2RH420 2% Accuracy............ 4-20mA Output....... ZVHVW5RH420 5% Accuracy... 0-5/0-10V Output ............................................. Digital.. 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................... W/ 10 K Thermistor................................................................................................... Recessed Wall Mount............... 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output.................................. observe polarity Scaling: .... 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................ W/ Temp Transmitter. Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent Pending Accuracy: ...................... Wall Mount.... Wall Mount W/ LCD..... W/ 10 K Thermistor. W/ 10 K Thermistor.................. ZVHXL3RHVDC 3% Accuracy..................... 4-20mA Output ............ N......... ZVHXW2RH/TVDC 3% Accuracy......................... W/Temp Transmitter..... Wall Mount W/ LCD.. ZVHXL3RH420 3% Accuracy................ W/ 10 K Thermistor.................. ZVHXW3RH/T420 3% Accuracy............. 0-5V/0-10V Output .. 4-20mA Output ........................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ...................... Wall Mount. ZVHXL3RH/RTDVC 3% Accuracy. 0-5V/0-10V Output ........ W/ 10 K Thermistor.............................. 0-5V/0-10V Output ...................... Recessed Wall Mount.......... loop powered 12-30 VDC only........................... Recessed Wall Mount........... 4-20mA Output .. 30 mA max............................... ZVHXW3RH/RTD420 3% Accuracy....................................................................... 0-5V/0-10V versions. 4-20mA Output ..... ZVHXL3RH/RTD420 3% Accuracy.......................................... Wall Mount W/ LCD....................... ZVHXW3RH420 3% Accuracy........................................ Wall Mount.......... W/10 K Thermistor................. for two years Operating Humidity Range: ...................................... 4-20mA Output .... 0-5V/0-10V Output .............................03% RH/°C over 0 to 60°C (32° to 140°F) Analog Output: ... ZVHXR2RH/RTD420 2% Accuracy................................................................... ZVHXW3RHVDC 3% Accuracy.... Wall Mount........................................................................ 0 to 100% RH Temperature Coefficient: .................................................................................... Wall Mount...................................I.......................... 4-20mA Output ......................................................... 2-wire....... ZVHXL3RH/TVDC 2% Accuracy............................... W/10 K Thermistor....... Wall Mount W/ LCD.. ZVHXL2RH/RTDVC 2% Accuracy.....................................

Outside Air. W/10K Thermistor..................... W/ Temp Transmitter.................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ................... Duct Mount............................................................. W/ Temp Transmitter... W/ Temp Transmitter............. ZVHSD-5 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ..................................... Outside Air.. ZVHSW-3 Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor.................................................................... ZVHSD-2 Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor................... ZVHXR3RH/RTD420 3% Accuracy............. Outside Air... W/ Temp Transmitter....... ZVRD1 Duct RH 2% Accuracy............................... ZVHXO2RH/TVDC 3% Accuracy... 4-20mA Output ........ ZVHXO3RH/RTDVDC 3% Accuracy.................................................................................... W/ 10 K Thermistor............................................................. 0-5V/0-10V Output ...................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................... Duct Mount........ 2% Wall ..................................................................................................................... ZVHXR3RH420 3% Accuracy... 5% Wall ........................................... W/ 10 K Thermistor................. Duct Mount....... 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................... ZVHXR3RH/TVDC Remote LCD Digital Display ........ ZVHXR3RHVDC 3% Accuracy.................................................... ZVHXD3RH/TVDC 5% Accuracy....... W/ Temp Transmitter........................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ....... W/ Temp Transmitter........................ Recessed Wall Mount.................................................. ZVHSW-5 Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor............................. Duct Mount........................................................................................................................................... Outside Air........... Outside Air............................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .................................... Duct Mount.......................................................... ZVHXD2RH/TVDC 3% Accuracy......................... ZVHXD3RH/RTDVDC 3% Accuracy........................................................ W/ Temp Transmitter................... W/ Temp Transmitter............... 4-20mA Output .................. ZVHVD5RH/TVDC Outside Air RH 2% Accuracy............................................. ZVHVD5RH/RTD420 5% Accuracy..................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .................... Outside Air. ZVHXR3RH/RTDVDC 3% Accuracy.............................................. ZVHSW-2 Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor......... 0-5V/0-10V Output ............. ZVHXO2RHVDC 2% Accuracy................................................................................. 3% Accuracy......................................... Duct Mount.. 0-5V/0-10V Output ..................... 2% Duct .... ZVHXO3RHVDC 3% Accuracy...................................................... W/ Temp Transmitter..... ZVHXO2RH/T420 2% Accuracy............................. W/ Temp Transmitter................................................ 0-5V/0-10V Output ............ Duct Mount................... ZVHVD5RH/T420 5% Accuracy........ Outside Air............. ZVHXD2RHVDC 2% Accuracy......... Duct Mount... ZVHXD3RHVDC 3% Accuracy.................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-20mA Output ........ 4-20mA Output ........................................ ZVHXO3RH420 3% Accuracy........................................................ Duct Mount.................................. ZVHXD3RH/RTD420 3% Accuracy......... 4-20mA Output ...................... Outside Air... Outside Air..................................................................................................................... W/10 K Thermistor 4-20mA Output . 4-20mA Output ............................................... Duct Mount....... W/ 10K Thermistor........................................ W/ 10 K Thermistor.................. 0-5V/0-10V Output ......... Outside Air................................. ZVHVD5RH420 5% Accuracy................ Recessed Wall Mount................................ZVDB-100 Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor. ZVHXO3RH/TVDC RH Accessories Veris Alta Labs 1 3/8" Diameter Cobalt Steel Hole Saw (35MM) For HXR Recessed Sensor ................................................... 4-20mA Output ........... ZVHSD-3 Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor.. Duct Mount...................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output ... ZVHXO2RH420 2% Accuracy............. 4-20mA Output ..................................................... ZVHVD5RHVDC 5% Accuracy.......... 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................ ZVHXD2RH/T420 2% Accuracy... 4-20mA Output ........................... Recessed Wall Mount................... Duct Mount.. Recessed Wall Mount.. 3% Duct ....... 4-20mA Output .. 4-20mA Output ........ 0-5V/0-10V Output ............... Recessed Wall Mount.............................................. ZVHVD5RH/RTDVDC 5% Accuracy.............................................. ZVHXO2RH/RTD420 2% Accuracy................................................. 4-20mA Output ........................................ ZVHXD2RH/RTDVDC 2% Accuracy............................. ZVHXD3RH420 3% Accuracy....................................................... 4-20mA Output ................. W/ 10 K Thermistor.................................... 5% Duct ...........HUMIDITY 28 Ordering Information Continued Item Part # Room RH Continued 3% Accuracy........... Duct Mount................................................................................... 4-20mA Output ............................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............ W/ Temp Transmitter.................. 4-20mA Output ..................... ZVHXO3RH/RTD420 3% Accuracy........................................................................................................... W/ Temp Transmitter............................ Outside Air... ZVHXD2RH/RTD420 2% Accuracy............. 4-20mA Output .......... 0-5V/0-10V Output . Duct Mount............ Outside Air................... ZVHXD3RH/T420 3% Accuracy......... ZVHXO3RH/T420 3% Accuracy......... Duct Mount.... 2% Accuracy........... 4-20mA Output .................. W/ 10 K Thermistor..................................... ZVHXD2RH420 2% Accuracy...................................................................................... ZVHXO2RH/RTDVDC 2% Accuracy... W/ 10 K Thermistor... W/ 10 K Thermistor........................................... W/10 K Thermistor............................. 3% Wall ............ ZVHXR3RH/T420 3% Accuracy............... 0-5V/0-10V Output .............................................. W/ 10 K Thermistor.. Recessed Wall Mount..... Duct Mount................. Duct Mount............................................................... Duct Mount.....................................

HUMIDITY 29 Applications/Wiring Diagrams Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions) Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions) LCD Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions) LCD Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions) Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (0-5V/-10V Versions) Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (4-20mA Versions) Recessed Digital RH w/RTD (0-5V/-10V Versions) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

30 HUMIDITY Applications/Wiring Diagrams Continued Duct (0-5V/-10V Versions) Duct (4-20mA Versions) Outside Air (0-5V/-10V Versions) Outside Air (4-20mA Versions) Dimensional Drawings Wall Mount Wall Mount w/Plate Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .HUMIDITY 31 Dimensional Drawings Continued LCD Wall Mount LCD Wall Mount w/Plate Recessed Wall Mount Outside Air HV Series Duct Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................... 10-90% RH Non-Condensing Termination: ................................. If dust or other contaminants accumulate on the sensor..................................................................................................... +0.................................................. ZAHU-224-3-MA 3% Duct RH............................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992)............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ VDC Units .....................................ZAHU-226-2-MA7 2% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor......PMS2GR88B or off-white Conformance: ........... 0-5V/0-10V Output .................................................................... (........................................................ 4-20mA Output .............. condensation.............. (VDC output units) Weight: Duct Mount: .. 0...............................................................ZAHU-225-2-VDC 3% Wall RH................................ +1% Supply Voltage: .............32 HUMIDITY Relative Humidity Sensors Models HU-224/225 & HU-226 Description The MAMAC Systems HU-224/225 and HU-226 are extremely fast......................25 kg) 10K Thermistor Option Interchangeability: ................................................................................................................. ZAHU-224-2-MA 2% Duct RH...... 3K ohms max................................................................... ZAHU-226-3-VDC7 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........ EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992)............................................................................................................................................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .........................................................................................................................................................................................ZAHU-225-3-VDC 2% Duct RH.......................................................................................... 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only) Supply Current: ....................................... ZAHU-225-3-MA 3% Wall RH..................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RH Hysteresis: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ EN55014 (1993)/EN60730-1 (1992) * Includes non-linearity and non-repeatability Ordering Information Item Part # 2% Wall RH.................................... Load Impedance: .................................. ZAHU-225-2-MA 2% Wall RH............................................................................................................................................ See TI.....................................10 mA max..............................................................................20 mA max......2°C Heat Dissipation: ........................ 12-40 VDC...................................................................................... -30 to 130°F (-35 to 55°C) Environmental: .............................................................................................. For the HU-224/225 an aesthetically appealing ABS enclosure which may be flush mounted or fits a standard 2” x 4” handy box is available and for duct humidity applications.............ZAHU-224-3-VDC 3% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor................................................. 12 Ga max................ 0-5V/0-10V Output .............................................................................................................................................................. The HU-226 comes with a 10K Thermistor........................................................ SN01-01 Conformance: ....................................................5 lbs....................... 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................... fog or extremely high humidity over a prolonged period of time................................................................................................... mA Units ..0 mW/°C R/T Characteristics: ...................................ZAHU-224-2-VDC 2% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor................................................................................ 4-20mA Output ............................................................. +2%/+3% RH Range: ......................................................................... (..... 4-20mA Output ................. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) or ABS Plastic Finish: ............... 3........................................................ the probe can be washed in industrial grade isopropyl alcohol and put back in service without any calibration shift..................................................................................................................................................................... stable and accurate humidity transducers designed for harsh environments.............................................................. 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................ a rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) steel enclosure with external mounting bracket is also available............................................................................................................. 0-5V/0-10V Output .............................. Unpluggable screw terminal block Wire Size: ............................ EN55014 Compensated Temp Range: ........................................................................................................................................................... The polymer capacitance sensor is not affected by harsh contaminants................................ Each unit is individually calibrated in an environmental test chamber to meet or exceed NIST traceable +2% or +3% accuracies.................................................................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................................................ 4-20mA Output ................................................................................................................................................................ Enclosure: ................................... ZAHU-226-2-VDC7 3% Duct RH....................... 1K ohms min........................................................................................................................... @ 40 VDC (mA output units).45 kg) Wall Mount: ............................................................................................................................... Backed on enamel ................. 18 Ga C.......................0 lbs......R...................................................................................................................................................................... 0-5V/0-10V Output .............................................................................. Specifications Accuracy*: ....................................... The HU-224/225 and HU-226 are temperature compensated for -30F to 130°F operation with negligible error......ZAHU-226-3-MA7 3% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor.... 1................... 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................

........... The GX series can be used for direct fan control or interfaced to a DDC system via 4-20mA or user selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC output............................................................ Call for ventilation = Red LED............... resets below 100 ppm LED Indicators: ........ Specifications General: Sensor: .... It is ideal for use in parking garages and other automobile exhaust ventilation applications.................................................................................................... ft......................................................... or 200 ppm F........ The unit is housed in a rugged metal enclosure for tamper resistance..................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 200 ppm Analog Output: ................ allowing for quick and easy replacement — without the need for recalibration.................................................. 4-20mA or user selectable 0-10 V/0-5 V (Specify mA or output) Output Scaling: ....... 5-year expected sensor element life.................................... 85dB....... contactor) High Limit Set-point: .............. Form A (SPST) 5A @ 120/240AC...... Its factory calibrated/factory programmed sensor module is fully interchangeable...................O.... 4-20mA Output w/Duct Pickup Tube ............................................................ ZVGX-CO-4-20-D CO Sensor................................................ 5000 sq............................ typical Physical: .... 0.............................................................................. white powder coat over steel Ordering Information Item Part # CO Sensor................................................................0” x 2.......................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA Output ...5” x 2........................................................................ 35 ppm Relay Output: ............................ (Use with N........................ ZVGX-CO-0-5-10-D Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................................................1A @ 24 VDC Detection Range: .............................................................. 0......... User-Selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC Output .................. Audible......................................................................................................................................................................CO/CO2 CO Sensor Model GX 33 NEW! Description The Veris Alta Labs GX series carbon monoxide sensor provides ventilation control for energy savings and OSHA compliance...........................................................................S.......... Normal = Green LED...... User selectable 100 ppm F................................................................................................................................................................3” (125mm x 65mm x 60mm)........................................ 100 ppm for 30 minutes High Limit Alarm: ..................................... .......................................................................................................................................... The GX series utilizes metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) sensing technology along with microprocessor-based electronics for stable performance and long-life.................................................. -10°F to 125°F+ 10 to 90% RH non-condensing Coverage: .......................S............................................................................................................... and an audible alarm (85dB) that sounds if the CO level rises above 100 ppm for 30 minutes (per UL 2034).................................................................................................................................................. N............ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................... High-limit alarm = Flashing Red LED Operating Environment: ............................................ User-Selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC Output w/Duct Pickup Tube ....................................... ZVGX-CO-4-20 CO Sensor........................................................................................ It features a 35 ppm fail-safe alarm relay capable of switching 5-amps inductive...... 1 lb................C........................................................................................2A @ 12 VDC................................. Relay Set-point: ... .... ZVGX-CO-0-5-10 CO Sensor... 5....... 12-30 VAC/DC.......................................... Digitally profiled Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) Sensor Life: ......................................................................................................... replaceable Supply Power: ...............

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .34 CO/CO2 Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... while maximizing energy savings by ventilating at the optimum level........................................... ZVCXL CO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/LED Display and Setpoint Relay ......................................................................................... Specifications General: Sensor Type: ....................................................................................R..................................................................................................................................................I.................... Ideal ventilation is typically around 1000 ppm.....................I....................................................................CO/CO2 CO2 Sensor Model CX 35 NEW! Description The Veris Alta Labs CX series of carbon dioxide sensors are designed for use in HVAC control applications......... The CX series utilizes non-dispersive infrared sensing (N.... The CX series ensures that adequate ventilation will be provided................................................................... Inside buildings................................................................................................ With the use of N.............................................................................R................................................................................................................................................................................................. the units offer repeatability to +20 ppm over a range of 0-2000 ppm................... 20 to 30 VAC/DC Sensor Current Draw: ............................................................................... Non-dispersive infrared (N......................................... ZVCXW CO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/Setpoint Relay ..... 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C) Analog Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-10 VDC or 4-20mA (field selectable) Input Voltage: .............................................. energy can be saved and tenant comfort improved.g........... technology....................................................... ZVCXW-SR CO2 Duct Mount Sensor ........................................... ZVCXL-SR CO2 Calibration Kit ...............................D.......................................................................... one/two position damper).................................................................................... Typical outdoor levels of CO2 range from between 350 to 400 ppm.......................... 0-2000 ppm Accuracy: ....................................................................................) and digital electronics for stable performance........................................... diffusion sampling Measurement Range: .........................D....................................................................)... ABS high impact plastic Ordering Information Item Part # CO2 Wall Mount Sensor ................I........................................................................................................D..................................................................................................................................................... ZVCXD CO2 Duct Mount Sensor w/Setpoint Relay ........... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........... 100 mA maximum Material: .......................................... A CO2 calibration kit is also available................................... people are the major source of CO2............ +5% or 75 ppm (whichever is greater) Repeatability: ... +20 ppm Response Time: ............................... By controlling fresh air to occupant need as determined by CO2 requirements................................................................................R............................................................................ Versions are available for wall or duct applications....................................................................................................................................................... ZVC100 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................................................... ZVCXD-SR CO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/LED Display ......................... Each unit offers field selectable 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA output and an optional relay output to trigger HVAC equipment and predetermined levels (e.... < one minute Operating Temperature Range: ..........................

36 CO/CO2 Applications/Wiring Diagrams Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... and power and status LEDs for easy set-up....................................................................................................................................................................0A @ 30VAC/DC) .......................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: 701/706/708/709: ....................................................................................................................................................... Induced Isolation: .................. CE Ordering Information Item Part # Veris Hawkeye 701 Solid Core (1......................................................5 to 135A (ZVH-908)......................................................................................................... pumps.......................................................................... and other mechanical failures................. CSA certified........................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................................................................... belt loss or slippage...................................1A @ 30VAC/DC 706: ............................. ZVH-708 Veris Hawkeye 709 Solid Core ( 0..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................2A @ 120VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................0A @ 30VAC/DC) ............ Adjustable LED: .................................................................................................................................1A @ 30VDC) ..............................................................................................................................65W x 1..........................................575”W x 1........................................................................ 0................... ZVH-709 Veris Hawkeye 908 Split Core (1......................................POWER MONITORING 37 Current Status Switches Models Hawkeye 708/908 Description The Veris Hawkeye 708/908 Series of current status switches monitor fans....................................... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ........................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-701 Veris Hawkeye 706 Solid Core (0.............................................. ZVH-908 Veris Hawkeye 909 Split Core ( 0................05”H 908/909: ........................................5-135A Output Type: ................................................................................................................................ 1-135A 908/909: ............................................................... Available in solid and split-core models........................ ZVH-706 Veris Hawkeye 708 Solid Core (1... ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..........................................................75” diameter 908/909: . They are more reliable than differential pressure switches as no fitting or tapping is required...... 1...........................................................................................90”L x 2....................................................................................................................................................................90”W Amperage Range: 701/706/708/709: ........................................ Solid State............................... Positive fan or pump status is monitored by sensing changes in current flow resulting from motor failure....................................................................................................C...............................................................2A @ 120VAC/DC Trip Point: ... UL/CUL................................................ Solid State (706) Output Rating: 701/708/908: .......................................................................... 0............................ Trip...................... 2........... Specifications General: Sensor Power: .....................................2A @ 120VAC/DC) .................................... to +1% of range Temperature Range: ............. 0....................................................................................................................................................1A @ 30VDC 709/909: .............................. ZVH-909 Din Rail Mounting Clip Set .........................................................................................................................0A @ 30VAC/DC) ............................O..................................................................93”L x 2....................................................................................... 2.............................................................................................. motors and electrical loads for proper operation........................................... N........................ N.................................. these current switches have an adjustable set-point of 1 to 135A (ZVH-708) and 2...................... Adj... 2.... 600VAC rms Trip Set-Point: ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................04”H Sensor Hole Size: 701/706/708/709: ...................................................................................... Power (Excluding 701) Certifications: ........................................................................ 0..............................................................90”L x 0..........................................

38 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagrams Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

................................. 8A @ 120 for 2 sec.......................O............................ Status & Power 717: .......................................................... transducer and output into a single unit...................1 to 8 second in-rush ignore and a 180 second lock-out reset (Fixed)........................125”L x 2....................................Triac Output Rating: ..... to +1% of range Temperature Range: ............. It is ideal for grinders............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3............................................................................................................................... conveyors........................................................... 2 to 135A Output Type: 715: ....................................................................... (surge) LED: 715: ........................................................00”H Sensor Hole Size: .......... N.......................................................................................... 2-135A............................................................................................................................. Setpoint................................................................................. N................................................. ZVH-717 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover... 2A @ 120VAC ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj...................... 0.............................. Adj.................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......................................................................................POWER MONITORING 39 Current Status Switches Models Hawkeye 715/717 Description The Veris Hawkeye 715/717 Series current status switch protects motors from overload conditions by switching most contactors directly............................................................................................................ 2A @ 120VAC ............................................................................................................................. 600VAC rms Trip Set-Point: .......................................... The 715 sensor trips when threshold is exceed thus helping to extend motor and tool life............................................C.................................................... The Hawkeye 715/717 Series combine a CT (current transformer)............................... 715 & 717 Ordering Information Item Part # Motor Protection/Load Switching (Undercurrent)................................................................................. -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ........................ Status In-Rush Delay: .................................................... Both units feature self-induced power for fast installation and an adjustable set-point from 2 to 135A.15”W x 1..................................... Setpoint........ 717 Timed Lock Out: ..............................................................75” diameter Amperage Range: ......... ZVH-715 Motor Protection/Load Switching (Overcurrent)..................................................................... Adj...................................................................... 2A @ 120VAC continuous...................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: ................................................................................................................. 717 Set Point Adj:........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................................................................................... The Model 717 offers the added features of adjustable 0...... and machine tools....................................................................................................................................Triac 717: ................................ In-rush Delay............. 2-135A..................................... Specifications General: Isolation: ...................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .40 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

.................................5A @30VAC/DC ............................................................................................................ Specifications General: Sensor Power: ................. They are more reliable for status than relays across auxiliary contacts............................. N....................................................................90”W 800: .................................................................................................................................................575”W x 1.......................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......1A @ 30VAC/DC... ZVH-800 Solid Core....................90”L x 2................................................................ 0....................................................................................................................................... 2..........................5A (typical) Amperage Range: 900: ......................................................................................................................90”L x .................... Versions are available with output ratings of 0............................................................................................................................................................................. 0.........................................................................................................5-200A 800: ........34”L x 1.......... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ........................................................................................ 1................................................................................................................... ZVH-900 H 800 Mounting Bracket ..............5 to 200A.............................................................................. pumps and process motors..................................................... Induced Isolation: ......................... 2..............0A @ 30VAC/DC........................... 0............................................................................ 0................................................................. 600VAC rms Temperature Range: ...............................87”H Sensor Hole Size: 900: ......................................... 1..................................1 A @30VAC/DC ............................................................. 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: 900: ............................................................................... 1..............O...POWER MONITORING 41 Current Status Switches Models Hawkeye 800/900 Description The Veris Hawkeye 800/900 Series of “Go/No” current switches provide on/off status for direct-drive fans...................1A @ 30VAC/DC and 1....................................................................................................................5-200A Output Type: ........................................................................ Solid State Output Rating: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.................................................. 0....................................04”H 800: ....................................... The series offers a split core model for fast retrofit installation......................................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # Solid Core.................................................... 0..............................................................................0A @ 30VAC/DC Certifications: ..................................... ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....................................75” diameter Switch Turn-on Threshold: .......................................................... ZV800-BRKT Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................... ZVH-800-L Split Core......................................0 A @30VAC/DC) ................................................................................................................................ 0........................................... UL/CUL............................................ and a mini solid core model that fits in tight enclosures.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0....5 to 200A...................................................................................... 1................................................................................................................................................80”W x ....................................................5 to 200A.......

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .42 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................... Specifications General: Sensor Power: ..................................................................................................................................................... Induced Isolation: .............................................................................................................................1A @ 30VAC/DC Calibration: .. 34 to 75Hz (belt loss indication)................. ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................................................................................O.............90”L x 2..................... The split core design of the 904 is ideal for retrofits as there is no need to remove the conductor.....................................1A @ 30 VAC/DC .....................................................................................................................5-135A................................. N.................................. 3......................................................................................................................................... Status LED........................................ Self Calibrating LED: ............................................................................................................................................. 600VAC rms Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 34Hz (on/off status) Trip Set-Point: ................................04”H Sensor Hole Size: ....................... In addition.................................................................................................................. 3.. CE Ordering Information Item Part # Microprocessor Based............................................. The 904 senses changes in current flow resulting from motor failure......................................................................................575”W x 1. ZVH-904 Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ...............................5-135A Output Type: .............................................................................................................................................. it self-grips on wire thus eliminating drilling in “hot” enclosures............... 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: ..........POWER MONITORING 43 Current Status Switches Model Hawkeye 904 Description The Veris Hawkeye 904 is a microprocessor based current switch that selfcalibrates to changing loads and automatically monitors for positive fan or pump status...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................90”H Amperage Range: .................................................... belt loss or slippage and other mechanical failures....90”L x .......................................................................................... 0...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: .................................................................................................. Solid State Output Rating: .................... 1......................................................................................................... Self-Calibrating.......... UL/CUL............... It automatically compensates for effects of frequency and amperage changes associated with VFDs................................................... 2..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Self-calibrating Temperature Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.................................................................................................... Status Certifications: ....................

44 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

.................................................. 1 to 4 sensors Supply Voltage: ...75”W x 1........................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................. 2-zone ................................................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................080”H Temperature Range: ........ UL/CUL...................... Specifications General: 5800 Mini-Sensor: Amperage Ratings: ..................................... Dimensions: .............................................................. ZVH-5002 Remote Panel....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-5004 Mini Sensor for ZVH-5002 & ZVH-5004 Remote Panels ....................................................................125”L x 2.............................................................................................. thus allowing for complete checkout with one technician equipped with a remote terminal at the panel............................................................................................. 4-zone .............................................................................. 24VAC/DC Supply Current: ................................................................................................................................... 1 or 2 sensors Supply Voltage: ........................................ CE Ordering Information Item Part # Remote Panel..........................................................................ZVH-5802C 4-zone Kit: (2) H-5800 Mini Sensors & (1) H-5004 Remote Panel ......... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: .................................................................................................................................ZVH-5804C Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........ ................................................................. Dry Contact.........................25”L x 2........ 24VAC/DC Supply Current: ...................................................................................... 3............................................................................................................................ 4........................................................... 50mA @ 120VAC Certifications: ..............375”W x 1.........................................................................” Trouble-shooting time can also be reduced as status is displayed at your panel and not hidden away in “hot” starter boxes............................. Output Rating (both): ..........................................................................................85”W x 0................. The 2-zone controller is ideal for common supply and return fans while the 4-zone controller works great in all multi-point fan/pump room applications..................................................................................................................................................................................... 2............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25mA max...... 200mA @ 30VAC/DC........................................................................................................ 50mA max....................................................................... ...O................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... The technician can quickly adjust up to four sensors at one location and eliminate “run-around time.......................................................... conveniently located at your control panel........................................................................080”H Model 5004: Number of points accepted: .................................................. Remote Panel: Model 5002: Number of points accepted: ............................................. N.....................................29”L x 1................................................................................................................... reed relay..........................................................................................70” Dia................................................................875”H Sensor Hole Size: ......................... 0.. 0 to 95% non-condensing Output Type (both): ........................................................... Dimensions: ............. 1 to 100A continuous Dimensions: . ZVH-5800 2-zone Kit: (2) H-5800 Mini Sensors & (1) H-5002 Remote Panel .. ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................POWER MONITORING 45 Current Status Switches Model 5000 Series Description The Veris Hawkeye 5000 Series consists of 2 or 4-point remote status panels.............................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .46 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................................................................................................................................................................. 0............... Relay Power Frequency Range: ..................... Set-point w/Locked Rotor and Belt Loss Loss in One Sensor ...0A @ 30VAC/DC LED: H540: ... Set-point .............................................. “Go/No” w/Locked Rotor and Belt Loss Loss in One Sensor ..................................................................... “Go/No” ........25-20A............................................................................. Installation costs are reduced as teh functionality of three products (command relay.......... 16mA nominal Sensor Amperage Range: ........................................................................................................................................ Adjustable Certifications: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Sensor Trip................................................................................................................................................................................. ZVH-540 Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch........................................................................................................................................250L x1.................................................................................................................................................. 0.......................5-16A Sensor Output: ................................................................................................... 0................................................................................ such as exhaust fans and unit ventilators... 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 250 VAC Temperature Range: .................POWER MONITORING Motor Control Switches Model Hawkeye 500 Series 47 NEW! Description The Veris Hawkeye 500 Series combine an industrial grade load switching relay....................................................................530”W x 4................................................ Fixed Trip Set-point (H548): .......................5-20A.......................... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ........ ZVH-540-L Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch............................................................................ True override status is provided with theintegral HOA switch as the H500 is wired in series with the hot wire of the starter................................................................................................. UL/CUL ......................................................................... ZVH-548-L Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....................................................... and HOA switch) are combined in a single package that can be mounted on an existing 2 or 4 gang junction box...................................................................................................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch......................................................................... 1........................25-20A...............................................................................250”H Relay Coil: ............................................................................................ ZVH-548 Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch................................................................................................................... controlling and troubleshooting the control wiring of fractional horsepower loads...................................................................................................... Relay Power H548: .................................................................................................................. 4..................... 50/60 Hz Trip Set-point (H540): ................................ Adj....................................................................................... 0............................................................................5-20A................ Specifications General: Sensor Power: ........................................... Induced Isolation: ........................... current status switch............................................................................................................. or stand alone.................................................................... Adj...... current status switch and Hand-Off-Auto switch (HOA) in an easy to install remote enclosure making them ideal for monitoring............... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......... flush to a starter enclosure.......................................... 0.......................................................

48 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Mounting Options 2-Gang Junction Box 4-Gang Junction Box Directly on Wall or Panel Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

...................................................................... 10mA..........................................................04”H Sensor Hole Size: ................ Set Point LED: .....................0A@30 VAC/DC.......................................... 16mA................................................................................................ 1/3HP.............................. 2....................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC...POWER MONITORING Motor Control Switches Models Hawkeye 735/759 49 NEW! Description The Veris Hawkeye 735/759 combine the status and starting functions into a single package. Solid State ................................. Solid State .......... N......... 0......................................................................... N............................................5)@250VAC 30 VDC........................................ Status Output:1................................................................. Coil:24 VAC/DC.................................................................. ZVH-749 Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC..................................................................................0A@30 VAC/DC....... ZVH-748 Contact: SPDT 8(3..............................................................O.............................................................1A@30 VAC/DC .............................O........................... 10mA......................................2A@120 VAC/DC. 10mA........................................................... 12 VDC 16mA Sensor Amperage Range: ... Status Output: 0........... Solid State ...57”W x 1...................................................................................................... 1/3HP.................................. N.......... Status Output: 0......................... Status Output: 1.................. 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: ................ The current switch provides a status level signal to the automation system while the relay provides a contact output capable of switching almost any contactor.................................................... Coil:12 VDC............................................... Sensor Trip................ 1/3HP..................O............ Relay Power Certifications: .... 1-135A Sensor Output Type & Rating: 735 ............... Status Output: 0........... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ........................................................................................................ Solid State ............................... Coil:24 VAC/DC........... UL/CUL ............................. Status Output:0............................................................ N.............. Solid State ................ Coil:24 VAC/DC..................2A@120 VAC/DC...... Coil:24 VAC/DC...... ZVH-758 Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC.................... Solid State 1........................................................................O.........................................................2A@120 VAC/DC...........................5)@250VAC 30 VDC...................... N..............2A @ 120VAC/DC Adjustment: ............................................................ ZVH-738 Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC............................................................. 1/3HP......... Solid State ....................................................... 600VAC rms Temperature Range: ............... ZVH-759 Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ............0A @ 30VAC/DC 739-759 ............................................................. It detects belt loss and motor failure........................................................ Induced Isolation: ..... ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....O............................................. N.........................................................................................................................0A@30 VAC/DC.................. N...........90”W Relay Coil: 735-749 ...............................................90L x ...... Status Output: 1....................................................................................................................................... The 735/759 is designed to replace pressure switches and other electromechanical devices......1A @ 30VAC/DC 738-758 ..................................... N................................................................. 16mA........................................................ Specifications General: Sensor Power: .............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................ reducing the space required for total control of fans and pumps......... 1/3HP............ 1/3HP.................... Coil:24 VAC/DC.......................O...O.............................. Coil:12 VDC.............. Solid State 0....................................... 24VAC/DC...........................90L x 2............................. 1...................... 10mA......... 1/3HP...................................................................................................................... making it ideal for fan and pump status.........O......................................... ZVH-739 Contact: SPDT 8(3............... 10mA nom...... 10mA............................................. 758/759 ... ZVH-735 Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC.................................................................................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .50 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

.......................................................................................................................................................................... Status Output: 0.............................................................................................................................................................................................. ZVH-950 Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ......................................................................................................................1A@30 VAC/DC ..................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................... 16mA............................ ZVH-940 Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC...............................04”H Sensor Hole Size: ............... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................................................................................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC. 1........................................................... 10mA.......................................................... 2......................................... Status Output: 0....................................... The 24VAC/DC command relay switches up to 10A @ 250VAC..................... Coil:12 VDC..... ZVH-930 Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC............... UL/CUL....................... Coil:24 VAC/DC............... Coil:24 VAC/DC....................................... pumps and process motors..................................................................................................................................................................1A@30 VAC/DC ..................................................................................................................................575”W x 1.............................POWER MONITORING Motor Control Switches Models Hawkeye 930/950 51 NEW! Description The Veris Hawkeye 930/950 combines an on/off status switch and command relay for direct-drive fans............................................... Specifications General: Sensor Power: ................................................................................................. The device’s unique self gripping split core clamps on the motor conductor for fast and easy installation... -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: .....................................90”W x .....................90”L x 2... 600VAC rms Temperature Range: .............................................. Status Output: 0........................................................ 1/3HP.................................................................................. 1/3HP....... 0-95% non-condensing Relay Coil: 930/940 ......... 1/3HP.. Sensor Trip and Relay Power Certifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 VDC 16mA Dimensions: ................................................................ 10mA.................................................................................1A@30 VAC/DC ............................................ 24VAC/DC 10mA 950 ...................................................................90”H LED: ............................................................................................................... Induced from line Isolation: .....................................................

52 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram 1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter 2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In 3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

.. 3............................................................... and starting/stopping....................(belt loss indication)......................................................................... ZVH-934 Din Rail Mounting Clip .................................... -15° to 60°C Frequency Range: ...... Induced from line Isolation: ..............................................O.................. 0.. The self-calibrating current switch is designed for monitoring status of........................................... 5(3)A @ 250VAC/30VDC......................................................................................................................................... Temperature Range: ............................................................................ The 24VAC/DC command relay switches up to 5A @ 240VAC..................................... Switch/Command Relay............. 2........90”L x 2.......................................................... making it perfect for fan and pump status........ Solid State 0..................... 1..................O.................................................................................................................................................04”H Sensor Hole Size: .90”L x ................................. 24VAC/DC 15mA nom.......................................................... 5(3)A @ 250VAC/30VDC................................... No calibration is required............ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................. ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...... UL/CUL................................................................................................................................. 1/8 HP ...............5-135A..........................................................................O............... N........................ 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: ....575”W x1.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. just clip it on the line and go.......................................................................................................... 1/8 HP Calibration: ..........................1A @ 30VAC/DC Relay Output: .............90”W Relay Coil: .......................................................................................... Specifications General: Sensor Power: ...............................................................................................................1 A @ 30VAC/DC...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-34Hz (on/off status) Amperage Range: .............................. CE Ordering Information Item Part # Microprocessor-based........ Self-calibrating Combo..................................................................................... 34 to 75Hz..................................................................................................................................................................................................................5-135A Output Type/Rating: .............................................................................................................................. Relay Output: N......................................................................................................................... 3....................... Self Calibrating LED: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self-calibrating Humidity: .................................................................................. Relay Power Certifications: .................................................... motors controlled by variable frequency drives..... It is factory programmed to detect belt loss on variable frequency drives or constant volume systems..................... Sensor Trip........................ 600VAC rms Trip Set-Point: ............................................................ N....POWER MONITORING 53 Motor Control Switches Model Hawkeye 934 Description The Veris Hawkeye 934 is a self-calibrating microprocessor based current switch with a command relay....................................................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .54 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram 1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter 2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In 3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

POWER MONITORING

Motor Control Switches
Models Hawkeye 938/959

55

NEW!

Description
The Veris Hawkeye 938/959 is a self gripping split-core with command relay for
start/stop and status. It is designed to monitor fans, pumps, motors and electrical
loads for proper operation.

Specifications
General:
Sensor Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Induced from line
Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rms
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°C
Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing
Relay Coil:
938-949 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24VAC/DC 10mA
958/959 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”H
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90”W x .90”H
Output Type/Rating:
938-958 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC,
939-959 .......................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Solid State 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC
LED: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Sensor Trip; Relay Power
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ........................ ZVH-938
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-939
SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-948
SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State .................... ZVH-949
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 16mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ........................ ZVH-958
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 16mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-959
Din Rail Mounting Clip ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

56

POWER MONITORING

Applications/Wiring Diagram

1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter
2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In
3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out

Dimensional Drawings

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

POWER MONITORING

57

Analog Current Sensors
Models Hawkeye 221/321/421
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 221/321/421 are high amperage split-core analog current
sensors. They are designed to monitor large motors and other loads (up to 2400A),
with a proportional 4-20mA signal, thus eliminating the need for external CTs on
large conductors.
The two wire design of the 221, 321, and 421 reduces wiring costs. Span
adjustment is featured for easy set-up and high resolution.

Specifications
General:
Amperage Range:
221: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 100 to 300 (span)
321: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 300 to 800 (span)
421: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 to 2400 (span)
Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA
Sensor Supply Voltage: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 to 30VDC
Sensor Supply Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30mA max.
Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rms
Frequency Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60Hz nominal
Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.0% of all scales
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°C
Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing
Certifications: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... (221 & 321) UL/CUL, CE

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
100 to 300A; 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-221
300 to 800A; 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-321
1000 to 2400A; 4-20mA Output ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-421
Universal Mounting Bracket ................................................................................................................................................. ZVKT/CT-BRKT
Universal Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................................. ZVPS-24

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

58

POWER MONITORING

Applications/Wiring Diagrams
Sinking Panel (+ Common)

Sourcing Panel (- Common)

Dimensional Drawings

Model
ZVH221

A
3.75” (95mm)

B
1.51”(38mm)

C
1.25”(32mm)

D
1.13”(29mm)

E
3.91”(99mm)

F
4.75”(121mm)

ZVH321

4.90” (124mm) 2.89” (73mm)

2.45” (62mm)

1.13” (29mm) 5.20” (132mm) 5.91” (150mm)

ZVH421

4.90” (124mm) 5.50” (140mm) 2.45” (62mm)

1.13” (29mm) 7.88” (200mm) 5.92” (150mm)

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

POWER MONITORING

59

Analog Current Sensors
Model Hawkeye 720
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 720 analog current sensor, with its high accuracy 4-20mA
output, is ideal for variable frequency drives (VFD). It is accurate to 0.5% full
scale and may be used on the VFD load side. The 720 combines a sensor and a
transducer in an easy to install package. It provides adjustable zero and span for
precise scaling.

Specifications
General:
Amperage Ratings: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 200A Continuous
Amperage Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 200A
Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA
Sensor Supply Voltage: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 to 30VDC
Supply Current: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30mA max.
Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rms
Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 to 80Hz (+1%)
Zero Adjustment: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.5 to 4.5mA
Span Adjustment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 20 to 200A, full scale
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5%
Response Time: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 150mSec
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°C
Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing
Dimensions: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.13”L x 2.15”W x 1.00”H
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.75”
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
20 to 200A; 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-720
Universal Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................................. ZVPS-24

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .60 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

...................................................................... UL/CUL.................................................................................................................... 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................................................... +2% of reading from 10-100% of full scale 921/931: ............................................................................ 4-20mA Output ... ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................................................................................................................................... Loop Powered................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......... 0-5 to 55A (span) 921: ........................00”H 921/931: ........................................................................................................................... 4-20mA Isolation: ............................ The H931 features an integral command relay for start/stop applications............................................................................................................................................................. 600VAC rms Frequency Range: ......................................................................... Current Sensor/Command Relay...........................75” 921/931: .............................................................................................................. 60......................POWER MONITORING 61 Analog Current Sensors Models Hawkeye 721/921/931 Description The Veris Hawkeye 721............. ZVH-721 Split Core........................................... 30/60/120A... Specifications General: Amperage Range: 721: ............. 0-95% non-condensing Dimensions: 721: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120A Output Type: ............13”L x 2..................................................................... 2.................................. Combo................................................................................................................................................................................ 0-30........90”L x 0................................................................................................................................................. 60Hz nominal Accuracy: 721: .... 120A (span) 931: ......................................................... 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. 1............90”W Certifications: .................... -15°C to 60°C Humidity Range: .....60................................................................................. 5 to 55A............................................................ 921 and 931 provide accurate load trending information with a proportional 4-20mA output signal............................................................................................................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # Solid Core.............................................................................................................................................15”W x 1....................................................................................................................................................575”W x 1........................................................................................................................... 30/60/120A.... +2% of reading from 0-10% of full scale Temperature Range: ............................................................................................................................................................. Loop Powered..................................................................................... ZVH-931 Din Rail Mounting Clip .......................................................045”H Sensor Hole Size: 721: ................................................................................ ZVH-921 Split Core.............90”L x 2... 0-30............................................................................................................................................................................... 0......................................................... Loop Powered...................................... 3..............................................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .62 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram 1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter 2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In 3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

............................................................................................................................................................... Current Sensor/Command Relay....................................................................................................................................575”W x 1............... 2.............................................................................................................................................................................................................90”L x ....................................................... 0-5 VDC...............................................................................................95”L x 2............................................................................................................................................................................. Factory calibrated switch selectable ranges (30......................................... 30/60/120A .... 60.............. 10 to 60A ....... 30/60/120A Output Type: ...................... 0-5 VDC............................................................................................................................................................................................................03”H 922/932: ..................................... 60Hz nominal Accuracy: 722: ................................... 10 to 60A 922/932: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +2% of reading from 10-100% of full scale range 922/932: .................................................................................................................... 922 and 932 analog current sensors are self powered devices that provide accurate load trending information with a proportional 05VDC output signal......................................................................................................... 0-5VDC Isolation: ... 2...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................04”H Sensor Hole Size: 722: ......................................................................90”L x 2.................................... Specifications General: Amperage Range: 722: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30/60/120A .......................................... 600VAC rms Frequency Range: .......................................... Dimensions: 722: .................. 0-5 VDC... 0............................................................................................................ +2% full scale from 0-10% of full scale Temperature Range: ...............68”W x 1............................................................... Self-Powered............................................................. 120A) for high resolution and installation ease..................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC/DC 15mA nom............................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................... The 722 featuers a span adjustment potentionmeter for maximum resolution.......................... Self-Powered............................................................................ The 932 features an integral command relay for start/stop applications...................................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................ ZVH-722 Split Core....................... 0-95% non-condensing Relay Coil: ........................ UL/CUL............................................................. Self-Powered........................................................................................................................................ CE Ordering Information Item Part # Solid Core......................POWER MONITORING 63 Analog Current Sensors Models Hawkeye 722/922/932 Description The Veris Hawkeye 722....................................................750” 922: ....... 1................ ZVH-932 Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ..................... ZVH-922 Split Core...................................................... Combo.................................90”W Certifications: ........................................ -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ...................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .64 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings 1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter 2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In 3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

............5......................... consult factory) Isolation: ..................................... The instantaneous power (kW) of all three phases is summed and converted to an industry standard 4-20mA output signal for use in demand management (load shedding) applications.... Opto FET................................................................. departmental costing in manufacturing facilities and power monitoring for tool wear and process control................................................................... 9.............. ZVH-6005 Universal Power Supply ............................................................................ The 6000 Series accepts three Veris 1..... NEMA type 1................................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........ consult factory for higher amperages) Amperage Input: ......................................................50”L x 5.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-20mA................................................. 8...........1..................... compressors...................................................... See page 77.. 100mA @ 24VAC/DC Pulse Rate (field selectable): ...................................conduit knock outs........................................... 0...............O........... kW/kWH Transducer in Nema 1 Enclosure .........................................................................................................................................................................POWER MONITORING 65 Power Transducers Model 6000 Series Description The Veris 6000 Series is a one to three phase industrial grade automation system compatible kW/kWH transducer.............. ZVH-6001 Base Unit & kWH LCD Display ..................................................................... 277................. 0...............44”W x 2.............................. +1% from 10% to 100% of the max.......................................... The frequency of the output pulses is proportional to the total power consumed and can be used to measure energy usage for an entire building............................................................................................................................................................ Specifications General: Amperage Ratings: .. N........................................................................... NOTE: To interface with 5A CTs.................................................................................. or individual loads (chillers........................ hinged door System Accuracy: ...................................... 100mA @ 24VAC/DC Low Voltage Alarm Trip-Point: .................................. 208.......................................................................... ZVH-6002 Base Unit & kW/kWH LCD Displays .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UC/CUL......................05 pulse/kWh Phase loss/low voltage alarm output rating: ............. 1..................................................................................................................................33”D Enclosure Construction (except model 6005): ................................ The transducer also accumulates this instantaneous value over time and produces a pulsed output proportional to the energy usage (kWH).................................................................. submetering for commercial tenants.......................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................... ZVPS-24 Note: Order CTs separately......... Opto FET......................................... ZVH-6004 Base Unit Less Nema 1 Enclosure (for mounting in field enclosure) ..0”D Model ZVH-6005 (no enclosure dimensions): .......... -15° to 40°C Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................25”W x 4.................................................. 2500VAC rms Analog Output: ............ Provide 10-30VDC power supply Pulse Output: ...............................................C................... Adj............................................... 0................................................................5”L x 8. 75-95% Sealing: .................................. selected area...................................... CE................................................................................)......................... Pulse rate output is also field selectable to match the requirements of virtually all automation panels and data loggers.................................... 120..........................................................................0V Safe CTs ONLY (consult factory for 0-5A output CT retrofit interface) Voltage Range (field selectable): ....... Steel. The transducer multiplies the input current signal and voltage input for each phase to calculate true RMS power......... CSA Certified (6005-UL Recognized) Ordering Information Item Part # Base Unit.............................. 240.................. etc.............................. N.................................................................................... rated current of the CT’s Certifications: ............ consult factory.................................................................................... 1............ 480 or 600VAC (other ranges.................................0V current transformer inputs and three direct connect voltage inputs................... 0 to 2400A (sized by CT................................................................................................................................ kW range is determined by the ampere ranges of the CTs used to provide the input current signal..................... 0-95% non-condensing Enclosure Dimensions: ................ It is ideal for applications such as energy management and performance contracting............................... NEMA 1 Temperature Range: ...

1 Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. [250Ω for 1 to 5V. 2 Fuse or breaker per NEC. 7 For voltage output. 6 3 3 Select desired line voltage up to 600 VAC. 5 Pulse rate selection per automation system. 5 7 4 Undervoltage/phase loss percentage set-point. Observe polarity (color coding) of wiring for CTs.0V output. 4 6 Non-polarity sensitive 4-20 mA loop. Orient CT arrow towards load. Observe panel polarity. install resistor at automation panel.66 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram 2 1 Veris Safe Split Core CTs-1. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . or 500Ω for 2 to 10V] NOTE: Consult factory for single phase installation.

.............................................................................................................................................. 800A.............................................................................................................................................................POWER MONITORING 67 Power Transducers Model 6010 Series Submeters/Pulse Meters Description The Veris 6014/6015 are 10 ohm to 30 ohm power (kWH) submeters/transducers designed for use in industrial commercial........................ 1................................................................................................. 0-2400A (sized by CT.......75”D Enclosure Construction: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100mA @ 24VAC/DC Pulse Rate: ......................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing Enclosure Dimensions: ......................0V Safe CTs ONLY (Consult factory for 0-5A output CT retrofit interface) Voltage Ranges: 6014: ............................................................................................................................ 6............................................................................................................ They utilize safe low voltage output CTs and direct wired voltage inputs (no expensive voltage transformers required)....................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......................................................... or 2400A only.................................... conduit knock outs................................................................................................................................................. +1% from 10-100% of the maximum rated current of the CT’s Certifications: ................................. NEMA type . kWH meter display and kWH pulse outputs are standard......................................................................... Order 300A.......................... 208-480VAC ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-6014 kWH Meter w/Pulse Output.............................................................................................................................................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........... lock hasp System Accuracy: ............................................................................. See page 77.................................................... N................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # kWH Meter w/Pulse Output.................................................................... Consult factory for higher amperages) Amperage Input: ........................................... NEMA 1 Temperature Range: ...... UL/CUL.............................................................. 120VAC............................................................................................... hinged door....... 120VAC 6015: ........................ 1 pulse/kWH Sealing: . Steel.................. ZVH-6015 Note: Order CTs separately......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................875”W x 2............. 208 to 480VAC Isolation: ...........5”L x 4........................................................................ eliminating the need for costly external shorting bars................................................................. -15° to 40°C Humidity Range: ...................................................................................... Opto FET................................... Specifications General: Amperage Ratings: .............................................................................. Safe CT design improves safety.......................................................O................................................ and building automation submetering applications................................... 2500VAC rms Pulse Output: ...............................................................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .68 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................................................................. +1........ 1600........................................................ Amps............................................................................................... ØA to ØB........com/modus/ (*) Other protocols available. 800............................................................................................................................................. Voltage................. ØB to Netrual†....................................... Voltage............ Consumption. Large Size CTs .......................... Split core................................... Large Size CTs ..................................... 400 Amp Range................. 50/60 Hz Maximum Primary Current: .............................. Reactive power......... ZVH8035-0400-3 Modbus Energy Meter........ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................. 800 Amp Range............... 1600 Amp Range........... 400..............................0% (ANSI C12......................... 2000 VAC rms Case Insulation: . Maximum demand....................... ZVH8036-0800-3 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter..... kWH.................... ZVH8035-0300-2 Modbus Energy Meter................................................................................................................................. ZVH8036-0300-2 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter........................................ Up to 2400 amps cont....... 800 Amp Range.......... ZVH8036-0800-4 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter.......... Size CTs ............................ ØA to Netrual†....................................................................... 2400 Amp Range.......................................... ØB†................................ Current ØC **Detailed protocol specifications are available at: http://www.... Current ØA........................ Power factor.................... Voltage............... Med............ Power factor........... and power factor.......................................................... ØA to ØC...... Med.... Please consult factory † Based on derived neutral voltage Ordering Information Item Part # Modbus Energy Meter...................................... ZVH8035-0800-4 Modbus Energy Meter........ ZVH8035-2400-4 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter..... kVAR................ ZVH8035-0800-3 Modbus Energy Meter................... kW. 800 Amp Range.............................................................................. Small Size CTs .................... The Enercept Enhanced Data Stream meters (H8036) output 26 energy variables including kVAR.. Apparent power........................... ØB to ØC.... Voltage.................... ØC†........................Consumption........................................................................................................... Demand ØA†............................................ Modbus RTU**(*) Current Transformer: . Voltage...................... 300 Amp Range............... ØA†................... ZVH8035-1600-4 Modbus Energy Meter.............................................. 300 Amp Range.................................... 2 wire plus shield Baud Rate: .............................. ØC to Netrual†......... Small Size CTs ................................................................ ZVH8035-0100-2 Modbus Energy Meter............................................ Med.......................... Specifications General: Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................. Amps.. Large Size CTs ....................................................................... 800 Amp Range. Size CTs ............................................... Large Size CTs . 100 Amp Range.......................... Demand ØB†.......................................... Power factor........................ per phase Internal Isolation: ..1) Output physical characteristics: ................................... Size CTs . ZVH8036-0400-3 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter........................................ There are two application specific platforms to choose from................................................................................. kW..... 100..... kVA................................ kw.............................................. Large Size CTs ......... Demand ØC†......................... ZVH8036-2400-4 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................ Size CTs ...................................................................................... line to neutral †..................................................................................................... making them ideal for power monitoring and diagnostics............................... kW... One or Three Frequency: ............. kW............ 600 VAC rms Temperature Range: ............................................................... 1600 Amp Range....................................POWER MONITORING Power Meters Models 8035/8036 69 NEW! Description The Veris Hawkeye 8035/8036’s are three phase networked (Modbus RTU) power meters used for energy services metering/submetering in commercial and industrial applications........ 2400 amps H8035 Data Output Specifications: ....................... 2400 Amp Range................................................................................................................................. ZVH8036-1600-4 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter.......... Voltage....................... These power meters combine power metering electronics and high accuracy industrial grade CTs in a single package eliminating the need for external electronic enclosures............. Voltage............................................ Average current............................................................ Med...................... 400 Amp Range............................................................................................................ Minimum demand...................... 300............... RS 485.............................................. .. Average demand................................................ Demand...... 0° to 60° C Humidity Range: ............. VA............. Demand H8036 Data Output Specifications: .. kWH....... ZVH8036-0100-2 Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter.......veris......................... 208 to 480 VAC rms Number of Phases Monitored: . The Enercept Energy Meters (H8035) are ideal for submetering applications where only kW (demand) and kWH (consumption) are required........................................... Voltage...................................... Small Size CTs ...................... Small Size CTs .... Amps............... Power factor................................................. 0-95% non-condensing Accuracy: .. Large Size CTs ....................... 100 Amp Range.............. line to line.

13” (29mm) 5.51”(38mm) C 1.25”(32mm) D 1.75” (95mm) B 1.13”(29mm) E 3.91” (150mm) Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp (-4) 4.92” (150mm) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. Installation Typical 240 VAC 1Ø.45” (62mm) 1.45” (62mm) 1.88” (200mm) 5. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .13” (29mm) 7.91”(99mm) F 4.70 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3Ø.89” (73mm) 2.90” (124mm) 2. 3-Wire Installation Dimensional Drawings Model Small 100Amp/300Amp (-2) A 3.20” (132mm) 5.90” (124mm) 5.50” (140mm) 2.75”(121mm) Medium 400Amp/800Amp (-3) 4.

.................................... Split Core Power Transducers................ Split Core Power Transducers.... CT Size Medium . CT Size Medium .......... Three Phase 208/240 VAC................ ZVH8043-1600-4 Self-contained..... ZVH8043-0800-4 Self-contained............................... Single Phase 208/240 VAC.............. 300A.. Max.. CT Size Large........ Split Core Power Transducers..................................... Max.................. Three Phase 208/240 VAC......... Max........... Single Phase 208/240 VAC................ ZVH8041-0100-2 Self-contained. Split Core Power Transducers...... Split Core Power Transducers................... 800A. 50/60 Hz Maximum Primary Current: ........ ZVH8042-0800-4 Self-contained.......................................................................................................... CT Size Large ........................................... ZVH8043-0800-3 Self-contained.............................. Three Phase 208/240 VAC.............................................................................. CT Size Large . while models for unbalanced loads have three. Single Phase 208/240 VAC......... 600 VAC rms Temperature Range: ........... per phase Internal Isolation: ..................... One or Three Frequency: ................... Split Core Power Transducers. 800A.......... ZVH8042-0100-2 Self-contained............... Max......................... Single Phase 208/240 VAC................. Max.. 400A........ Split Core Power Transducers........... Single Phase 480 VAC..... CT Size Large. 100A....... ZVH8041-0300-2 Self-contained................................. 100............. 300A...........1600A......................... Split Core Power Transducers. Max................... Split Core Power Transducers........................ Current Transformer: ........... CT Size Large ..................... CT Size Small ......................... Split Core Power Transducers........................ 400A..................................................... CT Size Large............. CT Size Small ...................... Three Phase 208/240 VAC........... CT Size Large ............. Single Phase 480 VAC.... 4-20mA Supply Power (loop): .........................POWER MONITORING Power Transducers Model 8040 Series........................ Max........................................ 800..................... Max............................. Single Phase 208/240 VAC......... CT Size Large ............ Single Phase 480 VAC...................... 300........................... Max.................................................................. Three Phase 208/240 VAC........... making them ideal for monitoring electrical power in commercial and industrial facilities using industry standard 4-20mA output.... CT Size Large.............. Split Core Power Transducers.2400A..................... CT Size Medium .................................................... Split Core Power Transducers.............. 800A................................................................................... Single Phase 480 VAC....... CT Size Small .......................................... ZVH8041-1600-4 Self-contained......... Max..................... 1600............................................................................................ 2000 VAC rms Case Insulation: .... Three Phase 208/240 VAC............... 800A........... 800A.......................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......... CT Size Small ............. 9-30 VDC........... Max............ 400A...................... 30mA max......... Max.. Specifications General: Input Primary Voltage: .. Max..................................................... Split Core Power Transducers................................................... Max...... Max.... ZVH8041-2400-4 Self-contained...... CT Size Small ...... kW (Demand) 71 NEW! Description The Veris Hawkeye 8040 Series kW (power demand) transducers combine processing electronics and industrial grade CT(s) in an easy to install split-core package........ ZVH8043-0300-2 Self-contained....... Max............ Split Core Power Transducers..... 100A.................... 0-95% non-condensing Accuracy: ................................... Split Core Power Transducers...... Up to 2400 amps cont........ Split Core Power Transducers.......................... Three Phase 208/240 VAC.... Split Core Power Transducers...................... ZVH8043-0100-2 Self-contained...............................................0% Output: . CT Size Medium .......1600A....... ZVH8041-0400-3 Self-contained..... Single Phase 480 VAC...................... 300A...................................................... Split Core Power Transducers..... ZVH8041-0800-4 Self-contained. 208 pr 480 VAC rms Number of Phases Monitored: . 2400 amps Ordering Information Item Part # Self-contained. The unique design of the 8040 Series tranducers reduces the number of installed components......... Single Phase 480 VAC.. 100A......................................... 800A.. Single Phase 208/240 VAC.................................. Split Core Power Transducers.......................................... Max.... CT Size Small ........... Single Phase 480 VAC................................... 0° to 60° C Humidity Range: ................................................. ZVH8042-0400-3 Self-contained.............................................................. Max................................2400A........... +1.......................................................................................... Split Core Power Transducers..................... Max... CT Size Medium .......................... ZVH8042-1600-4 Self-contained........................... ZVH8042-0300-2 Self-contained.............. Split core................... Max........... ZVH8043-2400-4 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................... ZVH8042-2400-4 Self-contained................ Max............................... CT Size Medium ........ ZVH8043-0400-3 Self-contained...................... 400.................... ZVH8042-0800-3 Self-contained................................... Models designed for balanced loads include one CT only....................................... ZVH8041-0800-3 Self-contained............................................................1600A............ Single Phase 208/240 VAC....... Split Core Power Transducers.............2400A..........

... Split Core Power Transducers......2kW 192.POWER MONITORING 72 Ordering Information Continued Item Part # Self-contained..... Three Phase 480 VAC.7kW ZVH8042-0800-3 665......... Split Core Power Transducers.... CT Size Small .... Three Phase 480 VAC..1kW ZVH8043-0400-3 144..4kW ZVH8042-0800-4 665.. Split Core Power Transducers. CT Size Small .0kW ZVH8041-2400-4 864........ 800A.4kW 384....1kW 443.2400A... Split Core Power Transducers....00kW ZVH8041-0800-3 288... 400A. 100A..... Max.6kW 864..0kW ZVH8041-0800-4 288.6kW 576.2kW ZVH8043-0800-4 288...2kW ZVH8043-1600-4 576.. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.... Max.. 3 Wire Installation Maximum KW.... CT Size Large ...1kW ZVH8044-1600-4 1330kW 1330kW ZVH8044-2400-4 1995kW 1995kW * Use model H8041 or H8043 for 240V single phase systems..... Max.2kW 192.0kW ZVH8042-0100-2 83......14kW 83.... Reading at 20mA Model 3Ø -Power 1Ø -Power ZVH8041-0100-2 36.... ZVH8044-0800-4 Self-contained...2kW 288... Max.............4 Wire Installation * Model H8041 + H8042 do not include these two CTs Typical 240 VAC 1Ø..0kW ZVH8041-1600-4 576... 800A.. ZVH8044-0100-2 Self-contained..4kW 576..... Three Phase 480 VAC.. Max.....4kW ZVH8043-2400-4 864. 300A........03kW 24.1kW ZVH8043-0800-3 288.00kW ZVH8041-0300-2 108....4kW 166..4kW ZVH8044-0400-3 332.... Three Phase 480 VAC..03kW ZVH8043-0300-2 108..1kW 144...........6kW ZVH8044-0100-2 83.. ZVH8044-1600-4 Self-contained..... CT Size Large .3kW ZVH8042-0400-3 332.....2kW 288.... 3...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .4kW ZVH8042-1600-4 1330kW 886.6kW 332.14kW ZVH8044-0300-2 249.1kW ZVH8044-0800-4 665....4kW 249. Three Phase 480 VAC. ZVH8044-0300-2 Self-contained.....1600A...... Max...6kW ZVH8044-0800-3 665....14kW 55...6kW 221. ZVH8044-0400-3 Self-contained...... Split Core Power Transducers. ZVH8044-2400-4 Applications/Wiring Diagrams Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3Ø..7kW ZVH8042-2400-4 1995kW 1330kW ZVH8043-0100-2 36...... Max.. Split Core Power Transducers... Three Phase 480 VAC.. CT Size Large .1kW 108..03kW 36..00kW ZVH8041-0400-3 144.1kW 665.. Split Core Power Transducers...1kW 665. ** Model H8041 + H8042 do not include these two CTs.....1kW 72..1kW 96....43kW ZVH8042-0300-2 249... ZVH8044-0800-3 Self-contained..... CT Size Medium . Three Phase 480 VAC..1kW 443.. CT Size Medium ..

92” (150mm) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.91”(99mm) F 4.25”(32mm) D 1. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .50” (140mm) 2.51”(38mm) C 1.13” (29mm) 7.13” (29mm) 5.89” (73mm) 2.POWER MONITORING 73 Dimensional Drawings Model Small 100Amp/300Amp (-2) A 3.45” (62mm) 1.90” (124mm) 2.91” (150mm) Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp (-4) 4.88” (200mm) 5.75” (95mm) B 1.90” (124mm) 5.20” (132mm) 5.75”(121mm) Medium 400Amp/800Amp (-3) 4.13”(29mm) E 3.45” (62mm) 1.

......... Models designed for balanced loads include one CT only............................. CT Size Medium .................. CT Size Small ........... while models for unbalanced loads have three....................... Max................................... Max..... 2400 amps *Count must be multiplied by the number of phases when using single CT models to monitor balanced multiphase systems...........................5....................................................... 2000 VAC rms Case Insulation: ........................................................... CT Size Small .............................................. CT Size Large ......... 100................ 0° to 60° C Humidity Range: ..... 0......... kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC.......................... ZVH8053-0800-3 Power Transducers................................................................................................. ZVH8053-0800-4 Power Transducers.................................................................................... 800A....... 1600...........1-H8053) Pulsed Output: ............................... The unique design of the H8050 Series transducers reduces the number of installed components.. kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC... Specifications General: Input Primary Voltage: ................. 400A........... Max................ 600 VAC rms Temperature Range: .. per phase Internal Isolation: .............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......... 300A................... CT Size Medium ................................................................................................ kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC.....1600A.................... making them ideal for monitoring electrical power in commercial and industrial facilities using industry standard pulse output............................................................................................................................................................................................. Max...................................................... CT Size Large ................ 208 pr 480 VAC rms Number of Phases Monitored: .... Max.......... ZVH8051-0300-2 Power Transducers...... 400A.................. CT Size Large .... Normally Open................................................................................... ZVH8053-0400-3 Power Transducers...0% (ANSI C12................................. 200 msec Current Transformer: ............................................................................................................................................................ Up to 2400 amps cont...1 kWH/pulse* Pulsed Output Type: ............................................... 100A........... 300A................................................................ ZVH8041-0800-3 Power Transducers... Split core.................................................... Max.............................................................. kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC.......................................... 50/60 Hz Maximum Primary Current: ..................... 0............ ZVH8053-2400-4 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................. kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC........................... ZVH8051-2400-4 Power Transducers...................................... Max................................................................................................................ Max............................................. CT Size Large .................................................................................. kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC.......25.. kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC........... kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC....... 100A.................. CT Size Medium ................................................ Ordering Information Item Part # Power Transducers....74 POWER MONITORING Power Transducers Model 8050 Series kWH (Consumption) NEW! Description The Veris Hawkeye 8050 Series kWH (power consumption) transducers combine processing electronics and electronics and industrial grade CT(s) in an easy to install split-core package...... ZVH8053-0100-2 Power Transducers................................... ZVH8051-0800-4 Power Transducers......... Field selectable...... CT Size Medium ........ kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC. kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC..... Max............... 800A......... +1........................... CT Size Large ................................................................. 0.............................................. 800A......... Max. Opto FET...... kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC............................................................... Max.. 0-95% non-condensing Accuracy: ................. Max...... CT Size Small ................................................................................... ZVH8053-1600-4 Power Transducers................................ 800A....... CT Size Large ........ The transducer instantaneously samples the voltage and current in the monitored conductors to measure and report true RMS power consumption........................................... kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC.......... ZVH8051-1600-4 Power Transducers............................................. kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC....................... ZVH8053-0300-2 Power Transducers......................... ZVH8051-0400-3 Power Transducers. ZVH8051-0100-2 Power Transducers.... CT Size Small ................... kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC....................................1600A.........................2400A..... 800..... 300.................2400A.............................. 1. One or Three Frequency: ....................................................................... Max..................................................................... 400................. 100mA @ 24VDC Pulse Width: ...... Max...

2-wire Typical 240/120 VAC1Ø.POWER MONITORING 75 Applications/Wiring Diagrams Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3Ø.4 Wire Installation Typical 277 VAC 1Ø. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . 3. 3-Wire Installation Field Selectable Pulse Output Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .13”(29mm) E 3.75”(121mm) Medium 400Amp/800Amp (-3) 4.90” (124mm) 5.92” (150mm) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.45” (62mm) 1.91”(99mm) F 4.88” (200mm) 5.90” (124mm) 2.50” (140mm) 2.51”(38mm) C 1.45” (62mm) 1.75” (95mm) B 1.91” (150mm) Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp (-4) 4.13” (29mm) 7.89” (73mm) 2.25”(32mm) D 1.20” (132mm) 5.13” (29mm) 5.76 POWER MONITORING Dimensional Drawings Model Small 100Amp/300Amp (-2) A 3.

............... fault recorders and PLCs........... 18 gauge...... Split-Core Current Transformer...5% from 1% to 100% of rated current Rated Input Current: ..................................................................................................... 800................. size CT for full load requirement for best resolution................. Split-Core Current Transformer.................0V Safe..................... 800A........ -15° to 60°C Humidity Range: ................ 6’ length Temperature Range: ......................... 800A(for use w/ Veris 6000) .........0V Safe...........................................5% of reading.......333V outputs..................... 0.................................... 2400A Phase Shift: ..................... 1................. 2400A CTs............................0V Safe................................................... ZV6812-800 1...................... 300A(for use w/ 6000......... 600A... 300A.................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................0V Safe............................................. 400A(for use w/ 6000 Series) ............. 800A(for use w/ Veris 6000............. 200A.....................................6014/6015 Series) .......0V Safe....................................................... 1000A (for use w/ 6000 Series).....................0V Safe.......333V................. ZV6810-300 1....0V standard (0........................................................................ 50/60 Hz Leads ................... 100A (for use w/ 6000 Series) ....................................................................... 6014/6015 Series) .0V Safe................................................. avail..... Specifications General: Output at Rated Current: .............................................. 200A (for use w/ 6000 Series) . All CT ranges are available with 0.............................................................. Split-Core Current Transformer... 6014/6015 Series) .............POWER MONITORING Current Transformers Model 6810 Series 77 NEW! Description The Veris 6810 Series of Instrument Grade Current Transformers provide high accuracy: +0.. Split-Core Current Transformer.0V Safe......... ZV6811-800 1. 2400A (for use w/ 6000 Series........................................... consult factory) Accuracy: ..................................................................................... you must use 300.................................. ZV6810-200 1...... They are ideal for use with data loggers................................................................................... 600A(for use w/ 6000 Series) .......................... ZVKT/CT-BRKT Important! For direct reading kWH meter on models 6014/6015...................................................... ZV6811-600 1............................................................... Other CT sizes and amperage ranges are available................................ Consult factory for special requirements......... ZV6812-2400 Universal Mounting Bracket Kit .. Split-Core Current Transformer..................... UL 1015 twisted pair......................0V Safe........... Split-Core Current Transformer.................................................... 1000A... ZV6812-1000 1.... For 4-20mA kW demand (6000 series)........ ZV6811-400 1................. 1mA......................................................... 400A.. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................... Split-Core Current Transformer........................................... ZV6810-100 1............... 100A...........................................................................................................0V output with the Veris 6000/6010 Series submeters and transducers...... Split-Core Current Transformer.................................................... 0-95% non-condensing Ordering Information Item Part # 1................................... Split-Core Current Transformer....................................................................................................................................................... Less than 1° Frequency Range: ............................................... They use 1.

91” (150mm) Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp 4.50” (140mm) 2.13” (29mm) 8.25”(32mm) D 1.92” (150mm) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.51”(38mm) C 1.78 POWER MONITORING Dimensional Drawings Model Small 100Amp/300Amp A 3.13” (29mm) 5. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .57” (141mm) 5.13” (207mm) 5.20”(107mm) 4.45” (62mm) 1.90” (124mm) 5.45” (62mm) 1.75” (95mm) B 1.13”(29mm) E F 4.89” (73mm) 2.75”(121mm) Medium 400Amp/800Amp 4.90” (124mm) 2.

................................................................................................................................................................................................................ The Logger’s magnetic mounting strip adheres to any metallic surface making it easy to install and out of harms way......................................................... Microelectronic IC Resolution: .......................................................x or 95................................................................................................................ 2.................................................... Lithium battery Battery Life: ............... It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3.................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing Element Type: .........................................................POWER MONITORING Temperature Logger Model Enspector™ 7001 79 NEW! Description The Veris Enspector Temperature Logger is an easy to use tool for collecting historical temperature information in building spaces... Specifications General: Power: ............................................................................................5 years Memory Storage: .................................................. The battery powered selfcontained logger requires no external wiring........ RS232 (compatible) Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. just put it in a space and go... ZVE7001 Dimensional Drawing Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................ It records the ambient temperature of the monitored space over a specified period of time............................................................. The Temperature Logger is designed to fit in tight spaces for convenience and installation ease................................................ +0......................................................................................................................... 8064 readings Communication: ....................5°C Computer Requirements: Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1°C Accuracy: ................................................................................ 55°F to 95°F Humidity Range: .............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................................................................... Ordering Information Item Part # Room Temperature Logger .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................5 years Memory Storage: .. It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3..............................................................ZVE7002 Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................................................................................................................................... The logger enables the user to profile run times of constant volume fans.................................................................................... 2..........75 to 200A Temperature Range: ............................................................ Simply snap it on a conductor and it monitors current flow to determine on/off status........................................................................... and find run time deviations on critical loads under guaranteed energy savings contracts................................ 64512 readings Communication: ....................... RS232 (compatible) Amperage Range: .................................80 POWER MONITORING Run Time Logger Model Enspector™ 7002 NEW! Description The Veris Enspector Run Time Logger provides a self-contained solution for recording on/off times of electrical loads............................. Specifications General: Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium battery Battery Life: .................................. 0-95% non-condensing Computer Requirements: Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...........................................................................x or 95.......... evaluate lighting circuit run times..................................................................... The Run Time logger monitors run times on critical loads such as chillers and large fans to establish operating schedules for performance contracts............................. Ordering Information Item Part # Run-Time Logger .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15°F to 65°F Humidity Range: ................................................................. 0.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

........... 16...... Serial Cable................................................................... Including Carrying Case................................ ZVE6810-300 (3) 800A Split-Core CT. +1% true RMS from 10% to 100% of the rated current of the CT Computer Requirements: Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs.... ZVE6810-800 (3) 2400A Split-Core CT...................... 208 to 480 VAC Current Range: .............................................................................. kWH (Consumption) Battery Life: ... Serial Cable.....x or 95..................................... and S/W ........................................0V output Voltage Ranges: ...................................................................................... It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3............................................................................................................................................................................ safe 1............................................................................................. Ordering Information Item Part # (3) 300A Split-Core CT...POWER MONITORING Power Logger Model Enspector™ 7003 81 NEW! Description The Veris Enspector Power Logger provides an easy solution for obtaining true power consumptioin (kWH) on 1 or 3 phase loads by recording the energy consumption of the monitored load over time....................................128 readings Current Transformer: ............................. ZVE6810-2400 Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................................................................. and S/W ........................................... 5 years Memory Storage: .... and S/W ....................... Serial Cable.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........ Including Carrying Case................................. The logger also enables the user to evaluate existing guaranteed savings contracts to ensure that the baseline has not shifted................................................................................................................................................................................................. The Power Logger can be used to monitor building energy consumption on the front end of a performance contract to develop accurate baselines..................................................................................... Including Carrying Case.................................................................................................................. 0-2400 A System Accuracy (includes CT’s and meter): ............................................ and monitor critical loads such as chillers and large fans to establish an energy useage pattern. Specifications General: Power Measurement: ...............................................................

...........................................................................................82 POWER MONITORING Amps Logger Model Enspector™ 7005 NEW! Description The Veris Enspector Amps Logger is a self-contained data acquisition tool for trending motor loads................................................................................................................................................................... The Logger will accurately monitor lighting loads making it possible to plot space lighting profiles for multiple circuits to demonstrate the savings potential of a lighting retrofit..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 years Memory Storage: ................................................................................................................. Lithium battery Battery Life: .......................................................................................................................................................ZVE7005 Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..........................................x or 95. -15°Fto 65°C Humidity Range: ....................................................................................... +2% Computer Requirements: Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs...................... 1 to 200 A Temperature Range: ...................................................................................................................................... 8064 readings Communication: .............................................. Ordering Information Item Part # Amperage Logger ........................................................................................................................................... RS232 (compatible) Amperage Range: ...... Clamp it on a conductor.............................................................. and profile lighting loads to determine what lighting control measures are required................ It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3.......... Specifications General: Power: ....................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing Accuracy: .................................................................................................................................................................. and it will monitor and record the current flow for a specified period of time.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..........................................................................

............................. Specifications General: Power: ..........................................................................................................................................................................................POWER MONITORING Data Logger Model Enspector™ 7007 83 NEW! Description The Veris Enspector Light Tracker monitors the on/off status of lighting loads........................... 1 to 200 A Temperature Range: ................................. It enables a user to determine the possible savings of installing occupancy sensors in conference rooms and other locations where lighting is not required all day........... It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3................................................................................................ Simply fasten it inside a lighting fixture using the attached magnet and it will record the on/off status........................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing Computer Requirements: Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs...................................x or 95........................................................................................................... The Light Tracker monitors lighting loads to establish space energy consumption profiles........................................................................................... -15°Fto 65°F Humidity Range: ......................................... ZVE7007 Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................................................................... RS232 (compatible) Amperage Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium battery Battery Life: ..................................................................... Ordering Information Item Part # Lighting Tracker ....................................................512 readings Communication: ...................................................................................................................................................................... 5 years Memory Storage: ............................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 64............................................................................................................................

............. To retrieve data.......................... to meet your analysis needs.... configures loggers..........1 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................84 POWER MONITORING Logger Accessories Model Enspector™ Software NEW! Description The Veris Enspector software is an application specific program that easily sets up projects............................... Specifications Computer Requirements: Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs.ZVE7900.. The integral database engine allows the user to view project and logger information in varying formats or easily export it to popular programs such as Excel®......... This database gives the user the power to be creative and thorough....... The software detects the logger com port and uploads all of the stored information.. simply connect the logger to a PC with the serial cable and choose to retrieve. Ordering Information Item Part # PC Software for Configuring Data Loggers . MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......x or 95..... It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3. and retrieves the stored information from them........

.............. 2 fuse: ................................................................ 500VA..................................................... 60Hz @ 55°C amb) 1Ø....................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................. 2400:120V..................................................94”L x 9.........................3WX... 3 fuse: ............. 3 Ohm................................................................ ZVPT3-2-45-242F PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers............................ 0. UL recognized Ordering Information Item Part # PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers................. 35:1 Ratio ..........2Z @ 100% rated voltage (ANSI burden) Frequency: ............ Secondary Voltage: ....... ZVPT3-45-422FF Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....6M................................ 5..... the unit’s cores and coils are encased and vacuum encapsulated............................POWER MONITORING 85 Potential Transformers Model PT Series Description The Veris PT Series of Indoor Potential Transformers reduce high voltages for transducer compatibility..................................... 2 Fuse.................. 3 fuse: .................................... ZV3PT3-60-442 PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers............ 2 Fuse...................................................................................................................................... ZV3PT3-60-242 PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers............................................... 8..........................................................................................4 secondary A per phase......................... 2 fuse: ........................................ 2400:120V................................................................ 600VA.............. 3 Fuse............... 3 Fuse............ 20:1 Ratio ....................................................... 1................................ 3 Ohm................ 4200:120V... (2............82”L x 6............... 60Hz Thermal Rating: 3Ø....................... 4200:120V......... CSA certified........................................................ 0.........................7 secondary A per phase............................6M....... 2 fuse: ..................................................... 60Hz @ 30°C amb) 350VA.............................................................................................03”H Certifications: ..................................................................... 3 fuse: ............ 0......... 1...........1 Ohm.......3WX.............................................................. 1 Ohm...................................................... 5kV..................................... 120VAC Insulation: ...................................... (1........... 0.........................2Y @ 100% rated voltage (ANSI burden) 1Ø...........63”W x 6...................................................... Specifications General: Accuracy Class: 3Ø................................................... 20:1 Ratio .......... BIL 60kV full wave Dimensions: 3Ø...................................................................................................350VA @ 55°C amb..... 35:1 Ratio ..................... Available in 3ohm and 1ohm models.....50”W x 8....................................50”H 1Ø..... @ 30°C amb.................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .75” min B = HV to Ground in Air = 3.0” min Two Brush Connection 3PT3 Connection Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.86 POWER MONITORING Applications/Wiring Diagram Recommended Spacings A = Unit to Unit = 0.

.............. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated supply voltage and a broad 0°F ...... ZAPR-264-R1-MA 0-75/150/300 psig.......... 4-20mA 2-wire loop or field selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC.................................. fully-conditioned and temperature compensated output....... ZAPR-264-R2-MA 0-125/250/500 psig........... ZAPR-264-R1-VDC 0-75/150/300 psig................. All models carry the Andover Controls logo..................................................................................................................................................C................ in explosive/hazardous environment or with flammable/combustible media............. Specifications General: Accuracy*: ............................................................ 2-wire........0...... Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) Finish: ............................... VDC Units .......................... 1K ohms min........................................................................................ 4-20mA..........................R.... but also offers a leakproof solution for today’s environmentally conscious customers..................................................................................................... 0-5/10 VDC.................................. rugged...... Enclosure: ......................................................................... +1% FS Overpressure: ........................................................................... external mounting bracket.................................................................................................................. fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy........... (.....................................................................0.................. 12-40 VDC ...................................................... The 316L stainless steel monolithic pressure cavity not only provides media compatibility for most of the applications......................................................................................... For instance.. 1/8” NPT Environmental: .................................. (VDC output units) Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... and 100..................................025%/°F (.................................................. 25.......................03%/°C) Media Compatibility: ............................ 12-40 VDC............................ ZAPR-264-R2-VDC 0-125/250/500 psig.................................................................................................................................................................... 300% Burst Pressure: .............................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................ 12-35 VAC/VDC ..PRESSURE 87 High Pressure Transducers Model PR-264 MAMAC Systems’ PR-264 high pressure transducer incorporates sophisticated circuits and a new fused silicon monolithic cavity pressure sensor to not only provide a high-level................................. but also to offer up to three (3) field selectable pressure ranges in one unit. gasketed cover.............................................................................................................................. Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88B Conformance: ...................... 1.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ZAPR-264-R3-MA 0-25/50/100 psig...................................................... +0................................................. 12-40 VDC ........................................................................................................................................................ ................................ 0-5/10 VDC.... Two industry standard output versions are available............... mA Units ......... Unpluggable screw terminal block Wire Size: .................................. 12 Ga max.......................................0 lbs...................... 4-20mA...........20 mA max.............................................................................................................. EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992).......................... 500% Supply Voltage: .......... 4-20mA............ EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992) Compensated Temp Range: ............................180°F (-18°C-82°C) compensated temperature range ensure compatibility with most applications...................................................... and economical pressure transducer...... Load Impedance: ....................................................................................... Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure.................... 0°F to 180°F (-18°C to 82°C) T............................................................................................................................ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....................... 12-40 VDC ......... 3K ohms max.................... 12-35 VAC/VDC ................................................................................. 2-wire... 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only) Supply Current: ................................ Error: ...... 12-35 VAC/VDC .................... hysteresis and non-repeatability Ordering Information Item Part # 0-25/50/100 psig................................. 10-90%RH Non-Condensing Termination: .................................. ZAPR-264-R3-VDC CAUTION: Do not use on oxygen service........................................................................................................................45 kg) * Includes non-linearity....................... 2-wire...................10 mA max..................................... Liquid/gases compatible to 316L stainless steel Port Connection: .....................................0 psig in one unit................................................... and a liberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the PR-264 a reliable............................................................................................. 0-5/10 VDC............................. 50.............................................. 18 Ga C.. The field selectable feature eliminates costly inefficiencies by providing a single unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for a particular application....................................................... at 40 VDC (mA output units)..........................

................... ultra-stable..................................5 lbs................................ filter pressure drop............... 12-40 VDC Supply ........................125/...................................... 10-90%RH Non-Condensing Termination: ....... 0-5/10 VDC..... calibration shift due to overpressure............................................................................................................................................5/15. 12-40 VDC...................................................................................50/5.............0” wcd...................................................................................... two enclosure types..................................................................... ZAPR-274-R3-VDC Ranges 0-7........ and extremely low pressure sensitivity have been some of the problems which have plagued the controls industry............................. and a liberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the PR-274/275 a high performance............ 18 Ga C............................................................................................... 4-20 mA 2-wire...........25/2..............00” wcd/ +-... 0-5/10 VDC................. ZAPR-274-R1-VDC Ranges 0-........R............................1/+-......... ............. 12-40 VDC Supply...................................... Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88B Conformance: .................. Temperature related zero drift.................................05” wcd.................................................. 0°F-175°F (-18°C-80°C) Media Compatibility: ................... Enclosure: ..............................20 mA max...... 1K ohms min................................0” wcd/+-3...........................................25/2.......................................................................... +1% FS Overpressure: ... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992).................................................... 0-5/10 VDC................50/15........................ but for the first time offers a reliable.................. or any other extremely low pressure application.................................................... non-interacting zero and span adjustments........................................50” wcd..................50/5... 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ............ (VDC output units) Weight: ............... Load Impedance: .........625/1..................................75/7..... 1..................................6K ohms max............................................................ (...................................... Specifications General: Accuracy*: ................................50 wcd..25/2.............................................................. The PR-274/275 with the new Gl-Si technology not only addresses all of the above shortcomings...... 4-20 mA 2-wire.................................................................................... ZAPR-274-R4-VDC Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................................ 0-5/10 VDC...... All models carry the Andover Controls logo................25/.................... Clean dry air or any inert gas Environmental: ....... hysteresis and non-repeatability Ordering Information Item Part # PR-274 (Nema 4 Enclosure) Ranges 0-..................25/.................... 25°F-150°F (-4°C-65°C) T..... duct pressure..............................0” wcd/ +-................................................................... VDC Units .........50 wcd............................ 12-40 VDC Supply ................................................................... ZAPR-274-R1-MA Ranges 0-....................... 12 Ga max..............................25 kg) * Includes non-linearity................................................................................. low pressure transducer...................................50/1.. 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply .......... non-repeatability.....................75/7........................... +0...................25/2........................ 10 PSID Supply Voltage: ........................ short circuit and reverse polarity protected output.............................0/30....................... non-linearity. ZAPR-274-R3-MA Ranges 0-7................. Error: ....................25/..... fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy..........0125%/°F (.. ZAPR-274-R2-VDC Ranges 0-1......625/1...............0” wcd/+-3.............................10 mA max...... accurate means to measure and control building/room pressure.... 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ...... 1.....................1/+-....................... This technology revolutionizes very low pressure measurement................................. Up to six field selectable direct or compound ranges.......................................................... 12-40 VDC Supply .02%/°C) Operating Temp Range: ..0” wcd.................. 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply .... 4-20 mA 2-wire............................ ZAPR-274-R4-MA Ranges 0-...... at 40 VDC (mA output units)................. Unpluggable screw terminal block Wire Size: ......5/15...................................... ZAPR-274-R2-MA Ranges 0-1........... mA Units ..............C.00” wcd/ +-................. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) or Panel Mount Chassis Finish: .......................0 lbs..125/......50/1.............................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . 4-20 mA 2-wire.....................................................05” wcd..............................45 kg)............................................................................................................ field selectable outputs.............. (........................50/15....................................................................................... 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only) Supply Current: ......50” wcd.......................................... EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992) Compensated Temp Range: ...............0” wcd/ +-....... air flow.............0/30.....................88 PRESSURE Low Pressure Transducers Model PR-274/275 MAMAC Systems’ PR-274/275 low pressure transducers incorporate a new micro-machined glass-on-silicon (Gl-Si) capacitance sensor........................................................ Panel Mount: 0...............25/.....................................

...PRESSURE 89 Ordering Information Continued Item Part # PR..0” wcd. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................... 0-5/10 VDC...125/........ ZAPR-275-R4-VDC CAUTION: Do not use on oxygen service........1/+-......... 0-5/10 VDC.........05” wcd..625/1..50” wcd....50/15.................0/30........ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..............25/2.. 12-40 VDC Supply ...00” wcd/ +-...25/...75/7..50 wcd.75/7........ ZAPR-275-R1-VDC Ranges 0-.............50/1.. 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply . ZAPR-275-R3-VDC Ranges 0-7... 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply .0” wcd.......125/.25/...1/+-....... ZAPR-275-R2-VDC Ranges 0-1.... 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ..25/....0” wcd/+-3......... ZAPR-275-R2-MA Ranges 0-1....50” wcd.... in explosive/hazardous environment or with flammable/combustible media..275 (Panel Enclosure) Ranges 0-...... ZAPR-275-R1-MA Ranges 0-.........................50/15. 4-20 mA 2-wire.. 12-40 VDC Supply .................5/15. 4-20 mA 2-wire........50 wcd....25/2...50/5............0/30.......0” wcd/ +-...... 12-40 VDC Supply ..... 12-40 VDC Supply ... 0-5/10 VDC............ 0-5/10 VDC.... ZAPR-275-R4-MA Ranges 0-...5/15........05” wcd......25/..............25/2....625/1.......................0” wcd/ +-....0” wcd/+-3...25/2............................50/5........ ZAPR-275-R3-MA Ranges 0-7........ 4-20 mA 2-wire.50/1............... 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply .............00” wcd/ +-.................. 4-20 mA 2-wire............

.............. in explosive/hazardous environment or with flammable/combustible media...........................................50” and 15.................................. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated supply voltage and a broad 25°F-150°F (4°C-65°C) compensated temperature range ensures compatibility with most applications.............................................................................................................................. 12-40 VDC ..............00” wcd.................................................................................................................... at 40 VDC (mA output units)....................0125%/°F (.... APR-276-R10-VD 0-3... Clean dry air or any inert gas Environmental: ............................................................................................................................................................................. Error: .....75/7... 10-90%RH Non-Condensing Termination: ................................................................................. To substantially reduce installation cost and to eliminate costly control panels the PR-276 incorporates a pressure sensor and a static pressure tip integrated as one assembly................................ ............................00”wc or 3..................................................................................... +0...... Enclosure: ................................................................. 2-wire...... 0°F-175°F (-18°C-80°C) Media Compatibility: ..........................90 PRESSURE Low Pressure Transducers Model PR-276 Description The MAMAC Systems’ PR-276 low pressure transducer incorporates sophisticated integrated circuits and a new micro-machined glass-on-silicon (Gl-Si) capacitance sensor to not only provide a high level.......0 lbs................... ZAPR-276-R10-MA 0-3........................................... 3K ohms max......................10 mA max................................ 2........ Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65)....75”............. fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy............ (VDC output units) Weight: .............................. 2-wire...................................................................................................................... For instance............................................................................................... 25°F-150°F (4°C-65°C) T..................................................................02%/°C) Operating Temp Range: ................................... 12-40 VDC....................................................... low installed cost duct pressure transducer..................................R........................ ZAPR-276-R11-VD CAUTION: Do not use on oxygen service..................25/2....................................... mA Units .......................................................................... 4-20mA 2-wire loop or field selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC.................................................................................................................................... 6061T aluminum probe Finish: .......... but also to offer up to three (3) field selectable pressure ranges in one unit.............. 500% Supply Voltage: .......................00” wcd.................................................................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................ 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only) Supply Current: .......................................... 12 Ga max.............................................00”wc in one unit........... The field selectable feature eliminates costly inefficiencies by providing a single unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for a particular application. 12-40 VDC . 4-20 mA... All models carry the Andover Controls logo.......................................................................................... external mounting bracket. 10 psid Burst Pressure: ....................................................................................... gasketed cover.. +1% FS Overpressure: ...................25/2............ 12-35 VAC/VDC ...................75/7..... 1K ohms min................. EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992)....... Two industry standard output versions are available.....50/5........ fully conditioned and temperature compensated output.................... (.............................................. Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88B Conformance: ................................................ Load Impedance: ......................50” and 5............................................... EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992) Compensated Temp Range: ...........................................................................................................C.....................................................50/15.................................................................................45 kg) * Includes non-linearity........................................................20 mA max.................................. VDC Units ............................ 1...... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 18 Ga C............................ 0-5/10 VDC.................................. Unpluggable screw terminal block Wire Size: ...........00” wcd.......00” wcd...50/5..... 12-35 VAC/VDC ....................... 0-5/10 VDC....... hysteresis and non-repeatability Ordering Information Item Part # 0-1....................................50/15............................................ A rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure.................................................................................... Specifications General: Accuracy*: ................................................................ 4-20 mA................ 7............................... 1.... and a liberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the PR-276 a reliable..........25”............. ZAPR-276-R11-MA 0-1..................................................

....................................................................... If a bent tube with a single orifice at the end is used to pick up static pressure in a duct..................... When the air flows across an orifice.............................................................................................................. this error will increase also and as the flow decreases....................PRESSURE 91 Duct Static Pressure Probes Model A-520 MAMAC Systems’ A-520 Static Pressure Probe is designed to pick up static pressure in a duct........................................................................................................... Regardless of the velocity........... air handler or other HVAC equipment................. The A-520 Static Pressure Probe is available in 6061T aluminum alloy for standard HVAC applications................................................... Similarly.................................................................................. As the air flow increases.........................5 oz.................................................................................... The probe has two orifices vertically opposite each other to cancel out any air flow induced errors............................................. 1.... 1/4” brass hose barb Gasket Material: . the error decreases in an exponential relationship................... Specifications General: Material: ......... the air flowing across the probe may cause a small low pressure within the probe.......................... it creates an opposing suction which cancels out the first pressure drop................ repeatable and stable static pressure value........... 6061T-6 Aluminum Alloy Port Connections: ............................................................................................. Unlimited Weight: ....................................................................................................................................... the flow error is constantly cancelled out and the A-520 provides an accurate................................................................................. it creates a suction towards that orifice.... 10 psig Maximum Temperature: .................. ZAA-520-1-A-1 8” Aluminum Duct Static Pressure Probe ................. Neoprene Maximum Pressure: ................................................... 482°F (250°C) Maximum Air Flow: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... when the same air flows across the other orifice.. The A-520 is a unique design which incorporates two orifices diametrically opposing each other in a vertical plain................................ This low pressure acts against the duct static pressure and hence induces an error which is exponentially proportional to the air flow.................. Ordering Information Item Part # 4” Aluminum Duct Static Pressure Probe ....... ZAA-520-2-A-1 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................... plenum.................................................................... Two probe lengths are available: 4” and 8”....... All models carry the Andover Controls logo..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................... 12 Ga max....................... 4-20mA 2-wire loop or field selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-20 mA ...................................... ZAPR-283-R1-MA Range 0 to75/150/300 PSID....................................................... Enclosure: ................................................................. (...................................................................................................................................................................... Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88B Conformance: ..................................................................................................................... 300% Burst Pressure: .............................................. Error: ............................ Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) Finish: ...........................................................................4-20 mA................................................................................... (VDC output units) Weight: ...........................................................20 mA max................................................ 0-5/10VDC ........................................................................................... 4-20 mA..................................................45 kg) * Includes non-linearity................................................................................ 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only) Supply Current: .............................................................. VDC Units -10 mA max... 10-90% RH Non-Condensing Termination: .............. Specifications General: Accuracy*: . at 40 VDC (mA output units).................. 1/8” NPT Environmental: .............................................................................................. 0-5/10VDC ...................................................... hysteresis and non-repeatability Ordering Information Item Part # Range 0 to 25/50/100 PSID.................92 PRESSURE Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transducers Model APR-283 MAMAC Systems’ APR-283 Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transducer is a 100% solid state silicon strain gauge fused directly onto the 316L stainless steel monolithic pressure cavity.............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................................................................... The 316L stainless steel offers excellent media compatibility to most of the industrial and commercial applications.............................................................................................................................................. Load Impedance: ................ and fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy are some of the features which make the PR-283 a reliable....... Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure.............................................. 12-40 VDC.............................................................................. ZAPR-283-R3-MA Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................................C..............025%/°F Media Compatibility: ............................... All models carry the Andover Controls logo............................................................................................................................... +0............................................................................ NEW! PRELIMINARY The APR-283 offers up to three field selectable pressure ranges in one unit............................................................................ ZAPR-283-R1-VDC Range 0 to75/150/300 PSID... The pressure cavity design incorporates novel techniques to isolate the fused silicon sensing element from installation related stress thereby ensuring zero integrity.....................................................................R.. 0°F-180°F (-18°C-82°C) T. external mounting bracket....................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992)............... Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated supply voltage and a broad 0°F-180°F compensated temperature range ensures compatibility to most of the applications................................... EN55014 (1993)/EN60730-1 (1992) Compensated Temp Range: ..................................... ZAPR-283-R3-VDC Range 0 to 25/50/100 PSID................................ gasketed cover...................................................................... 0-5/10VDC .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 18 Ga C.............................. rugged................ 500% Supply Voltage: ......................... ZAPR-283-R2-MA Range 0 to 125/250/500 PSID......0 lbs..................................................................... Liquid/gases compatible to 316L stainless steel Port Connection: ....................................................................................................... Two industry standard output versions are available................................. mA Units .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1K ohms min........ 3K ohms max............................................................................................................................................................................................................ The field selectable feature eliminates the costly inefficiencies by providing a single unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for a particular application.................................................... ZAPR-283-R2-VDC Range 0 to 125/250/500 PSID........................................................................................................... +1% FS Overpressure: ..................................................................... Unpluggable screw terminal block Wire Size: ........................................ 1.................. and economic pressure transducer..............................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................ the pressure can be increased or decreased with two push-button switches..........................0 lbs............. w/Manual Override. ZAEP-311-020 Outputs 3-15 psig Pneumatic Air..............PRESSURE 93 Electro-Pneumatic Output Transducers Model EP-311/313 Description MAMAC Systems’ EP-311/313 electro-pneumatic transducer incorporates quiet low-wattage poppet valves and a pressure sensor to measure and adjust the branch line pressure proportional to the input..................... (0.......................................................................... high performance electronics.................................................................... 301 ohms (4-20 mA units).............................................................................. 4-20 mA................. 4-20 mA.............................................................. Error: ... 4-20 mA.........................................................03%/°C) Media Compatibility: .. Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88B Compensated Temp Range: ........................................................................................................... brass barb fittings. (Supply to Branch) 0................................ This feature is most desirable for check out/commissioning and manual operation in case of controller failure................................................................................. Universal 24 VAC/24 VDC supply voltage and field selectable 4-20 mA................................R......................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992)............025%/°F (................................. This unit has no air consumption and is immune to mounting orientation or supply line pressure fluctuations........ A precision gauge is provided for the branch line pressure.......................................................................... 0-5/10 VDC Input.................................................................................................................................................C.. The EP-313 incorporates a manual override switch and...................................... 1...................................... 150 mA Enclosure: .................................................... at the same time............................................................. A unique steel chassis design substantially reduces the overall size of the unit and... 12 Ga max.........................................................................................................................................................45 kg) * Includes non-linearity............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ZAEP-350 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...... floating poppet solenoid valves.... 0-5/10 VDC Input............... ZAEP-313-020 Failsafe Module (Bleeds Branch Line Off On Power Failure) .................. 0-5/10 VDC Input............................................................................................................................. hysteresis and non-repeatability Ordering Information Item Part # Outputs 3-15 psig Pneumatic Air...................... 10-90%RH Non-Condensing Termination: .......................................................................................... Screw terminal block Wire Size: ................. 40 psig Pressure Differential: ............ reliable electropneumatic transducer................................. Specifications General: Accuracy*: .............................. ZAEP-311-315 Outputs 0-20 psig Pneumatic Air... 4-20 mA................................................................. 24 VAC/VDC Supply ........... EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992) T.......... Steel Chassis Finish: .......................................................................... 1/4”OD poly tubing Environmental: ............................................................................................................................................................................... All models carry the Andover Controls logo......................... Load Impedance: .......... Clean dry air or any inert gas Port Connection: ............................................................................................................. 0-5/10 VDC Input....................................................................................................................... 24 VAC/VDC Supply ............................................................................................................. 25°F-150°F (4°C-65°C) Conformance: ...................................................................... and a liberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the EP-311/313 a high performance................................................ 24 VAC/VDC Supply ..................................... +0.................................................................................................... silicon pressure sensor............................................. provides for ease of installation in the control panel directly or with a snap track.................... ZAEP-313-315 Outputs 0-20 psig Pneumatic Air.................................... 24 VAC/VDC Supply .........1 psig Supply Voltage: ........................................ +1% FS Maximum Supply Pressure: ... 18 Ga C............................................................. or 0-10 VDC inputs ensures single unit compatibility to most systems.............. 0-5 VDC....................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................ w/Manual Override.............................................................. 10K ohms (0-5/0-10 VDC) Weight: ............ in the manual mode...................................... A rugged aluminum manifold.................... 18-28 VAC/VDC Supply Current: .....................................................................................................................................................................................................

.................................... 0.............................................................................................3" WC................................5”........................................................................................................ protected against polarity reversal Output Limits: ............................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ...............D.2" WC................................................................................................................... gauge pressure or vacuum.........ZMT30-003A Range = 0......................................... suitable for: 1/8” or 5/32” I.................. ZMT30-002B Range = 0........................................................................................................ ZMT30-005B Range = 1...... 5G to 50Hz Ordering Information Item Part # Range = 0................ 0................................................................................................................... 3.......................”W x 5...... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................ZMT30-005A Range = 0......................................................... Optional 4...................................................... 0°C-52°C (32°F-125°F) Storage Temperature: .............70°C (-20°F-160°F) Effect of Temperature: ....................................... a very lightweight.............................42lb) Case: ..........D.................................................15”L x 1....... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ....40”H Weight: .............................................85 mA low end.................................................................................... glass-reinforced NORYL™ Environmental: Operating Temperature Range: ..................................................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .......................... or differential pressures......................ZMT30-010A Range = 1...................................................................................................... ZMT30-003 Range = 0.................. negative.................................................0”.................3”.... 3/16” Dia... 10-35 VDC..................... Suitable for air or inert gases Max........................................ Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ......................... ZMT30-010 Range = 1............................ 0.......................... +1% Zero & Span Adjustments: ...............1" WC...............................................94 PRESSURE Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters Model T30 Description The Modus Instruments T30 is a 2-wire pressure transmitter with 4-20mA output...........................0”............... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ..5" WC.......................................................5" WC...... Flame retardant.......................................................................................1”.............................................................. Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .....................................................................................................2" WC........... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ....................................................................... ZMT30-002 Range = 0................................................................................................. 2.................................. polyethylene tubing......................................................................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................... Non-interactive Pressure: Ranges: ............................. 8x pressure range Port Connections: ..................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA . Integral filters at both ports...................................90% RH non-condensing Shock Resistance: ...0" WC..................................................................................................... responsive diaphragm deflects a small amount when pressure is applied.................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .....................0”............................................................ Electrical: Operating Voltage: ................ This deflection results in a change in capacitance which is then detected and processed electronically................................................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................ Specifications General: Accuracy: ...... It operates on the capacitance principle and is capable of sensing very low positive......1 mA low limit available Physical: Dimensions: .....................................................3" WC....................................................0 Water Column Measures: ....................................................................................................................................................................... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ................................................................................................................................... In the capacitance cell..................... A wide selection of standard pressure ranges is available................................................... 5................ Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ................................ +... 10.....................................................1" WC..........................3" WC............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Reliability and long life are inherent advantages of the solid-state design............................ 3.. 3................................................................................................ 26 mA upper end...........0" WC............................................................................................................................................................. Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .................................................1/4” O..... 190g (................... ZMT30-001 Range = 0.......................................................................................................................................05%/°C Operating Humidity Range: ..................................ZMT30-002A Range = 0............................................... 0.......................................................................................................................1" WC.......................................................................... 10G (11ms) Vibration Resistance: ............................. 1.. ZMT30-003B Range = 0...................................0”.. ZMT30-005 Range = 0.................2" WC....ZMT30-001A Range = 0............................................................... 20% ...........................2”....................... -30°C ................................0" WC................................ Tygon™ or polyurethane tubing................................ ZMT30-001B Range = 0................................... ZMT30-010B Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................................................................................................... Diff...................................................................5" WC....................................... Safe Momentary Overpressure: ........................ Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ....

PRESSURE 95 Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

....................... Zero Pressure @ Range = 0............. it operates on the capacitance principle and is capable of sensing very low positive............................. 24 VAC Power Supply ......................0” Water Column) and electrical ratings (24VAC or 120VAC) is available.........0”............................ Zero Pressure @ Range = 0......................40”H Weight: ............................................................................................ glass-reinforced NORYL™ Environmental: Operating Temperature Range: . +.......................................................1" WC.... ZMT40-002C 4 mA ................................................................................85mA low end............................... ZMT40-001DA 12 mA ........................................................................................................1" WC............................................................................................ Zero Pressure @ Range = 0.......................................................05%/°C Operating Humidity Range: ........ 26mA upper end................. 11-32 VDC....................................... 0..........................................3”.................... 0......... Zero Pressure @ Range = 0.. 0...........1/4” O...... ZMT40-002CB 12 mA ......................................................... 0..................................................................................................2" WC............. -30°C to 70°C (-20°F to 160°F) Effect of Temperature: ......................................... 120 VAC Power Supply .. 0...............................................................................D...................................... Zero Pressure @ Range = 0.............................................................................................................. 5....................... ZMT40-002DA 12 mA ...... ZMT40-001C 4 mA...........2" WC........................................................................................................................ Zero Pressure @ Part # 4 mA........... 8x pressure range Port Connections: ...........................................1" WC....................2" WC.. 0°C to 52°C (32°F to 125°F) Storage Temperature: . Specifications General: Accuracy: ............ Physical: Dimensions: ..1”....................0” and 10...................................................................42lb) Case: ...... Like the T30............... 3..... which is then detected and processed electronically........................... 190g (..............................................2" WC...................................................... ZMT40-001CA 8 mA .3”............................ A wide selection of standard pressure ranges (0...............................................2" WC....0”.................................96 PRESSURE Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters Model T40 Description The Modus Instruments T40 is a 4-wire pressure transmitter.......................................................1”...................... 20% to 90% RH non-condensing Shock Resistance: .....................................ZMT40-001D 8 mA .............................................................................................. gauge pressure or vacuum.........................................................5”............... 0.........................................1" WC............................................................................................................................................................... 3.............................................................................................. Zero Pressure @ Range = 0........................ 1......0 Water Column Measures: .................. Zero Pressure @ Range = 0................................................. 5............................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........ 10G (11ms) Vibration Resistance: ................... protected against polarity reversal Output Limits: . 1.. Integral filters at both ports........................... negative or differential pressures...............0”.........0”................................. polyethylene tubing...............ZMT40-002D 8 mA .................................................................................. 5G to 50Hz Ordering Information Item Range = 0.........................................................0”................................0”.. ZMT40-002CA 8 mA ..................................................................................................... Zero Pressure @ Range = 0... 10........................................15”L x 1..........................”W x 5.............................. ZMT40-001DB 4 mA ..........................................................................................2”................................................................. Zero Pressure @ Range = 0........ Suitable for air or inert gases Max........................................................................................ The output of the T40 pressure transmitter is a 4-20mA current................................. ZMT40-002DB Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................................................... Safe Momentary Overpressure: ................................ Flame retardant.................................................. +1% Zero & Span Adjustments: ............................................................................... This deflection results in a change in capacitance.........................................D.........5”......................................................... Non-interactive Pressure: Ranges: .... 3/16” Dia......... a very lightweight......... Diff............. 3...................................... 2............................................................................... Zero Pressure @ Range = 0........................................................... Tygon™ or polyurethane tubing.................................................................................... 2................2”................................................................................................... Optional 4......................... transformer isolated from the AC power unit.............................................................................................................................1" WC...2" WC............................................... In the capacitance cell.............................................................................1" WC.....0”....... 0............... Zero Pressure @ Range = 0... suitable for: 1/8” or 5/32” I...............................................1mA low limit avail.. responsive diaphragm deflects a small amount when pressure is applied.................................... ZMT40-001CB 12 mA .... Electrical: Operating Voltage: ........................................................ 3....................

...................................................................5" WC..... ZMT40-020C Range = 2........................... ZMT40-030C Range = 3.................................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ..................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............. Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .......... ZMT40-050CB Range = 5.......0" WC.....................................................................3" WC...................................... ZMT40-030DB Range = 5........... ZMT40-100DA Range = 10. Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ....3" WC.......................................................0" WC......................................................................... ZMT40-010C Range = 1............................. ZMT40-100DB Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..............................................................0" WC.........................................................................3" WC..............................................................................................................................0" WC............. Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ....... ZMT40-050C Range = 5....... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .............................................................. ZMT40-100CB Range = 10...........0" WC................................................ ZMT40-010DA Range = 1.............................................................................................. Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ..0" WC..................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .................. ZMT40-020DA Range = 2............. ZMT40-030CB Range = 3...................................0" WC................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ...................................0" WC.......................................................................ZMT40-003D Range = 0...............ZMT40-100D Range = 10..............................................ZMT40-030D Range = 3.. Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ...........5" WC...................................................................................................................0" WC................................0" WC..........0" WC........................................................................................................... ZMT40-030CA Range = 3..............................................................................0" WC............................... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................ Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ......................................................0" WC................................................................................................................................. ZMT40-050CA Range = 5................................ Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ....PRESSURE 97 Ordering Information Continued Item Part # Range = 0... ZMT40-003CB Range = 0................................................. ZMT40-005C Range = 0.............................. Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ......................0" WC...... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .....................................................3" WC............3" WC..........0" WC............ Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .....0" WC......................................5" WC.....................................................5" WC...........................................................5" WC. Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ..........................ZMT40-010D Range = 1..................................................................................................................... ZMT40-005DA Range = 0.. ZMT40-030DA Range = 3....................... ZMT40-010CA Range = 1.......... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................................. ZMT40-010CB Range = 1... ZMT40-050DB Range = 10................ Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ......................................................... ZMT40-050DA Range = 5..............................................3" WC......................................................................................................................................... ZMT40-005CB Range = 0........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ............................................................................................................................................ ZMT40-100CA Range = 10........0" WC...................................................................................... ZMT40-020CB Range = 2.................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ..................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .................................... ZMT40-100C Range = 10.......5" WC..............................0" WC........... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................0" WC..............................0" WC.........................0" WC.................. Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .......................0" WC....... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ........................ Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................... ZMT40-010DB Range = 2...................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................................. ZMT40-003CA Range = 0................................................................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ...........................................0" WC....... ZMT40-020DB Range = 3............ Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ...0" WC..........0" WC............................................. Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ...................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ...........................................................0" WC................................................................................................. ZMT40-005CA Range = 0................................................................ Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ............................... Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ........................... ZMT40-020CA Range = 2............ Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ...........................................................................................................0" WC..............................................0" WC............. Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ... ZMT40-003C Range = 0............................................................. ZMT40-003DA Range = 0..................................................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003DB Range = 0...................... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...................................................................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ................ Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ....... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................... Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .....................................................ZMT40-005D Range = 0........................ Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ....................................................ZMT40-050D Range = 5.........0" WC.ZMT40-020D Range = 2.......... ZMT40-005DB Range = 1............................................................................................................................0" WC...........................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .98 PRESSURE Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

..... .... ...............................................................................5% of differential pressure range................ 0-300 PSI............................................................................................................................ 0-300 PSI.........) Environmental: Process wetted surfaces are 316 stainless steel Operating Temp..................... 1-Hole Knockout...... 1-Hole Knockout..... non-magnetic Finish: ...... Black epoxy pain Knockout: ...................................................... 0-100 PSID. The W30 Series is a 4-20 mA...................................... The W30 is housed in a NEMA 4 cast aluminium case enclosure and the process wetted surfaces are 316 stainless steel....................... Part # ZMW30-31E-1-R ZMW30-32E-1-R ZMW30-33E-1-R ZMW30-34E-1-R ZMW30-35E-1-R ZMW30-36E-1-R ZMW30-37E-1-R ZMW30-38E-1-R Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............ 1/2” Knockout .................................................. Choice of 1 or 2 holes......................................................................................................................... heat exchangers........................................................................................................................................................... or + 0................................. or +0...................................................................................................... Range: ......... 0-60 PSID..................... 1-Hole Knockout............................... Aluminum Alloy #A380 Cover Screws: ............................................. 0-300 PSI....5% for 6 psid (50 kPA) range Calibration: ................. +0...............................56” x 4/45” x 2/18” (90 x 115 x 55 mm) Enclosure Material: ................................. 1/2” Knockout .....I................................................................................. The W30 is an excellent choice for many HVAC process and automation monitoring requirements....... 1/2” Knockout ............. +0........................................................................................................................... Hole sizes are offered in a choice of 1/2” conduit.............. 3................... or +0.............. loop powered device which operates on nominal 24 VDC..... M4 Stainless Steel............... 5G 3 to 50 Hz Electrical Connectors: Polarized Euro Plug/Connectors Connections: ............................................................ Glass-filled polyester General: Dimensions: ................................ filters.. 0-10 PSID........................................................................ 0-200 PSID.......... (Traceable to N....... 1-Hole Knockout.................................................................................................................................... ......................... -20°F to 160°F (-30°C to 70°C) Effect of Temperature: On zero: ............. 0-100 PSI............................................................................... 1-Hole Knockout........................................... 10% to 90% R... 1/2” Knockout ............... +0....................T....................................................................................... Typical applications include measurement of differential pressure across flow elements... 1/8-28 female NPT Weight: .......... 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C) Storage Temperature: .. 0-300 PSI........................................................................................... 1-Hole Knockout........................... 0-30 PSID.........................................................................2 lb (540g) Ordering Information Item 0-6 PSID............................................................................................. +0...................................................... 0-100 PSI......................................................................................................... non-condensing Shock Resistance: ........ 1.............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..... 0-100 PSI..................................................................................................................... Specifications General: Accuracy: ............................................................................. 0-15 PSID............................. or metric sizes of PG11 or PG1................................. and liquid level monitoring.......................................... 1-Hole Knockout........................PRESSURE 99 Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transducers Model W30 Description The Modus Instruments W30 wet/wet pressure transmitter is designed to measure differential pressure of liquids and gases..................................................................................................................................................................H......................................................5% of differential pressure range (includes non-linearity and hysteresis)..............................03%/°C.........................................S. pumps................................................ 0-300 PSI.................................. 10 amps/300 volts Material: ..............6%°C for 6 psid (50 kPA) range Operating Humidity Range: ............................................................. 3Cable glands not included Pressure Port Connections: ................................. 0-150 PSID.............................. 10G (11ms) Vibration resistance: ............................................................................................ The W30 is accurate to +0.................. two-wire....................................................... 1/2” Knockout ... +1% for 6 psid (50 kPA) range............................... Connection to enclosure ground is provided Connector rating: ...................................................... Pluggable terminal block for wire 14 to 26 AWG.............................................................................. 1/2” Knockout ......................................................................................................................................................................................... or +1% for 6psid (50 kPA) range.................... Mating connector is supplied....................................................................................................................05%/°C..................................................................1%°C for 6 psid (50 kPA) range On span: ....................... 1-Hole Knockout............................................................................... 1/2” Knockout ...25% for static pressure change from 0 to 100%.............................................................................. 1/2” Knockout ...............

....................... PG 13 Knockout ............... 2-Hole Knockout.................. 1-Hole Knockout... ZMW30-38E-2-S 0-6 PSID............. 0-300 PSI..................................... ZMW30-32E-2-S 0-15 PSID. 2-Hole Knockout............................. 2-Hole Knockout.............................................. ZMW30-31E-1-S 0-10 PSID........... 0-300 PSI.... ZMW30-32E-1-T 0-15 PSID.... 0-300 PSI.................................. 1/2” Knockout ... 0-100 PSI. PG 13 Knockout . 0-100 PSI............................................ 1/2” Knockout .................................................... 1/2” Knockout ..................................... 0-300 PSI......................................... ZMW30-35E-2-T 0-100 PSID..................... 2-Hole Knockout............................ PG 13 Knockout ............................................... 1-Hole Knockout..................... 1-Hole Knockout............................................ 1/2” Knockout ........ 0-100 PSI....... ZMW30-37E-2-T 0-200 PSID............................. 0-100 PSI.......................................................................................... 0-300 PSI..... ZMW30-33E-2-R 0-30 PSID...... 0-300 PSI......................................... PG 13 Knockout ................ 1/2” Knockout .. 1-Hole Knockout...... 2-Hole Knockout....................... 2-Hole Knockout............ PG 13 Knockout ............................. PG 11 Knockout .................... 2-Hole Knockout....................................... ZMW30-37E-2-S 0-200 PSID............ PG 13 Knockout .................................. ZMW30-36E-2-R 0-150 PSID.......................................... ZMW30-38E-1-T 0-6 PSID...... 1-Hole Knockout......................................... 0-300 PSI......................................................... PG 13 Knockout .. ZMW30-34E-1-S 0-60 PSID......... 0-100 PSI............................. 0-100 PSI......... 0-300 PSI........ PG 13 Knockout ................... ZMW30-33E-1-S 0-30 PSID............................... 2-Hole Knockout............................. PG 11 Knockout ... ZMW30-31E-2-R 0-10 PSID............ ZMW30-33E-2-S 0-30 PSID............ ZMW30-34E-2-R 0-60 PSID... 2-Hole Knockout........... 1-Hole Knockout..................................................................... ZMW30-35E-2-R 0-100 PSID.... PG 11 Knockout ........................................................... 0-300 PSI................................................. ZMW30-32E-1-S 0-15 PSID.......... 0-300 PSI......................................... 0-100 PSI................................................ PG 13 Knockout ... 0-300 PSI............................................... ZMW30-36E-2-T 0-150 PSID....... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................................. ZMW30-37E-2-R 0-200 PSID...... ZMW30-36E-1-S 0-150 PSID................. ZMW30-38E-1-S 0-6 PSID........ 2-Hole Knockout...........100 PRESSURE Ordering Information Continued Item Part # 0-6 PSID.... 2-Hole Knockout.................................................................... 0-100 PSI. ZMW30-33E-1-T 0-30 PSID.. 1/2” Knockout ................................................... ZMW30-32E-2-R 0-15 PSID............... PG 13 Knockout ............................................. 1-Hole Knockout... PG 13 Knockout . 1-Hole Knockout..................................... 1-Hole Knockout.. 0-100 PSI........................... PG 11 Knockout ..................... PG 11 Knockout ........... 1-Hole Knockout.............. 0-300 PSI.......................................... PG 13 Knockout .............................................................................. 0-300 PSI............................................................. 1/2” Knockout ......... 0-300 PSI............... 2-Hole Knockout......................... PG 11 Knockout ........................... PG 13 Knockout ............... 1-Hole Knockout... ZMW30-31E-2-S 0-10 PSID.............. PG 11 Knockout ............................................................... ZMW30-35E-2-S 0-100 PSID. 1-Hole Knockout..... 0-100 PSI. ZMW30-34E-1-T 0-60 PSID....... PG 11 Knockout ........................... ZMW30-32E-2-T 0-15 PSID.............................................. 2-Hole Knockout.............. ZMW30-34E-2-T 0-60 PSID. 0-100 PSI... ZMW30-36E-1-T 0-150 PSID... 2-Hole Knockout.......... 2-Hole Knockout... PG 11 Knockout .. ZMW30-38E-2-T Applications/Wiring Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................... 0-300 PSI................................... 0-300 PSI........ 1/2” Knockout ............................................................................ PG 11 Knockout ................................... 0-100 PSI...................... ZMW30-37E-1-T 0-200 PSID..................................................................................................................................... 2-Hole Knockout. PG 11 Knockout .. ZMW30-35E-1-S 0-100 PSID...... 2-Hole Knockout.... 2-Hole Knockout. PG 13 Knockout ............. 1-Hole Knockout................................ 0-100 PSI............. PG 13 Knockout ..... ZMW30-34E-2-S 0-60 PSID................................... PG 13 Knockout ......... 2-Hole Knockout............................. PG 11 Knockout ......... 1-Hole Knockout............................. ZMW30-31E-2-T 0-10 PSID............................ PG 11 Knockout ....................................... ZMW30-31E-1-T 0-10 PSID......................................................... PG 11 Knockout ............................ 0-100 PSI................................................................................................................... 0-100 PSI..................... 0-300 PSI....................... 2-Hole Knockout........................................................................ 0-300 PSI...................... ZMW30-37E-1-S 0-200 PSID........................... 2-Hole Knockout.................................................... ZMW30-38E-2-R 0-6 PSID.................................................... 0-300 PSI............. 1-Hole Knockout................ PG 11 Knockout ........................................................................ 2-Hole Knockout.............................................................. ZMW30-33E-2-T 0-30 PSID........... 0-300 PSI............ 0-300 PSI.............. PG 11 Knockout ...................................................... 2-Hole Knockout......................... 0-300 PSI.......................... 1-Hole Knockout...... 0-300 PSI................... ZMW30-35E-1-T 0-100 PSID............................................................... 2-Hole Knockout................... 0-300 PSI.............. ZMW30-36E-2-S 0-150 PSID... 0-300 PSI...................................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .PRESSURE 101 Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

.................................................................. +1% F..5............................................................S... field adjust from 1-20% Analog Outputs: ......................................................................................................................... +1... Removable.......................................................................05%/°C +0................................................... +6............................................ 0........................................................5Pa) Environmental: Operating Temperature: ......................................... Light grey Construction: ..........................................027% per °F Operating Humidity Range: ........................................ 0-5VDC........................................... 4-20mA sourcing.......................................001” W.............................................................................. (+1.......................... 95-135/190-270VAC...... 1 red & 1 green LED Display: ............................................................................................1” of water (or 0...................................................................................... allow hinging from either side....................................................................... +0...................................................................................................................................................... 3 digits......... 0-10VDC......................................... The pressure at which the lights change state can be adjusted from the front panel.................................................... alarm and/or control critical room to room differential pressures.............................................................................................. ..... 2.............................................................................. resistive Deadband: .............................................1 Pascals) Optional Ranges: ............................................................ 24 VAC operation is optional................................................................... +0................... A bright red and a bright green LED alert those approaching of the status of the room...................................................... The same instrument monitors either positive or negative room pressures........................... 50/60 Hz Max Power Consumption: .............. preset at 5% of range..............................................0 of water Resolution: .......... 5V at zero pressure........................................102 PRESSURE Pressure Indication Devices Model RPM-1 Description The Modus Instruments RPM-1 room pressure monitor takes advantage of timeproven sensor technology to monitor............................................ 2......................... 4A at 240 VAC.................................................................................5V at zero pressure.................... 2mA max.................................56lb (1160g) Enclosure: Color: ................................ flammability rating of UL94 V2 Knockouts: ................................................................................... flammability rating of UL94 V-1 Cover: ............................... +0.......................................................................................... The RPM-1 comes standard with the SPDT relay (for supplemental controls such as audible alarm or remote status indication) and 3 analog output signals.... and 4-20mA.................85” (21mm) dia....................................................................... with a resolution of up to 0......................................................................................................... The RPM-1 is easily mounted on a wall and the installer has the choice of rear or bottom knockouts for electrical and pressure connections..... 2mA max.............................................................................. Glass filled polycarbonate......... 50/60 Hz or 19.C................................................................................... -30°C-70°C (-20°F-160°F) Effect of Temp on Reading: ............................. A selector switch allows field setup for either 120 VAC or 240 VAC 50/60Hz service........... air or non-corrosive.......... open 180° Mounting: ....................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................................................................................................... These analog outputs are proportional to the room pressure............ non -explosive gas Max Momentary Pressure Limit: .............................................. 0...... 5 Watts Electrical Connections: .......5” digit height Alarm Output: ............................. 0°C-50°C (32°F-120°F) Storage Temperature: ......................................1 Pascals) Panel Indicator Lights: .......................................................................................... on lower front & back enclosure Hinges: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... see physical drawing Weight: ............................................................................... contacts rated at 5A at 30VDC or 120 VAC.................... 3-point Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................. 0.................................................. 12mA at zero pressure.........c..................... 0-5VDC..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% of setpoint Standard Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... LCD........ -10VDC...................................................................................................................................................... 10%-90% RH Physical: Physical Dimensions: ...................0” w.......001” of water (or 0........................................................5-30VAC............ 3/4” terminal strip with #6 screws Operating Medium: ............................................................................................................... SPDT relay............... Specifications General: Accuracy of Reading: ..................................................................................................... Clear polycarbonate............... Accuracy of Alarm Output: ..................................................................................................................................................... max loop resistance is 580 Ohms Electrical: Power Requirements: ........................................................................

.. RES 0.......5 to +0..... RES 0.001” (0...................1 to +0... Range = -0...1 to +0.....0 to +1.. 50/60 Hz.............. Range = -1......... 50/60 Hz..............001” (1 PA) ............ RES 0.. ZMRPM-1-A-05E 24 VAC.... Range = -1....... RES 0..... ZMRPM-1-A-01E 120/240 VAC.......PRESSURE 103 Ordering Information Item Part # 120/240 VAC.......1 PA) ......... RES 0........01” (1 PA) ....... 50/60 Hz................5 to +0..... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .... Range = -0.....01” (1 PA) . ZMRPM-1-B-05E Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................... 50/60 Hz..... ZMRPM-1-A-04E 120/240 VAC.......0 to +1...................5” WC (-125 to +125 PA)..........001” (0....1 PA) .. ZMRPM-1-B-01E 24 VAC................0” WC (-250 to +250 PA)......... Range = -0.............. Range = -0. ZMRPM-1-B-04E 24 VAC......001” (1 PA) ...1” WC (-25 to +25 PA).5” WC (-125 to +125 PA)... 50/60 Hz. RES 0................1” WC (-25 to +25 PA).0” WC (-250 to +250 PA)......... 50/60 Hz............

............ 5 ................. the red LED “ FLASHES ON” and the audible alarm “PULSES ON”............................................................. until the alarm fault is corrected............................................. or with any dry contact and an external power supply................................. 1mA External Power Supply: ......................................... This delay may be adjusted between 5 and 45 seconds................ as a reminder...................... When the conditions are normal again......................................... A model is available with a programmable dry contact input from the override momentary switch (Model AN-2)....45 seconds Electrical: When Used with Dry Contact: Current: .. Behind the front panel are two potentiometers................................................. the annunciator resets itself............................................... swing arms and ears................................................. It is supplied with a standard plastic (PVC) switch box. ZMAN-1 Single Point Annunciator w/2-position Switch .. max 73dbA distance 12” (30cm) Variable Time Delay: ............. Min 67dbA.............................. the green LED turns off................................................... When an alarm condition occurs..................................................... 13mA Physical: Dimensions: Front Panel Size: .......................................................................................... and the red LED and audible alarm are “OFF”....... The green LED returns to ”STEADY ON”................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . Adjust................. The first potentiometer adjusts the volume of the audible alarm.............................................................................................. 2-13/16” deep Ordering Information Item Part # Single Point Annunciator................................................................................................................................................. Momentarily pressing the acknowledge button silences the audible alarm but the red LED stays “FLASHING ON” ...................... 2-3/4” x 4-1/2” PVC Switch Box: .................. until it responds to the time delay......................... Specifications General: Audible Alarm Volume: ................................. ZMAN-2 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..... It operates.......... either with the Room Pressure Monitor Model RPM-1 which supplies the necessary power to the annunciator........................................................ from a minimum level of 67dbA to a maximum level of 73dbA at a distance of 12 inches (30 cm)...................... Other boxes with a minimum depth of 1-1/4” may be substituted by the user......... The annunciator is designed for flush installation in a wall............................... The annunciator will not change to the alarm mode if the alarm condition disappears before the end of the time delay.. This box includes four integral clamps.......................... Between 7-30VDC Max Supply Current: . The second potentiometer provides a variable time delay from the moment the alarm is received by the annunciator............................................... Under normal conditions........................................................ The external power supply to the annunciator can be between 7 and 30 Vdc............................ When the signal to the annunciator is a dry contact.......................................................................... this contact must be closed under normal conditions............ This eliminates nuisance alarms caused by short transients....................... The front panel is the same size as the standard electrical wall plate (2-3/4 x 41/2”).................................................................104 PRESSURE Pressure Indication Devices Model AN-1 Description The Modus Instruments AN-1 single-point annunciator provides a visual and audible warning of an alarm condition occurring at a remote location................................. The current through the contacts is 1 mA........................................... the green LED is “STEADY ON”.......................................................................................... 2-13/16” deep......................... The maximum supply current is 13 mA..................

PRESSURE 105 Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

106 PRESSURE Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

...................................................................................................... 0 to 6G (55Hz maximum) Shock Resistance: SPDT/DPDT: ...................................................................................................................... 10A............................................... 25ms maximum Release Time: SPDT (RH1)... Between contacts of the same pole: 1.. AC: 2VA (50Hz)................................................................. Specifications General (Relays): Contact Material: ...................................... Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2.. 1...................................... 3PDT [RH3]....................................................................... Between live and dead parts: 2.......................5VA (50Hz)..................................... 200N (approximately 20G) 3PDT/4PDT: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 minute................................................................ Between contacts of the same pole: 1................................................................... 4PDT (RH4): ............................. Between live and dead parts: 2........................................................................................................................... Between contact circuits: 2........................................................... 50mΩ maximum (initial value) Minimum Applicable Load: ................................................................. 4PDT [RH4]) Mechancial: ............................................. DC: 0......................................................................... DC: 1........................ 1 minute DPDT (RH2)/3PDT (RH3)/4PDT (RH4): ............... 24V DC/30mA.......... 10A for SPDT [RH1]........................................................................................... (over 200........................................................................000..................................... 50g 4PDT: ..........................000V AC.............................................................................................................000 operations at 120V AC............................................................................... 149°F (65°C) maximum Vibration Resistance: ...................................................................................................... 185°F (85°C) maximum Contact: ..9W............................. 5V DC/100mA (reference value) Operating Time: SPDT (RH1)........................... 1VA (60Hz) DPDT (RH2): ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................5W........................................................................... Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2........ 24g DPDT: .......................................................................................... 1 minute................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 minute.........7VA (60Hz) 4DPT (RH4): . DPDT (RH2): ..................................000V AC........................000 operations Operating Temperature: ................................ DPDT.......................................................................................................000V AC.2VA (60Hz) 3PDT (RH3): ......................... 4PDT (RH4): ........000 AC............................................................................................000V AC................... DC: 0............................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C) Weight: SPDT: ........................... All RH Series include compact midget size. AC: 2...................................................................................... Silver cadmium oxide Contact Resistance: ................................................................................................................000V AC.............................................................. choice of blade or PCB style terminals........................................................................................................4VA (50Hz).....000 operations at 120V AC................................ DPDT (RH2): ................................. AC: 1....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... high switching capacity. 100N (approximately 10G) Life Expectancy: Electrical: ......................... 20ms maximum 3PDT (RH3).......................000 AC...800 operations/hour Temperature Rise: Coil: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................5W.............. 100MΩ min (measured with a 500V DC megger) Dielectric Strength: SPDT (RH1): .... 20ms maximum 3PDT (RH3)............ 1................. 2VA (60Hz) Insulation Resistance: .......RELAYS Relays RH & SH Series 107 NEW! Description IDEC RH Series General Purpose Midget Relays are available in contact configurations of SPDT................................................................................................................................................................................................ AC: 1. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................................... All are available with an optional indicator light............................................................................................................ IDEC SH Series Sockets for DIN Rail Mount can be ordered separately or as a complete kit (relay and socket)....... 37g 3PDT: ..................... over 500.........................8W.............................................................................................. 1 minute Frequency Response: 1........................................... 1 minute......................................................... DC: 1.................1VA (50Hz)..................................................................................... 1 minute........... 74g Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................................................................................... 50............. 3PDT and 4PDT driven by AC or DC coils....................................... 25ms maximum Power Consumption: SPDT (RH1): .............................................

....................................C........ Coil (IDEC RH1B-UAC120) .................................................................................................................................................... ZL-ID465 DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A........................................C.................................................................................... Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH3B-UAC120-L) ........................ Coil (IDEC RH4B-UAC120) ... ZL-ID546 4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.......................................C................. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UAC24) ............. ZL-ID468 DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V D.......... Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH2B-UAC24-L) ...................................... Coil (IDEC RH1B-UAC24) ......................................................................................................... ZL-ID5475 4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A...... ZL-IF80955 DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH3B 3PDT Relays (IDEC SH3B-05) ............................................ ZL-ID4321 SPDT 24V Relay and Base (IDEC RH1B-AC24-KIT) .............................................................................................................................................C................................... ZL-ID441 SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.................................................... ZL-ID46873 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........... ZL-ID510 3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A........................................C..............C......................... Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH3B-UAC24-L)............. ZL-ID45722 DPDT 24V Relay w/Indicator Light and Base (IDEC RH2B-UAC24-L-KIT) ......................... ZL-IF830 IDEC Complete Kits (Relays & Sockets) SPDT 120V Relay and Base (IDEC RH1B-AC120-KIT) .................................................................................. ZL-ID456 3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A..... ZL-ID4534 DPDT 24V Relay and Base (IDEC RH2B-AC24-KIT) ...................................................................................... ZL-ID5354 DPDT120V Relay and Base (IDEC RH2B-AC120-KIT) ................................. ZL-ID432 DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A................................ Coil (IDEC RH2B-UAC120) .......................................... ZL-ID483 DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A...............C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH4B-UAC24-L).....................................C............................. ZL-IF803 DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH2B DPDT Relays (IDEC SH2B-05) ..............................................................C.....................................................................................................C......................... ZL-ID552 4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.. ZL-IF821 DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH4B 4PDT Relays (IDEC SH4B-05) ................................................................................................ Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH2B-UAC120-L) .................................................................................................................... ZL-ID507 4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A......... ZL-ID45277 DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A................... Coil (IDEC RH3B-UAC120) ........................C........... Coil (IDEC RH1B-UDC24) ........................................ Coil (IDEC RH3B-UAC24) . ZL-ID4651 DPDT120V Relay w/Indicator Light and Base (IDEC RH2B-UAC120-L-KIT)................................................................C............108 RELAYS Ordering Information Item Part # IDEC Relays SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A......................................................................................C................ Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH4B-UAC120-L) ......... Coil (IDEC RH4B-UAC24) ....................................................................................... ZL-ID435 SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V D.................. ZL-ID513 3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A....... ZL-ID5535 IDEC Sockets DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH1B SPDT Relays (IDEC SH1B-05) ........ ZL-ID504 3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A............. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UDC24) ........................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...........C..............C.....C...................................................................

................................... 120VAC 915VA Pilot Duty................................RELAYS Relays Model CVR-12C-0 109 NEW! Description Core Components CVR-12C-0 Relay has DPDT contacts up to 20 amps...8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm).................. 20A Contact Rating............5HP............................................... 480/600VAC B600 Pilot Duty Coil Current: ...................................... The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated. The color coded wires make it easy to wire.. 13 Amp Resistive @ 28VDC 20 Amp Resistive @ 15VDC 20 Amp Resistive @ 300VDC 5 Amp Resistive @ 600VDC 1HP 120VAC 1........ 208/240VAC 1HP................ 40mA @ 20VDC 50mA @ 24VDC 65mA @ 20VAC 75mA @ 24VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 1-DPDT Relay................................. Specifications General: Contact Ratings: ............... 24 AC/DC (Core Components CVR-12C-0) ............................................................................... 240VAC 765VA Pilot Duty.. ZL-LD951 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......... The case size is 4” x 4” x 1....................................................................... Form 2C............................. The coil drive for this relay is 24 volts AC or DC................... 208VAC 960VA Pilot Duty................ 480/600VAC 660VA Pilot Duty...

.....5” x 2...... 120VAC N/C TV-5... 120/240 VAC N/O 1/4 HP........................ 240/277 VAC Pilot 480VA. 277VAC.. 10A Contact Rating..... 277 VAC N/O 1/6 HP. Specifications General: Contact Ratings: .... 120VAC N/C 1/3 HP...............................110 RELAYS Relays Model CVR-11C-0 NEW! Description Core Components CVR-11C-0 Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC....................................... 120VAC N/O 240W Tungsten......................... 10 Amp Resistive........... The SPDT relay is rated at 10 mps and up to 1/3 H......... The case size is 1................................................8” x 1...... 277VAC Ballast 600W Tungsten.... 120VAC N/O TV-2................... 22mA @ 10VDC 28mA @ 12VDC 35mA @ 24VDC 37mA @ 30VDC 32mA @ 9VAC 40mA @ 12VAC 48mA @ 24VAC 55mA @ 30VAC 37mA @ 120VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 1-SPDT Relay....................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................ 28VDC 480VA............. ZL-LD962 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................... 120/240 VAC N/C 1/8 HP. 277 VAC N/C Coil Current: .................................................................... The colorcoded wires make it easy to wire................ Form 1C............. 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-11C-0) .....P....5” (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm)............... The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated. also 120VAC...

.................. It has 2 SPDT relays with ratings of 10 amps and up to 1/3 H............................... 120/240 VAC N/C 1/8 HP.... The case size is 4” x 4” x 1................... 10 Amp Resistive...................... 120VAC N/C 1/3 HP.......................................................................... Form 1C..RELAYS Relays Model CVR-21C-0 111 NEW! Description Core Components CVR-21C-0 Relay has a coil drive of 24 volts AC or DC........... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ... 120VAC N/O 240W Tungsten.......... 277 VAC N/C Coil Current: ................................................ 28VDC 480VA..................... 277 VAC N/O 1/6 HP................. 240/277 VAC Pilot 480VA...... 120/240 VAC N/O 1/4 HP. 22mA @ 10VDC 28mA @ 12VDC 35mA @ 24VDC 37mA @ 30VDC 32mA @ 9VAC 40mA @ 12VAC 48mA @ 24VAC 55mA @ 30VAC 37mA @ 120VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 2-SPDT Relay..................... 10A Contact Rating........P...... 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-21C-0) .............. as well as 120VAC........8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm)................. ZL-LD972 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................. The visible LED’s indicate when the relays are activated.. Specifications General: Contact Ratings: .............. 120VAC N/O TV-2................. The color-coded wires make it easy to wire.................... 277VAC Ballast 600W Tungsten.... 277VAC.......................... 120VAC N/C TV-5...

....... 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-11A-H) .................................................................................. The color-coded wires make it easy to wire...................... The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated...... as well as 120VAC... The SPST relay is rated at 10 amps................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......... The three-position rocker switch is a true manual override on the contact side of the relay.............................. 22mA @ 10VDC 28mA @ 12VDC 35mA @ 24VDC 37mA @ 30VDC 32mA @ 9VAC 40mA @ 12VAC 48mA @ 24VAC 55mA @ 30VAC 37mA @ 120VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 1-SPST Relay w/HOA Switch.........112 RELAYS Relays Model CVR-11A-H NEW! Description Core Components CVR-11A-H Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC........................................... 10A Contact Rating.................................8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm).............................. Specifications General: Contact Ratings: .................... The case size is 4” x 4” x 1............ ZL-LD9651 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....... Form 1A............................ 125/250VAC Coil Current: ..... 10 Amp Resistive...

................... Specifications General: Contact Ratings: ...... The SPDT relay is rated at 10 amps........................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............ 28VDC 480VA.... 120/240 VAC N/C 1/8 HP.............................. 277VAC.... as well as 208-277VAC..... The case size is 1.......... ZL-LD9615 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......................... 120VAC N/O TV-2...........................5” (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm)... 120/240 VAC N/O 1/4 HP............. 10 Amp Resistive..............................5” x 2........................................................ 277VAC Ballast 600W Tungsten..............8” x 1. 10A Contact Rating...... 277 VAC N/C Coil Current: . 120VAC N/C 1/3 HP.................................... 277 VAC N/O 1/6 HP.................. 35mA @ 277VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 1-SPDT Relay Form 1C............... 10-30 AC/DC or 208-277AC (Core Components CVR-11C-V) .......... The color-coded wires make it easy to wire.................. 120VAC N/O 240W Tungsten.... The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.................... 240/277 VAC Pilot 480VA...... 120VAC N/C TV-5.............RELAYS Relays Model CVR-11C-V 113 NEW! Description Core Components CVR-11C-V Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC........

..................8” x 1.......................114 RELAYS Relays Model CVR-11C-F NEW! Description Core Components CVR-11C-F Relay has a coil drive of 24 volts AC or DC. 277VAC....5” x 2.............. 277 VAC N/O 1/6 HP...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ... 28VDC 480VA......... 120VAC N/C 1/3 HP................................................. Specifications General: Contact Ratings: ..... 120VAC N/O TV-2...................................... 10A Contact Rating.............................................. 10 Amp Resistive................ The SPDT relay is rated at 10 amps................ 120/240 VAC N/O 1/4 HP.... 24 AC/DC or 120AC (Core Components CVR-11C-F) .. as well as 120VAC................. 120VAC N/C TV-5...... 120/240 VAC N/C 1/8 HP.......... The case size is 1....5” (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm).................. 277 VAC N/C Coil Current: ..... The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated............ The color-coded wires make it easy to wire............................................ 120VAC N/O 240W Tungsten............................... 240/277 VAC Pilot 480VA.... 22mA @ 10VDC 28mA @ 12VDC 35mA @ 24VDC 37mA @ 30VDC 32mA @ 9VAC 40mA @ 12VAC 48mA @ 24VAC 55mA @ 30VAC 37mA @ 120VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 1-SPDT Relay Form 1C.......................... 277VAC Ballast 600W Tungsten..............................ZL-LD96125 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......

............. 120VAC N/C Coil Current: ................................................. 10 Amp Resistive...................................................................... 60HZ Relay #2: . The three-position rocker switch is a true manual override on the contact side of relay #1 (SPST)..RELAYS Relays Model CVR-21AIC-H 115 NEW! Description Core Components CVR-21AIC-H Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC.... Form 1C & 1A......................... With one SPST and one SPDT relay.............................. 10 Amp Resistive.................................... 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-21A1C-H) ........................... The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated..... 10A Contact Rating.................................................. the contact ratings are 10 amps............. 120VAC N/O 240W Tungsten.................................... 22mA @ 10VDC 28mA @ 12VDC 35mA @ 24VDC 37mA @ 30VDC 32mA @ 9VAC 40mA @ 12VAC 48mA @ 24VAC 55mA @ 30VAC 37mA @ 120VAC Ordering Information Item Part # 1-SPST & 1-SPDT Relay w/HOA Switch...................................... Specifications General: Contact Ratings: Relay #1: ............... The color-coded wires make it easy to wire.................................................................................................................................................... The case size is 4” x 4” x 1..... 250VAC... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............... as well as 120VAC.................. 240VAC Pilot Duty 480W Tungsten.....................8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm)...................................... 277VAC or 28VDC 480VA............................................. ZL-LD9707 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..............................................................

116 RELAYS Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

.. Single Threaded Hub Certification: ..................................................................................... magnet wire............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 Hub (Model 024-024-040-TF) ..................................................................................................... 24VAC.....................40VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers............................. Specifications General: Input: ................................................................................................................................ Metal End Bells........................................................................................................................................ It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories............... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................................... UL Listed........ ZL-LE105 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............... 60Hz Output: .................................................................................................... 24VAC Configuration: ....................................................... Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Isolation Transformer........ 40 VA............................................................................................... and cores........... The transformer is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems........TRANSFORMERS Isolation Transformers Model 024-024-040-TF 117 NEW! Description Core Components Isolation Transformer .................. Inc............................................................. 24:24 VAC.......................................... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.................... CUL Safety: .....................

..................................................................... 120:24 VAC..................................................................... 40 VA................................................................................................ ZL-LE113 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................................................................................................. magnet wire............................................................ 24VAC Configuration: .................................................................................. UL Recognized Dual Threaded Hub: .............................. 1 Hub.......................... UL Listed Rec................................................................................................................................... (Model 120-024-040-TF) ............................... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies......... Inc........................................................................................ UL Listed............................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .... and cores........... 120VAC................................................................ Specifications General: Input: ................... 60 Hz Output: ................................................................... 120:24 VAC..................................................... CSA Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer...................................................... 40 VA........ The transformers are manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems................................................. ZL-LE112 Class 2 Control Transformer................... Class 2 Single Threaded Hub: ............................... It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories....... UL Listed (Model 120-024-040-2TF) .........118 TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Models 120-024-040-TF & 120-024-040-2TF NEW! Description Core Components Control Transformers -40VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers....................... Metal End Bells Certification: ................................................................................................. 2 Hubs................................

........ (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies..................... ZL-LE1175 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................. UL Listed (Model 120-024-050-2TF) ............................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................................................................................... 24VAC Configuration: ............................ Specifications General: Input: ...................................................................... 120VAC.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Models 120-024-050-TF & 120-024-050-2TF 119 NEW! Description Core Components Control Transformers -50VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120:24 VAC.................................. ZL-LE117 Class 2 Control Transformer.................. Metal End Bells Certification: .......................................... 50 VA................ 1 Hub............................................ UL Recognized Dual Threaded Hub: ....... The transformers are manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems............................................. 60 Hz Output: ........ 120:24 VAC.............................................................................. Inc........ UL Rec..................... UL Listed...... magnet wire........ 2 Hubs....................... and cores.. Class 2 Single Threaded Hub: .. 50 VA................................................. (Model 120-024-050-TF) . It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories......................................................... CSA Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer............

............. 2 Hubs......... (Model 277-024-050-TF) ................................................ It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories.................................. Specifications General: Input: ....................................................................................... 50 VA.............................................. ZL-LE1305 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................. CSA Dual Threaded Hub: ........... Inc................................................................................................................................................. and cores. UL Listed Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer.............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz Output: ............................. 277VAC......................... UL Rec.................120 TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Models 277-024-050-TF & 277-024-050-2TF NEW! Description Core Components Control Transformers ............................................................................................... 24VAC Configuration: ...................................................... 1 Hub........................ 277:24 VAC........... ZL-LE131 Class 2 Control Transformer..... 50 VA.................................................................................. The transformers are manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems................................................................................................................................................................................................................... magnet wire.................................................................................................... Class 2 Single Threaded Hub: ..................................................................... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies........................50VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers.............................................................. 277:24VAC............................................................................. UL Listed (Model 277-024-050-2TF) ..... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................. UL Recognized........ Metal End Bells Certification: ...

....................................... 60 Hz Output: .................................... 75 VA.................................. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries............................................................................................................................................................ It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories................................................................... 120VAC.......................... 2 Hubs.............. ZL-LE119 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......................... 120:24 VAC......... The transformers are manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems..............................................................(Model 120-024-075-TF-CB) ......................... and cores............................ UL Rec............................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man... Specifications General: Input: .................................................................. magnet wire.......................75VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers................................................................................................ UL Recognized Dual Threaded Hub: .................................................................................... 24VAC Configuration: ........................................................................... 1 Hub.............................. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries.............................. UL Listed (Model 120-024-075-2TF-CB) ........ 120:24 VAC........................... Class 2 Single Threaded Hub: .. Inc........................ 75 VA........................................................................................ Metal End Bells Certification: . ZL-LE118 Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man.....................TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Models 120-024-075-TF-CB & 120-024-075-2TF-CB 121 NEW! Description Core Components Control Transformers ........................................................ UL Listed..................................................................... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies....... CSA Safety: .................................................

........................................................ Metal End Bells Certification: ...................122 TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Models 120-024-100-TF-CB & 120-024-100-2TF-CB NEW! Description Core Components Transformer ... CSA Safety: ............................................................. UL Listed (Model 120-024-100-2TF-CB) ... ZL-LE120 Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man..... Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man............................................... 2 Hubs..................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................................ ZL-LE121 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........ magnet wire................................... It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories............................................................................................. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries............................................................ Specifications General: Input: .................................................................................................. 96 VA................................................................................... 1 Hub...................................................... Class 2 Single Threaded Hub: ............. 60 Hz Output: ..................................................................................................................................... The transformer is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems.............................................................................................. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries................ UL Listed..................................................... 24VAC Configuration: .......100VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers.............. 120:24 VAC.........................(Model 120-024-100-TF-CB) ........................... UL Rec............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Recognized Dual Threaded Hub: ................................ Inc............................. 96VA......................................................................................... 120:24 VAC....................................................................... 120VAC....................................................... and cores........... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies..........................................................................

................ (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies............................ Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries................. Specifications General: Input: ................. magnet wire.......................................................................................................................................................................(Model 120-024-150-TF) ........................................... UL Recognized Dual Threaded Hub: ...................................................................................................TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Model 120-024-150-TF 123 NEW! Description Core Components Control Transformer .............150VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers.............. 24VAC Configuration: ................. UL Rec........................ UL Listed.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ZL-LE124 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................. 60 Hz Output: ....................... Class 2 Single Threaded Hub: ............................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................................................................. 1 Hub......................................................... Metal End Bells Certification: ............ 150VA........................... and cores.......... Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Control Transformer w/Man................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ The transformer is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems............ 120VAC............................................................ CSA Safety: ................. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories.............................................. Inc......................................................................................... 120:24 VAC..................

........................................................................................................................ CSA Safety: ....................................... 120/208/240/480:24 VAC.............................................. Metal End Bells Certification: . The transformer is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems........................ Class 2..................................................... and cores........ 1 Hub.. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories................................................................................................................................... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies................ 120..................... 50/60Hz Output: .. UL Listed................................................... Inc.......................... Reset Circuit Breakers Multiple Primaries............... UL Listed............................... Specifications General: Input: ..................................................................... magnet wire............................ 480VAC................................................. Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man.............124 TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers MUA-024-075-TF-CB NEW! Description Core Components Transformer ....................... ZL-LE1501 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.....................................................(Model MUA-024-075-TF-CB) ......................................................................................................................... 24VAC Configuration: ............... 240..........................................................................................75VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers...................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................. 208..... 75 VA...............................................

........................................................ 120............... UL Listed.... It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories....................................... (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies........................................... 1 Hub................................................................ CUL Safety: ....... ZL-LE160 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................................................. and 480V Output: ..... 240.......................................................... 24V Configuration: .............................TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers Model MUC-024-050-TF-CB 125 NEW! Description Core Components Transformer ............................................................. Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man................................................................. Specifications Input: ....................................................................................................................................................................... UL Listed (Model MUC-024-050-TF-CB) ................................................. The transformer is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems..................................................... Reset Circuit Breakers Multiple Primaries.................................................. 120/240/277/480:24 VAC................................................................................................. magnet wire....................................................................................... Inc.................. 50VA............ 277...................................... and cores............................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........... Metal End Bells Certification: .............................................50VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers.........

... The transformer is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems.............................................................................................................................. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.................... 240. 120/240/277/480:24 VAC............................................................................................................................... 277........ and cores......................... Inc.................................................... 22.......................... 480V Output: .......................................7V Configuration: .......................... CUL Safety: ............................................................... UL Listed...................................................................... 96VA.......................................... Specifications General: Input: ............................................................................................... UL Listed (Model MUC-024-100-TF-CB) ................... 120........... magnet wire................................... It meets the requirements of Underwriter’s Laboratories...............................96VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries......................................................... Circuit Breaker Ordering Information Item Part # Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man.......................................................................................................................................................................................... ZL-LE170 Dimensional Diagram Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............ Metal End Bells Certification: ...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................... 1 Hub....................................126 TRANSFORMERS Control Transformers MUC-024-100-TF-CB NEW! Description Core Components Transformer ................................................

.............................................. 5................................................................................................. ZAPS-200-1-A-3L 24 VAC Primary.................. stable and versatile power supply that requires a minimal amount of installation time.............. Multi-position terminal strips are provided for the DC output.................................2% (no load to full load) Current Limit: ............ 3......................................................................................................... ZAPS-200-1-A-1L 115 VAC Primary.......................................... Internally Protected Inline Fuse: ......5 Amp..................................... 1........................................ Specifications General: Output Voltage Range: ............................................ 0.....0 VDC output............................................ 3..............................0/2........................................................................ Low Height ................. 3.................................................................................................................POWER SUPPLIES 127 Power Supplies Model PS-200 Description MAMAC System’s PS-200 power supply accepts either 115 or 24 VAC input and provides fully regulated............................................................................................... The PS-200 incorporates an in-line fuse and terminal strip for the primary line voltage.........................................................................................5 Amp..........................0 lbs.......................................................................................... 0............. 1.... Narrow Width ............ 90-130 VAC/208-240 VAC/24-29 VAC Operating Temperature: ............... 3AG 1...0 mV pp maximum Output Short Circuit: .............................................0 to 25............................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................... 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output..............................5 Amp....... 1......................... 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output.............0 A+3.......................................... 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output......................................................................................................... short circuit and thermal overload protected 5..................... 2.......................................................................................... 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output. 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output................................................................ 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output.5 Amp..................................................................................................................... ZAPS-200-1-A-3N NOTE: All units factory calibrated to 24 VDC........................................ Narrow Width ................. 1...................................................0 VDC to 25......................................................................... Indefinite Weight: .......... 130% rated current Output Ripple: .................................... Low Height ........................................................... Two unique chassis options are available..........................................0 VDC Line Regulation: ...............................................................0 Input Voltage: ............................................0 Amp............................................ ZAPS-200-1-A-1N 115 VAC Primary. 1...............................................................9 Amp................................................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................. ZAPS-200-1-B-1L 115 VAC Primary........................................ Low Height ............................5 A+2........................... ZAPS-200-1-B-1N 24 VAC Primary..................................... -40°F to 120°F Humidity: ...................................................................................01%/V Load Regulation: .... Thermal Overload: ...................................... If different voltage required specify “Calibrate to “XXXX” VDC on order................................................................................................. The PS-200 is a reliable.......................... Narrow Width ........................................ 90% non-condensing Ordering Information Item Part # 115 VAC Primary..................................................................................................5 lbs.......................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .128 POWER SUPPLIES Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

............................................................ 10’......................................................... Up to five RTDs can be mounted on the inner tube assembly inside the outer protective jacket..75” (9..................... O-ring sealed for outdoor use (NEMA 4) Humidity: ............................................................................................... Single stage line to line Safety Approval: ............................................................................. 8’......... The waveguide has a very small diameter and is made of a proprietary magnetrostrictive material...........001% F....................................................... -40 to 65°C (-40 to 149°F) = electronics......................... or 1/32” (0..................................... 10 years Field Installation Requirements: Length: ......................... 1................................................6” (21...................... @ sensor terminals Reverse Polarity Protection: .... (0........35mm) sanitary fitting (optional) Wiring: .......... Multiple probes can be used with the Infinity TMS to provide interstitial space monitoring.................................................................. The probe has a temperature measurement range of 0 to 110°F (-18 to 43°C).....................................6 to 7.........................................0005% per °F) Vessel Pressure: ............................ These tools will enable you to setup.............. 316 Stainless Steel Non-wetted: .......................................................................001% F................... ............001% per °C (.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Specifications Performance: Measured Variable: ................................................. The outermost tube serves as a protective jacket for the level and temperature sensing components.............................794mm) Hysteresis: .......................................... .............................................................. 8.... temperature Full Range: ........................... Division 1..........................5” (6.................... -34 to 71°C (-30 to 160°F) = waveguide......... G hazardous areas Calibration: Zero Adjust Range: ........................... No field adjustment required Environmental: Sealing: ..................... You may obtain your free set of software tools from the Andover Controls TSD Bulletin Board along with information on cable requirements and setup.................................................. II...................TANK PROBES 129 Infinity RS-485 Tank Probe Description The Andover Controls Infinity RS-485 Tank Probe is highly accurate level and temperature probe............... E...............62m) excluding housing Housing Dimensions: . ............................................................................. Standard probe lengths are 2’...................................896 Mpa Max (275 PSIG) Materials Wetted: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................025% F................................ 3........... Each RTD is a 1000 ohm platinum film device............................ in compliance with Federal EPA regulations..... 4’...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..............................................53cm) diameter x 8....................................................................................................................................6 to 7..S.......................................................... ........................................................... Unique properties inherent to the waveguide material allow for precision level measurement.............................................................. Groups C...................................................................... you will need an IBM PC computer with DOS and a serial port...........001” (0...............................................................5°F..................... You will also need three additional cable connectors...... 1 second (typical) Input Voltage Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... < ..............................5” NPT conduit opening Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................... 2 to 25 ft........................................ 2...... monitor and communicate directly with the RS-485 tank probes............................. ¾” NPT adjustable fitting (optional)... Product level.......................................... .................................... 6’................................ Factory Mutual (FM) Intrinsic Safety approval for Class I.............. F................................................. Series diodes Transient Protection: .. D.......................................................... 0 to 100% RH Operating Temperature: .............................. (0.......................................... Software tools for tank probe checkout and troubleshooting are available free of charge......................... -34 to 149°C (-30 to 300°F) = waveguide (optional) Temperature Sensitivity: .. and 12’....................... or ............................................0V min.................................................................................. III................ 4 wire connections of shielded cable to screw terminals through 0.............................. Characteristics of this material enable the sensor to have excellent aging and temperative properties............ with an inherent accuracy of +0..... vapor monitoring and sump monitoring of an underground storage tank installation....................................................................... interface level.....................025mm) whichever is greatest Time Constant: ....................................................................... 24 to 26 VDC @ safety barrier input. or ...... To use the software tools.................................................................. The Infinity RS-485 Sensing Probe is composed of an aluminum housing coupled with three concentric tubes..............................................62m) Non-linearity: ................. the key component in magnetrostrictive technology................. Software selectable along entire sensor stroke......................................................................................................................... ... 2 to 25ft................S....... It is used with the Andover Infinity Tank Monitoring System (TMS) to provide in-tank monitoring for leak detection and inventory analysis of underground storage tanks.................005” (0......... Epoxy painted aluminum Minimum Life Expectancy: ................................8cm) long Mounting: ...................................S..................... ..............................................127mm) whichever is greatest Repeatability: .................... The innermost tube comprises the waveguide...........................................

... 2” Diameter ................. 01-0007-035 10 ft.............................. probe = 29 inches).......................................................................................................................... Product and Interface Floats must now be ordered separately........ 01-0007-026 Product Float.............................................................................. 2” Diameter .......................................................................................................................................... w/ 3 RTD .. w/ 3 RTD ...... w/ 3 RTD ...................................................... special liquids and special floats can be obtained from the Andover Controls Peripherals Applications Engineer................................................. 3.....................5” Diameter .............................. w/ 3 RTD ........ 01-0007-034 8 ft........ Overall length of probe is actually 5 inches longer than the above descriptions state so as to allow for clearance (e..........75” Diameter .......5” Diameter ........................................ Pricing for non-standard probe lengths.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. TSD Bulletin Board NOTES: Effective January 1....................................................................................................................................... Monitoring & Communication ............... 01-0007-013 Probe Mounting Kit ............................ 30-3001-427 Software Tools for Setup....... w/ 3 RTD .. 01-0007-036 12 ft.............................................. 1999...................................... 01-0007-080 Diesel/Water Interface Float........................................................................................................................... 01-0007-011 Gasoline/Water Interface Float.........................130 TANK PROBES Ordering Information Item Part # INFINITY RS-485 Sensing Probes 2 ft.........................................5” Diameter .................................... 01-0007-078 Product Float. 2” Diameter ....g......................... 01-0007-012 Diesel/Water Interface Float................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .....75” Diameter ........................................................ Standard lengths DO NOT include 2 floats......................................................... w/ 3 RTD ......... 01-0007-027 Diesel/Water Interface Float..........................................................00............................................ 1 per Probe......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 per Probe............................................ 3........................................ 1......................... 01-0007-025 Gasoline/Water Interface Float................ 01-0007-015 Tank Probe Manual ...... 1........ 1 per Probe.. 3........................................ 01-0007-033 6 ft................................................................................ 01-0007-077 Gasoline/Water Interface Float.......................................................................... 2 ft............................................................................................. 01-0007-039 4 ft..................................................................75” Diameter ..................... 01-0007-037 Probe Accessories Product Float............................... MINIMUM ORDER SIZE IS $50................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............. 1......................................

................3” W x 1................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 -12VDC Card Type*: ............................................................................... D Dimensions: ............................... 12................................................. Indoor/Outdoor....................................................................... downward. Terminal Strip ....................................... 01-3002-229 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover... 0...................................................................................................................................7” D (5.................................................... Red/Green Termination: ......... Input Power: ............................ 2................ Black..................... A1................................................................ Beige................................................................................................................ rain.......................................................................................................................................... high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture........................................ Specifications General: Colors: ...................... It performs well in medium-to-high volume installations and may be exposed to sun............3” H x 5.....................................................0062” to 0........... It can be back-mounted on a vertical surface and the slot may be oriented upward.................................................................................................................................................3 cm D) Weight: ......................................... The Classic Swipe reader features a bi-color LED.............. Beige........................................................ or snow............. 6’ Cable ..................................................................... Black...................................................75 mm) Features: .................................................................................................................................................................................................069” (1.. Black.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6’ Cable or Terminal Strip Slot Width: .................................... 01-7000-003 Classic Swipe Reader........................................................................................................................................ CE Mark approved Cable Distance: ...................................................... Black........................................................... Terminal Strip .......................................................... 01-7000-001 Classic Swipe Reader................................................................................................ It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals............................................. 6’ Cable . Beige LED Type: ...... 01-7000-121 Classic Swipe Reader.. ACC Logo ............................................................................ Wiegand Current: .................. A........................................................... It is molded of rugged..1 oz........................................................ (343 gm) Material: . UL 294 listed...................... 500 feet (150 m) using shielded 22 AWG cable * A = code strip along long edge/right side A1 = code strip along long edge/left side D = code strip along short edge Ordering Information Item Part # Classic Swipe Reader......................................... 01-7000-122 Extra Label for Classic Swipe Reader......................................................................................................................................................................................6 mm to 1...... Single Piece Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................ Long-wearing polymeric plastic Certifications: ................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................ -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C) Output: ...........................................................46 cm W x 4.............................CARDS & READERS 131 HID Wiegand-Effect Readers Classic Swipe Wiegand Reader Description The HID Wiegand Classic Swipe Reader is a pass-through reader...............................8 cm H x 13....................... 40 mA typ............................ or facing left or right.................................................................................................

......................................... 3 LED......... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........0062” to 0..........................................069” (1............ high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Indoor/Outdoor.................................. Red/Amber/Green Termination: ............................ ACC Logo ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ The Epic Wiegand reader features a tri-color LED........... 2......................................................................................................................76 cm H x 14................................................................................... A.......................................................................... 12.......................... 6’ Cable Slot Width: ... It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals................6 mm to 1............................... 01-3002-235 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............. permitting its use on virtually any system.................................................... Long-wearing Polymeric Plastic Weight: .......................... 01-7000-216 Extra Label for Epic Swipe Reader................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand Current: ......................................................................................................................................................... 6’ Cable ........................................................................75 mm) Features: ........................................................................................................... 10 to 95% RH non-condensing Output: .......................................................................................................... Black............... Specifications General: Colors: .................................................. 0....... 500 ft (150 m) using 22 GA foil shield cable Certifications: ...................0 cm D) Material: ................. It is molded of rugged..................................................................................... Single Piece Operating Temperature: ........................66” H x 5............................................... 5 to 12 VDC Card Type*: .......................................................................................................... UL 294 listed................................................................................................................................. The Epic Wiegand reader accepts from 5 to 12 volts input.............. CE mark approved * A = code strip along long edge/right side A1 = code strip along long edge/left side D = code strip along short edge Ordering Information Item Part # Epic Reader............................ Contemporary styling makes the Epic Wiegand reader a popular choice for both modern and traditional buildings.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A1.......................... Input Power: ......... (357 gm) Cable Distance: ......................................................... D Dimensions: ......... -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C).....................................................................................9 cm W x 3........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................86” W x 1...........50” D (6.................................................................................................................................... Black LED Type: .................................................................. Tri-State..................................... 40 mA typ.........6 oz.......................132 CARDS & READERS HID Wiegand-Effect Readers Epic Wiegand Reader Description The HID Epic Wiegand Reader provides an ergonomically designed forward slanted card slot for a more natural hand position when swiping a card..............................................................................................................................................

CARDS & READERS 133

HID Wiegand-Effect Readers
Wiegand Key Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Key Reader is an insertion “push-pull” reader. The reader is typically
flush-mounted into an opening in a wall or a mounting plate, with the key slot oriented so
that the key is held in a horizontal plane. After the reader is mounted, it is covered by a black
snap-on escutcheon. The code is read as the key is withdrawn from the slot. The key reader
offers the advantage of its small size and the convenience of a key. It may be exposed to
sun, rain, or snow.

Specifications
General:
Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black
LED Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red
Termination: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ Cable
Slot Width: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.100” (2.5 mm) min.
Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single Piece
Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C)
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 VDC
Card Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand Keys
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1.62” H x 1.5” W x 2.0” D (4.1 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 5.1 cm D)

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Key Reader, Black, 6’ Cable (uses keys only) ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-031

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

134

CARDS & READERS

HID Wiegand-Effect Readers
Insertion Wiegand Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Insertion Reader is a “push-pull” reader. It is usually flush-mounted into
an opening in a wall or mounting plate, with the card slot oriented so that the card is held in
a horizontal plane. The code is read as the card is withdrawn from the slot.
The Insertion Reader is ideal in settings where its unobtrusive appearance is an advantage
or where the cardholder’s arm motion is restricted. The Insertion Reader is molded of rugged,
high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. It features a bicolor LED. The Insertion Reader is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals. The
reader may be exposed to sun, rain, or snow.

Specifications
General:
Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Woodgrain, Aluminized
LED Type: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bi-color LED, Red/Green
Termination: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ Cable or Terminal Strip
Slot Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.0062” to 0.069” (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)
Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single Piece
Operating Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................... -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH non-condensing
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-12 VDC
Card Type*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. A, A1
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 1.18” H x 3.18” W x 3.0” D (3.0 cm H x 8.1 cm W x 7.6 cm D)
Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing Polymeric Plastic
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10.6 oz. (301 gm)
Cable Distance: .................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m) using shielded 22 AWG cable
Certifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Ul 294 listed, CE mark approved
* A = code strip along long edge/right side
A1 = code strip along long edge/left side

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Insertion Reader, Woodgrain, “HID” Faceplate Label, Terminal Stripe ................................................................................... 01-7000-021
Insertion Reader, Woodgrain, “HID” Faceplate Label, 6’ Cable .............................................................................................. 01-7000-123
Insertion Reader, Aluminized, “HID” Faceplate Label, Terminal Strip ..................................................................................... 01-7000-022
Insertion Reader, Aluminized, “HID” Faceplate Label, 6’ Cable .............................................................................................. 01-7000-024
Insertion Reader, No Faceplate, 6’ Cable ................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-165

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

CARDS & READERS 135

HID Wiegand-Effect Readers
Turnstile Wiegand Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Turnstile Reader is a pass-through reader. It mounts either horizontally or
vertically, making it ideal for high traffic applications. It is molded of rugged, high impact
aluminum allow to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. The Turnstile
reader features a bi-color LED. It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals.

Specifications
General:
Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Blacked, Brushed Chrome
LED Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Bi-color LED, Red or Red/Green
Termination: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ Cable
Slot Width: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.62” to 0.069” (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)
Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single Piece
Operating Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................... -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 90% RH non-condensing
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 -12 VDC
Card Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 1.75” H x 7.0” W x 1.75” D (4.45 cm H x 17.8 cm W x 4.45 cm D)
Material: ........................................................................................................... Long-wearing Aluminum Alloy 6063 coated with either a black epoxy or chromium finish
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 oz. (567 gm)
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE mark approved
* A = code strip along long edge/right side
A1 = code strip along long edge/left side
D = code strip along short edge

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Turnstile Reader, Black, Dual LED, 6’ Cable ............................................................................................................................. 01-7000-108
Turnstile Reader, Brushed Chrome, Dual LED, 6’ Cable ........................................................................................................... 01-7000-109
Turnstile Reader, Black, Single LED, 6’ Cable .......................................................................................................................... 01-7000-011
Turnstile Reader, Brushed Chrome, Single LED, 6’ Cable ........................................................................................................ 01-7000-012

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

136

CARDS & READERS

HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards
SensorCard
Description
The HID SensorCard is a basic vinyl Wiegand encoded card. Available in several thicknesses
(.030”, .037”, and .047”) and a wide range of options including high coercivity magnetic
stripe, slot punch, hot stamp, and a choice of artworks.
An embedded Wiegand code strip provides trillions of possible codes laminated under
pressure to create a solid vinyl card. Any attempt to reach the code strip destroys the card.
SensorCard cards are strong and flexible, resistant to breaking, and extremely reliable over
a broad range of temperature and humidity ranges.

Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Standard Wiegand
Features: ........................................................................................................................... ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.375” x 2.125” (8.75 cm x 5.40 cm)
Thickness: .................................................................................................................... ISO: 0.030” (0.076 cm); Standard: 0.037” (0.094 cm); Ext. Wear: 0.047” (0.119 cm)
Surface: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Surface (front), HID Artwork (Back)
Bit Range Format: ................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bit
Code Strip Layout Options*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Card Construction: ............................................................................................................................. Standard vinyl with standard artwork in plain white, blue and black,
custom artwork and with a directional arrow on a side of a card with no other printing
Operating Temperature: .................................................................................................................................... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH Non-condensing
Weight:
ISO: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .17 oz. (4.9 gm)
Standard: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ .20 oz. (5.7 gm)
Extended Wear: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .27 oz. (7.6 gm)
Options: ........................................................................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Photo Pouch
*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side; D=short edge

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 37 Bit ....................................................................................... 01-7001-147
SensorCard, Standard, Orange, ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 37 Bit .............................................................................................. 01-7001-039
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-148
SensorCard, Standard, Orange, ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ........................................................................................... 01-7001-061
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, 37 Bit ......................................................................................................... 01-7001-046
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ................................................................................. 01-7001-064
SensorCard Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 37 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-149
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Orange ACC Logo, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................... 01-7001-041
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit........................................................................... 01-7001-150
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, x-reference, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit, Slot Top ....................................... 01-7001-185
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Orange ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .................................................................................. 01-7001-063
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 26 Bit ....................................................................................... 01-7001-229
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-230
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, 26 Bit ......................................................................................................... 01-7001-231
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ................................................................................. 01-7001-232
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 26 Bit .................................................................................................. 01-7001-233
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit........................................................................... 01-7001-234
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, X-Ref, w/Hot Stamp, Slot Top, 26 Bit ................................................ 01-7001-235
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 32 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-153
SensorCard, Standard, Orange ACC Logo, 32 Bit .................................................................................................................... 01-7001-001
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ......................................................................................... 01-7001-160
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 32 Bit .................................................................................................. 01-7001-154
SensorCard, Extended Wear, ACC Logo, 32 Bit ....................................................................................................................... 01-7001-036
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ............................................................................... 01-7001-156
Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

CARDS & READERS 137

HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards
SensorCard II
Description
The HID SensorCard II is a Wiegand card with a magnetic stripe added to the back. The
SensorCard II provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporating
Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and photo identification technologies for multiple applications.
The SensorCard II meets ISO standards for thickness so it can be used with all direct image
printers and magnetic strip readers.

Specifications
General:
Coding: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand/Mag Stripe Dual Technology
Features: ........................................................................................................................... ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.375” x 2.125” x 0.030” (8.75 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.076 cm)
Surface: ................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Surface (front), HID Artwork/Custom Artwork (back)
Bit Range Format: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bit
Code Strip Layout Options*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1
Card Construction: ................................................................. Vinyl Dual Technology Card, concealed Wiegand code strip plus a high-coercivity magnetic stripe on back
Operating Temperature: .................................................................................................................................... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH Non-condensing
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .17 oz (4.9 gm)
Options: ..................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Photo Pouch, Surface: Gloss, Satin or Brushed
*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 37 bit ...................................................................... 01-7001-151
SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Orange ACC Logo, 37 Bit .............................................................................. 01-7001-051
SensorCard II, Blue & Gray ACC Logo w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-152
SensorCard II, Orange ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................... 01-7001-065
SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 26 Bit ...................................................................... 01-7001-236
SensorCard II, Blue & Gray ACC Logo w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-237

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

............. 01-7001-059 Photo ID Card....................... for Polaroid Film....................................................... for Video Image........................... 37 Bit ....055” (8............. Plain White........................................ All Vinyl...... Slot Punch................. 3............... 37 Bit ... w/Hot Stamp.....................40 cm x 0....... Front or Back Aperture *A=long edge/right side.......... All Vinyl........................ Numbering............ Vinyl or Polyester/Vinyl Bit Range Format: ............................................ It is available in either credit card or badge sizes..................................... Plain White.................................................................................................................. 26 Bit ........................ 01-7001-013 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........... 26 Bit ....... 01-7001-238 Photo ID Card......................................... ..... All Vinyl................. 01-7001-083 Photo ID Card.. A1=long edge/left side............. Plain White......... for Polaroid Film............................ for Video Image....................................27 oz............................................................ 26 bit Code Strip Layout Options*: ...........57 cm x 5................... (6...21 oz.............................. Operating Temperature: ........... ............... Plain White................... Plain White............. 26 Bit ................ The Photo ID card accepts either Polaroid film prints or video image prints........................................................ for Polaroid Film................3............................... D Card Construction: .......................................................................................................... Slot Punch............ All Vinyl........................................ Polyester/Vinyl.................................................................................................... w/Hot Stamp........................................................................................................................ All Vinyl...................................... Protective flaps are attached on one or both sides for user lamination.................. 26 Bit ................ ..125” x 0..... 01-7001-241 Photo ID Card............................. Custom Artwork Dimensions: Credit Card: ........ All Vinyl................... w/Hot Stamp................................................................ Plain White.............................. Infinity Format (37 bit)............................... 01-7001-239 Photo ID Card............................. The Photo ID card provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card to take advantage of Wiegand technology supplemented by photo ID...... A... A1..................................................055” (8.....................14 cm) Surface: ................................ Custom Graphics......................... Photo ID for Type 681 & 669 Wet Film Features: .................................. Vinyl or polyester/vinyl card with a concealed Wiegand code strip and an aperture dimensioned to accept Polaroid ID-3 photo identification prints or equivalent............... Plain White........................ All Vinyl................................................................. Plain White..25” x 2....................................................375” x 2..... 01-7001-240 Photo ID Card....................... Zero Gap Seq............................ All Vinyl.................................................................... External Card Numbering........................................ 37 Bit ................. AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit).....0 gm) Badge: ..................... for Video Image........................................... w/Hot Stamp............................................................................... 10 to 95% RH Non-condensing Weight: Credit Card: .............................92 cm x 0.26 cm x 5..........................................14 cm) Badge Size: .......................... 37 Bit ................... Hot Stamp............................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . Plain White.....................................................7 gm) Options: ... Specifications General: Coding: .........................138 CARDS & READERS HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards Photo ID Description The HID Photo ID Wiegand Access Card combines Wiegand technology and photo identification on a single card....... 01-7001-082 Photo ID Card............... D=short edge Ordering Information Item Part # Photo ID Card................. (7............................................. for Video Image.................. -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C)............... for Polaroid Film.......................33” x 0.................... 32 Bit ................. for Polaroid Film.... 01-7001-062 Photo ID Card..........................................................

.... Plain White.................... Thin (................................................................. 26 Bit ...................... w/Hot Stamp........................................... 37 Bit ............... Zero Gap Seq................ Magnetic Stripe Dimensions: .............................for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer... 01-7001-069 Graphics Quality Card..... w/Hot Stamp.............................. Satin Front/Back...037”).........................030”)....... 300F ................ Gloss or Satin Bit Range Format: ................................ 01-7001-058 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................ for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer........ 37 Bit ...................... 32 Bit ..................... (.. Mag Stripe......... w/Hot Stamp.................... Standard: ...... Satin Front/Back..... 32 Bit .............................. for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer.............................. 26 Bit ... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................030”)............................for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer.. 01-7001-171 Plain White.....................................6 cm x 54...................................................... 01-7001-169 Plain White Card.................... Mag Stripe.............. w/Hot Stamp.......76 mm)................... Wiegand Features: ........................ 26 bit Ordering Information Item Part # Plain White................................. 380F (All Vinyl Cards) ....................... (...................... Mag Stripe.......... Mag Stripe..... Thin ISO: ...... Glossy Front/Back...........13” (85................................... Numbering....... AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit).................. Graphics Quality............ w/Hot Stamp... w/Hot Stamp... 01-7001-070 Temperature Test Kit for Photo ID Laminator.. Thin (........037” (0....... for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer......................... for Polaroid Film .........030”).........................0 cm) Thickness: .................................Std. Hot Stamp...............37” x 2..............................Std...... 01-7001-246 Plain White Card.............................. Glossy Front/Back...... Custom Artwork........................................................ 37 Bit ........................................................ 01-7001-109 Photo ID Adhesive Backpack........................... Thin (..................... Thin (................................. 01-7001-057 Temperature Test Kit for Photo ID Laminator............................... Infinity Format (37 bit).. Glossy Front/Back............ 26 Bit ........... Specifications General: Coding: ..................030”).............................94 mm) Surface: ................ 01-7001-127 Plain White Card............................. for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer............CARDS & READERS 139 HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards Graphics Quality Card Description The HID Graphics are directly printed on this card from a video image system using a dye sublimation printer........ No Artwork............. Satin Front/Back.................................................................................................... Mag Stripe................................................... Glossy Front/Back.............. 01-7001-245 Plain White Card.......... 01-7001-247 Plain White..... 3..037”).................030” (0. Mag Stripe...................... w/Hot Stamp.....

........................................................................................................................................................57 cm x 0...... high coercivity mag stripe is opt........................................................................................................................................................... 26 Bit ................... zero gap seq.125” x 3.............................................. Infinity Format (37 bit).................................................................................. Photo ID capabilities.................................................8 gm) *A=long edge/right side.............................................. Glossy Front........................... (4................................................5 cm) NT MaxiProx: ...... Opt.................................0” (7.................................................... up to 1........ The ProxCard Plus card’s thickness is suitable for use with all Wiegand readers and most direct image printers and magnetic stripe readers......... 01-7001-243 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........17 oz.......................... up to 1....................... Combo Prox/Wiegand... slot punch.................. custom artwork.......................................................................140 CARDS & READERS HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards ProxCard Plus Description The HID ProxCard Plus is a combination card offering Proximity and Wiegand technologies and an optional photo ID capability on a single card......................... The ProxCard Plus is the solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporating a combination of Proximity.................................................................................... A1 Card Construction: ..................................................................... No External Hot Stamp.............................................................. up to 3.......... No External Hot Stamp..................................................................................................... and Photo ID technologies for multiple facilities................................................................................. the ProxCard Plus can be combined with bar code and magnetic stripe.................................................... Operating Temperature: ...................................................................................... up to 9.. Plain White.. An external ABA standard................40 cm x 8............................. Opt......... 01-7001-180 ProxCard Plus.......5” (4 cm) ThinLine II: ........................................................................................ Combo Prox/Wiegand................................................................................................5” (4 cm) ProxPro: ....................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................... Wiegand. Plain White Glossy Front......................................... Plain White............................................................ HID Artwork Back Bit Range Format: ................ numbering Dimensions: ................................................................................................................. Thin vinyl laminate with an internal Wiegand code strip and proximity circuit...... To meet any combination of card technology requirements.......................094 cm) Surface: .................... Combo Prox/Wiegand technologies.................................. Specifications General: Coding: ..........................375” x 0.......................... 26 bit Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2........................................................ 0.....037” (5............ too..................................... ProxCard Plus MiniProx: .................... A1=long endge/left side Ordering Information Item Part # ProxCard Plus............... 37 Bit .......................... bar code and/or magnetic stripe.................... A.... or for transitioning from a primarily Wiegand technology system to an HID Proximity based system. Standard Wiegand/Proximity Features: .................................................................................................. Glossy Front.................................................... external card number. -50 to 158°F (-45 to 70°C) Weight: ...0” (23 cm) Code Strip Layout Options*: .....................

............093” Surface: ................................ .............................. Zero Gap Seq...................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................... Numbering............................................................. 01-7001-159 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........... ................ 32 Bit ........................................ Specifications General: Coding: .............................. 2................................................................................................ 26 bit Ordering Information Item Part # Plain Black Key...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3........................................................................................................................................... 1........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Custom Artwork Dimensions: Overall Length: ..........................................................................................................................................................................669” Head Width: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Hot Stamp.......093” Head: .................................29” Blade Length: ...................... AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit)............0” Thickness: Blade: ................................................................................................................... Wiegand Encoded Key Features: .......................... Infinity Format (37 bit)............................................................................ Black Bit Range Format: ............................................................................................................................................................. 32 Bit ......... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................................................................................................CARDS & READERS 141 HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards Sensor Key Description The HID Sensor Key is an encoded key for use with HID’s Key Reader......................... 01-7001-012 Plain Black Key..........................................................................................................375” Blade Width: .......................................

....................................................................................................................................5” (4 cm) Dimensions: ........................................................................... The clock-and-data magnetic stripe version reads all HID proximity cards and outputs the card data in a Track II format....................................................................................... 125 kHz Cable Distance: Wiegand interface: .......... simply by changing the existing reader heads and cards.............. up to 5........................................................................................................ 5-16 VDC......................................................................... (108 g.......................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Operating Temperature: ............................................................. 6......................................................................................................... Pigtail ........................ 4”-5.......8 oz.................................) Transmit Frequency: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Specifications General: Colors: ...................7” x 1............ The MiniProx reader offers high reliability........................S............................................ up to 2” (5 cm) ProxCard Plus: ...................... up to 4” (10 cm) ProxKey II: .................................5” Range.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-State............ Standard capabilities include multicolor LED...... Beige............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 feet (15 m) Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent.................. Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control........................................ UK CE Mark Approved BZT Pending Ordering Information Item Part # MiniProx.......................................................... The MiniProx reader is designed for mounting directly on metal with no change in read range performance.......................... Indoor/Outdoor................................. 3......... Gray..75 to 16 VDC....... (99 gm) With Pigtail: ....................................................... even directly on metal with no change in read range performance............................................................................................................................. 500 feet (150 m) Clock-and-data interface: ............................................... U............... Multiple Wiegand Formats Current: ... Certifications: .............................................................0” x 1.................................5” Range......... 4.........................0” (15........................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor............................................... easy-to-install package..............54 cm) Material: .......................................... and internal or host control of the LED and beeper......................................................... up to 1......................................... and low power consumption in a single.............................................................................................. 4”-5................................................................ Gray.................................... The MiniProx reader is available with either Wiegand interface or clock-and-data magnetic stripe interface.142 CARDS & READERS HID Proximity Readers MiniProx™ Proximity Card Reader Description The HID MiniProx Proximity Card Reader boasts a slim design that allows the reader to be mounted indoors or out.................................................................................. 01-7000-117 MiniProx.................................................................................................................................................................................. 3..................... No rewiring or pulling of new cable is necessary.................... Beige LED Type: ....... -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C)........................................................................................................................................................................................... 50-60 mA typ................... DTI (MPT 1337)...................... compatibility with all standard access control systems...............................3 cm x 2........................................................................... 01-7000-118 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................... Red/Green Features: .... consistent read range characteristics...................................................................................................................................................................................... Linear power supplies are recommended Read Range: .....................................................................................5” (14 cm) ISOProx II: ................................... The 5-volt capability allows existing swipe-type access control installations to be easily upgraded to proximity technology......... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................. 5-16 VDC....................................... UL 294 listed FCC part 15............................. Polycarbonate UL 94 Weight: With Terminal Strip: ......................................................................2 cm x 4.......... Input Power: ..............................5-inches...................... 0 to 95% non-condensing Output: .......................5 oz.................................................. Pigtail ............................................................................................................................................ The MiniProx accepts 5-16 volts and has a maximum read range of 4 to 5.................................................. MiniProx ProxCard II: ......................................

......................... Black........................................................... Gray............................................................................................................................................... easy-to-install package....................................................................................00” x 0.............. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C)............................................................................................................... U................................. Gray LED Type: ..... 125 kHz Cable Distance: Wiegand interface: .......................................................................................................... up to 1............ DTI (MPT 1337)....7 cm) Material: ....................... Indoor/Outdoor ....................................S..................... Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.....................5” (14 cm) ISOProx II: .......................... 01-7000-143 ThinLine II.............................. 01-7000-144 ThinLine II.................................................................. consistent read range characteristics.......... Beige............... 4”-5. Specifications General: Colors: ............................ UL 294 listed FCC part 15......................................3 oz..................................................................................9 cm x 7...................................................... 01-7000-204 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50-60 mA typ......................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ... Polycarbonate UL 94 Weight: ......................................................................................................CARDS & READERS 143 HID Proximity Readers ThinLine II™ Proximity Card Reader Description The HID ThinLine II Proximity Card Reader provides the same performance and reliability as the MiniProx Reader but with a low profile appearance........ Indoor/Outdoor ..................... Housed in an industry-standard switch plate...........................................................................6 cm x 1........................................................................................................................................................ Multiple Wiegand Formats Current: ........ Standard capabilities include multicolor LED and internal control or host control of the LED and beeper.........................................................5” Range................................................................... 4”-5................................................................................................... Certifications: ..................................................... The clock-and-data interface version reads HID proximity cards programmed with magnetic stripe Track II data as well as standard Wiegand data........................................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing Output: .......... up to 2” (5 cm) ProxCard Plus: ........................................... The ThinLine II provides high reliability........................................................................................................... 5-16 VDC........................................... White...........................................................................5” Range.............................) Transmit Frequency: ........70” x 3........................................................................................................................... Black.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4”-5................ 500 feet (150 m) Clock-and-data interface: ..................................................................................................................................................... Beige....... 4”-5.......... UK CE Mark Approved BZT Pending Ordering Information Item Part # ThinLine II...................................... Input Power: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-16 VDC....... (94 g....................................... 3.... up to 5.............................. 4................5” Range....................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor ..................................................................................................................................................... White..................... The ThinLine II is available with either a Wiegand interface or a clock-and-data magnetic stripe interface................ 5-16 VDC............... and can be mounted directly on metal with minimal impact on the read range performance.......5” Range............................. Tri State................................. up to 4” (10 cm) ProxKey II: .75 to 16 VDC Read Range: .....................5-inches.................................................. and low power consumption in a single........................................................................................................ 01-7000-142 ThinLine II............. Indoor/Outdoor Housed in Switch Plate Operating Temperature: ............. ThinLine II ProxCard II: .........5” (4 cm) Dimensions: ........................... The ThinLine II accepts 5-16 volts and has a maximum read range of 4 to 5................ 50 feet (15 m) Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent......... Red/Green Features: ................................................................................................................68” (11........................................................................................................... this reader will mount on a single-gang electrical box.............. 4............................................................................................................ 5-16 VDC................................... Indoor/Outdoor ................................................

......................................................................................................................... w/3x4 Matrix Keypad.................................................................................. 01-7000-213 ProxPro................................................................................................. Beige....... Red/Green Features: .................................................................. up to 3” (7............... Indoor/Outdoor NOTE: For use with Continuum AC-1 Controller) .................................................... the ProxPro offers high reliability.... Indoor/Outdoor (NOTE: For use with Infinity ACX 780 & ACX 781 Controllers) ................................ Beige.................................................7 cm x 2................................................................................................................................................................ 10-28 VDC........................................................ 01-7000-113 ProxPro.6 cm) ProxCard Plus: ......................... 01-7000-112 ProxPro................................... 125 kHz Cable Distance: Wiegand interface: ............................. Gray........................................................................................................0” (12........................................................ integrated. ACC Logo ...................................... Read Range: ................................. 500 feet (150 m) Clock-and-data interface: ........................................................... Integrated Keypad Operating Temperature: . Polycarbonate UL 94 Ordering Information Item Part # ProxPro........ Indoor/Outdoor (NOTE: For use with Infinity ACX 780 & ACX 781 Controllers) ................................... and low power consumption.......................................... Gray.................................................................. 5”-9” Range......... Gray................ internal or host control of the LED and/or beeper........................................................... Gray........................................................................... ProxPro ProxCard II: .............................................. consistent read range characteristics..................... Standard capabilities include multicolor LED................................. Indoor/Outdoor (NOTE: For use with Continuum AC-1 Controller) .............................. (336 g....................................... up to 6” (15 cm) ProxKey II: .............. Beige LED Type: ............................................................................) Transmit Frequency: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 oz..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C)..........................S.................................................................................... DTI (MPT 1337)................................ 5”-9” Range..................................................................................................................................................................... Multiple Wiegand Formats Current: ......... 5”-9” Range............................................................... Indoor/Outdoor ......................................... The keypad interfaces with the host system either by sending the keypad data over the data output lines or via a direct connection to the host keypad interface................................................................ 5”-9” Range.................................................................................... 01-7000-114 ProxPro............................ 5.....6 cm) Dimensions: .0” x 5.......... It is the first proximity design available with an optional.........................0” x 1... UK CE Mark Approved BZT Pending Material: ...................... Beige........................................ weatherized keypad..................................... Indoor/Outdoor .................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7........................ 5”-9” Range............................................................................................................................................................................... 01-3002-232 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....................................................... up to 9” (23 cm) ISOProx II: ............... 01-7000-214 Extra Label for ProxPro........................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor Opt............................... The ProxPro reader offers Wiegand protocol interface compatibility with all standard access control systems........ w/8-Bit Burst Keypad............. Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control......... 10-28 VDC............................................................. w/3x4 Matrix Keypad.............................................................................. Gray........... ANSI (up to 14 digits) & EMPI (5 digits) coded magnetic stripe cards Output: ................................................................................... 50 feet (15 m) Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent..... This offers an additional level of security by allowing the use of a personal identification number (PIN)..................................................................................................54 cm) Weight: ..................................................................................................... w/8-Bit Burst Keypad..................... U.................................................................... 100 mA typ........................... 0 to 95% non-condensing Input/Card Format: ............................... plus optional RS232 and RS422 serial interfaces.......................................... It accepts 10-28 volts and has a maximum read range of 3 to 9-inches............................................ 10-28 VDC............................................................................. 10-28 VDC........................................ 5”-9” Range.......................... and a beeper “off” switch for silent operation......... UL 294 listed FCC part 15....................................7 cm x 12...................................................... 10-28 VDC.................................... 01-7000-111 ProxPro............ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................144 CARDS & READERS HID Proximity Readers ProxPro™ Proximity Card Reader Description The HID ProxPro Proximity Card Reader combines all of the electronics usually found in two separate packages into a single enclosure that mounts to a standard single-gang electrical box............................................... 10-28 VDC............................................... Specifications General: Colors: .................................. Using advanced surface-mount technology manufacturing techniques................................................... Certifications: ........

............................................... the ProxPro Plus offers high reliability. ProxPro Plus ProxCard II: ..........................................................................................5 VDC Read Range: ............................................................................. 01-3002-232 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................... U.. rearmount for surface mounting) Operating Temperature: ......................................... 15 oz........................................................................................................................................................................................................... low-profile housing and new mounting configurations................................................................................................................... Rearmount ..................... and low power consumption in a single.............................................................................S.............................. Certifications: ............... 125 kHz Cable Distance: Wiegand interface: ................................................................................................................................................................................................5” x 7............ Gray LED Type: ................................................. up to 6” (15 cm) ProxKey II: ......9” (19 cm x 19 cm x 2.............................................. (426 g.................................................5” x 0.. ACC Logo .............................CARDS & READERS 145 HID Proximity Readers ProxPro Plus™ Proximity Card Reader Description The new HID ProxPro Plus Proximity Card Reader combines the popular features of the ProxPro Reader with a thin..................... Standard capabilities include multicolor LED......................................................................... Using advanced technology manufacturing techniques........................................................................................................................... -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C)............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Gray..................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94 Weight: ..................................................... 01-7000-186 ProxPro Plus......................................................................................................... The reader is designed for both indoor and outdoor use.........................................5 VDC and has a maximum read range of 6 to 9 inches.................................................................. Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. The ProxPro Plus offers Wiegand protocol interface compatibility with all standard access control systems................................................... Red/Green Features: ............................................................................. Gray............................................................................................................. 2 Mounting Options (sidemount for glass or mullion mounting................. Tri-State........................................................................................................................................................................................) Transmit Frequency: .......................... UL 294 pending FCC part 15................................................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing Output: ........................................................................................................................................................................ easy-to-install package............................ consistent read range characteristics............................................................................................................................................................6 cm) ProxCard Plus: ................................ Indoor/Outdoor.........................................3 cm) Material: ...................... 500 feet (150 m) Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent................6 cm) Dimensions: ............................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................... up to 3” (7............. It accepts 10-28.................................................. and a beeper “off” switch for silent operation.................................................................................................. Sidemount ............................. CE Mark Approved............................................................................................................................................. up to 3” (7................................... Multiple Wiegand Formats Current: ........................................ 01-7000-187 Extra Label for ProxPro.................................................................... Gray................................. 10 to 28.......................... internal or host control of LED and/or beeper............. up to 9” (23 cm) ISOProx II: ............................................................. 100 mA average......................... BZT pending Ordering Information Item Part # ProxPro Plus.............. 7...................................................................................................................................... 160 mA peak Input Power: ......... The ProxPro Plus is equipped with your choice of mounting accessory kits for either glass and mullion mounting or surface mounting applications............................. Specifications General: Color: .......

......... Gray............................. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C)........... FCC part 15........................................ or where special consideration is needed to facilitate access for the physically challenged.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-119 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...........................146 CARDS & READERS HID Proximity Readers Noise Tolerant MaxiProx™ Proximity Card Reader Description The HID Noise Tolerant (NT) MaxiProx Extended Range Proximity Card Reader provides a significant improvement in long range reading consistency................................ and easyto-install housing................................................................................................................. DTI (MPT 1337)...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 VDC Read Range: ................................................. Multiple Wiegand Formats Current (DC): ........................................................... 18”-24” Range............................................................................. 1 A ave...............................0” (30 cm x 30 cm x 2......................................................................................................................8” x 1............................................. UK.......................................... 125 kHz Cable Distance: Wiegand interface: ................................................................ up to 16” (40............................................... The NT MaxiProx reader packages all of the electronics in one rugged.................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor ...................................... Certifications: ....................................................................................................... Specifications General: Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ U............... Polycarbonate UL 94 Weight: ............... Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.............................................................. up to 12” (30........... 0 to 95% non-condensing Output: ......................... UL 294 listed.. This makes the NT MaxiProx reader ideal for installations incorporating parking control.................................................4 kgm.......................5 cm) ProxKey II: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green Features: ..................................................................8” x 11........................................................................................................................................ 51 oz.................................. BZT pending Ordering Information Item Part # MaxiProx...................................... Tri-State............................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Long Range Reading Operating Temperature: .............................. 11................................................................. NT MaxiProx ProxCard II: ................... (1............................................................................5 cm) ProxCard Plus: ...................................................................................................................................................... 24 VDC.................................................................................................) Transmit Frequency: .................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .....................................................................S..... up to 24” (61 cm) ISOProx II: ...... up to 9” (23 cm) Dimensions: ......................... Input Power: ............................................................................................... attractive....................................................................................................................................................... New signal processing techniques incorporated in this reader provide a high tolerance to burst and other transient types of ambient RF interference......................................... 500 feet (150 m) Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent............................................................................................. The broad selection of HID proximity readers allows the use of one card for all your access control requirements...............54 cm) Material: ..................... Gray LED Type: ............................................................................... CE Mark approved..............

............................................... Multiple Wiegand Formats Power Requirements: ...................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor.................................................. The MultiProx Controller scans eight channels....................... 2 Mounting Options (sidemount for glass or mullion mounting....................................................8” (45............ Gray LED Type: ...................................................................................................................................... MultiProx Reader ProxCard II: ...............................................................................................4 cm x 4............. controller and HID switch monitor (HSM).......6 cm) Enclosure Material: .... (300 m) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............... rearmount for surface mounting) Temperature: Operating: ...................0” x 10........................................................... Schlage 708/808 controller........................................................................................................................................................................................ Simply replace the existing sensor.......................................................... Specifications General: MultiProx Reader: Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................ The reader is a direct electrical and mechanical replacement for the Schlage 2700 or 2800 series sensor......................0 Amp @ 24 VDC Dimensions: ......................) MultiProx Controller: Temperature: Operating: ...................................................... The MultiProx Reader reads the HID or Schlage proximity card when the card is presented. Red/Green Features: ..............................................................................5” x 0........................................7 cm x 25............................491 gm) Cable Distance: Wiegand interface: ...................... or other alarm inputs....... 1.................................. 5 to 95% non-condensing Storage: ................................................................................................................................... Each channel has an input for the coax cable from thee reader and/or HSM and a Wiegand Interface output port for its respective reader.............0” x 1.......... The HSM detects and transmits the status of the dry contacts to the controller.......................................... The MultiProx HSM replaces the Schlage MSM which contains four inputs for dry contacts... The controller has four Form C relays for each channel that mimic the respective dry contacts...................................5” x 7.................... 3 lbs 4..8” (19 cm x 19 cm x 2 cm) Material: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum Weight: ................................................. The HID components are drop-in replacements for the “old gear” including the connectors and mounting screw holes........................................................................................................ 18......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2” (5 cm) Schlage Card: ................. These inputs are typically used for door sensors.............. 15 oz............... 50 mA @ 24 VDC (Powered by the controller) Read Range: .....................................................................................................................................................................................CARDS & READERS 147 HID Proximity Readers MultiProx™ Multi-Technology Proximity Card Reader Description The MultiProx Proximity Card Reader is a multi-technology reader that makes it possible to replace an existing Schlage/Westinghouse card access control system with any Wiegand protocol system without replacing existing Schlage/Westinghouse cards or the installed wiring.......... -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) Output: ................................. and multiple switch monitor (MSM) with the HID MultiProx Reader............................................................................................................................................. Tri-State.................................................5 cm) ISO Prox II: .......................................................................................................................... up to 2” (5 cm) Dimensions: ................................................................... Status changes for inputs monitored by the HSM are transmitted via Form C relays to the new access control panel.................................... 5 to 95% non-condensing Storage: .......... Polycarbonate UL 94 Weight: ....................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C)................................................. -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) Power Requirements: ...................................................side connection or rear connection.................. up to 3” (7............................................................................................................................... The reader features a multicolor LED and beeper for enhanced user feedback.... The controller includes a selectable DIP switch for transmission of either a 26-bit or 32-bit Wiegand message to the host system............... 0 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C)................... 500 feet (150 m) Coaxial cable: ........................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......................................................................................................................... which communicate with the installed readers and HSMs.............. request to exit (REX).......................................................................... The MultiProx Reader reads both HID proximity access cards and one type of the Schlage/Westinghouse (1030/1040/1050) access cards.......................................... the facility code and card number are decoded by the controller and transmitted via the Wiegand output port to the new access control panel.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (1................ 7...........................................................................000 feet max.......................................................................................................... Two reader versions are available ...................... When a valid card is read........6 oz.................................................... 2........................................................................................................................................................... (426 g...........................................

. Side Mount ..................................... Back Mount .....................................................4” (10....................... 01-7000-161 MultiProx Reader..........................................................................................................................9 cm x 11....................................................................................... -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) Power Requirements: .......................................................... 01-7000-164 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................. 8 Reader Inputs............. (85 gm) Ordering Information Item Part # MultiProx Controller........... Powered by the controller Dimensions: ................................... 4 Inputs ......................................................................... 4................................................................................................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................................3” x 4......................................................4” x 1....................................................................................................................................6 cm) Weight: ..... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 65°C)....................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-162 HSM Interface...................................................................................2 cm x 3..................................................................................................... 01-7000-163 MultiProx Reader..148 CARDS & READERS Specifications Continued General: MultiProx HSM: Temperature: Operating: ....................................................................... 5 to 95% non-condensing Storage: ................. 8 Wiegand Outputs.......................................... 3 oz..................................................... Max 32 Alarm Inputs w/HSM ................

.................................................................. 01-7001-220 Custom Artwork Cards Custom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card................. ISO-std...................................... Plain White Glossy Finish Back: .................................................................................... No Ext........ Thin......................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm) ThinLine II: ........................................... cut.......................... No Ext............................................................ Hot Stamp.................. External Card Numbering.................................. eliminating the need for badge holders........................................................................... 2.......................................................................24 oz..................................................................... -50 to 160°F (-45 to 70°C) Weight: ........... and lamination process becomes a thing of the past..................... 0...........................................8 gm) Read Range: ......................................................................................................... Card Finish for Direct Printing..................................................... up to 4” (10 cm) ProxPro: ................... Gloss Front/Back..................................................... No Slot........................ The ISOProx II card meets ISO standards for thickness.........................................................................................................................................................................................079 cm) Material: ...................CARDS & READERS 149 HID Proximity Cards ISOProx II Proximity Access Card Description The HID RF programmable ISOProx II Proximity Access Card offers proximity technology and photo identification on a single access control card. 26 Bit ..... Hot Stamp................................................................................................ The photo....375” x 0... Gloss Front/Back....................................... for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers............................................................................ No Slot...................................................................... HID Artwork Options: ............................... ISOProx II MiniProx: .......................... 01-7001-140 Plain White....... 37 Bit ..................................... for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers.......... 26 bit Operating Temperature: .................................................................................................... for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers........................... Hot Stamp.................................................................................. No Slot..................................... up to 16” (40 cm) Finish Front: ......... 01-7001-141 Plain White...................... One Time Artwork Setup Charges One Time Tooling Charges...................................................... Proximity and Photo ID on a single....... Custom Graphics Ordering Information Item Part # Plain White....................... Per Color...............................................................40 cm x 8.. 37 Bit ....................... flexible PVC laminate Bit Range Format: ........... Gloss Front/Back...... Specifications General: Features: ...... up to 6” (15 cm) NT MaxiProx: ......................................................... paste..................................................... 01-7001-182 Plain White........................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................. The ISOProx II card now accepts both horizontal and vertical slot punching............................... Infinity Format (37 bit)............................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................................................... Minimum order quantity is 500............................................... (6....................... thin card Dimensions: ............... Per Side Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.....57 cm x 0.......... AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit)... Slot Punch (Horizontal or Vertical)................. Gloss Front/Back...................................................................................................031” (5. for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers................. for use with all direct image printers.................................... 26 Bit ....................................................................... Hot Stamp............ The ISOProx II card provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporating proximity and photo identification technologies for multiple applications..........125” x 3....................................................................... No Slot...............

...................................... HID Artwork Options: .................... 2...... (6.............. 01-7001-207 Plain White........... Hot Stamp..................... Slot Punch (Horizontal or Vertical)..... Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back............................. magnetic strip technology and photo identification on a single card............................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................... ...................................... -50 to 160°F (-45 to 70°C) Weight: .......... Thin....................................... ISO standard thin card. up to 16” (40 cm) Finish Front: ...........................................079 cm) Card Construction: ................................................................... .............................. By combining technologies on one card............ No Slot.................................................................................................................................. 37 Bit ....................................................................................................................................... AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit)... flexible PVC laminate w/ABA std.............. ...........................................................57 cm x 0............. Specifications General: Coding: ................. No Hot Stamp............................................. Card Finish for Direct Printing....24 oz............................................................................... ........................................................... Mag Stripe........375” x 0......................... Plain White Glossy Finish Back: ......150 CARDS & READERS HID Proximity Cards DuoProx II Multiple Technology Proximity Card Description The HID RF Programmable DuoProx II Cards combine proximity technology............ for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers..................................... 01-7001-223 Custom Artwork Cards Custom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card.....................................................................................031” (5.. Hot Stamp............................................................... Mag Stripe........................................................................ up to 4” (10 cm) ProxPro: ............. No Slot.................................................................................................................................... It also offers the ability to print a photo ID directly on the DuoProx II card with the new generation of photo imaging printers............................................... for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers.. ......................... mag stripe and photo ID on a single card Dimensions: ... up to 6” (15 cm) NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................ One Time Artwork Setup Charges One Time Tooling Charges......................... Infinity Format (37 bit).... Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back............................................................. 26 Bit ... Per Color............. high coercivity magnetic stripe rated 4000 Oerstad Bit Range Format: ........................... for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers.............40 cm x 8.............................................................................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. DuoProx II MiniProx: ............................................................................................... External Card Numbering...... up to 4” (10 cm) ThinLine II: ........................................ Wiegand ABA Track 2 Magnetic Stripe Features: ...................................................... 01-7001-142 Plain White...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Mag Stripe.................... the DuoProx II card provides the benefits of proximity technology for access control applications and meets the requirements for industry standard magnetic stripe applications........................................8 gm) Read Range: ............................................ 26 bit Operating Temperature: ................. 37 Bit ...... No Slot....................... Per Side Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information... 26 Bit ................................. Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back.... Minimum order quantity is 500.................. 0........................... Custom Graphics Ordering Information Item Part # Plain White......................................................... No Hot Stamp......... No Slot. Mag Stripe.................................................... Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back...................................................................................................... 01-7001-143 Plain White........ for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers...... ...............................................................................................125” x 3.....

.. Specifications General: Coding: .................................................................. Thin and flexible enough to be carries in a wallet or on a strap clip.................................................................. Thin card Dimensions: .................................. up to 5............................................. rigid cards previously associated with other proximity technologies........ External Card Numbering.. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................... 26 Bit ............................................... ....... 37 Bit ............. Hot Stamp.................................................................. Vertical Slot.......125” x 0............................................................................................. With the application of a self-adhesive photo pouch or PVC overlay............................................... Vertical Slot................. One Time Artwork Setup Charges One Time Setup......................... ...........................................................................................375” x 2................................................................ Hot Stamp... No Logo......................................................................... up to 8” (20 cm) NT MaxiProx: ......................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................... 26 bit Read Range: .................................. .................. the ProxCard II cards replace the thick.................................................40 cm x 0................................................................. Wiegand Features: ................CARDS & READERS 151 HID Proximity Cards ProxCard II Proximity Access Card Description The HID RF programmable ProxCard II incorporates radio frequency identification electronics into a thin...................................................................... Custom Graphics Ordering Information Item Part # ProxCard II............. Per Color.................................................................................................. Per Side Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information......................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................ compatible w/most adhesive photo pouches Bit Range Format: .......................... 01-7001-202 ProxCard II................. 26 Bit ......................................... up to 5.................................................................... ........................................................ ProxCard II MiniProx: ................... Slot punched.......... w/HID Logo................................................................................................................................................................................. Minimum order quantity is 500....57 cm x 5..............................................................................5” (14 cm) ThinLine II: ........................................ 37 Bit ........................... 3...................................... up to 24” (61 cm) Options: ........................................................................................................................18 cm) Card Construction: ................................. 01-7001-219 Custom Artwork Cards Custom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card................................... w/HID Logo......................... Infinity Format (37 bit)............. 01-7001-071 ProxCard II.............................070” (8.......................... ProxCard II cards are easily customized with multicolored graphics............ Frequency (125 kHz or 400 kHz).................................................................................... 01-7001-166 ProxCard II.................... the ProxCard II card is compatible with most photo ID systems................................................................................................................................................................................ Vertical Slot................................... Vertical Slot..... durable polycarbonate package the size of a standard credit card..5” (14 cm) ProxPro: . No Logo....

.........5-7” (14-18 cm) NT MaxiProx: .................... Unlike other proximity cards.... 01-7001-222 Custom Artwork Cards Custom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card.................. One Time Artwork Setup Charges One Time Setup........ 3........... The PhotoProx uses standard lamination card technology to provide a proximity card with an integrated photo flap.................. Wiegand Features: ................................050” (8...... 37 Bit .......................................152 CARDS & READERS HID Proximity Cards PhotoProx Photo ID Proximity Card Description The HID PhotoProx Photo ID Card is the first thin....... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................. for Video Imaging Prints........................................ Per Side Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.... 01-7001-075 PhotoProx.................................... Thin and flexible w/an integral photo flap bonded on one edge of the card Bit Range Format: ........ 01-7001-074 PhotoProx............... 3-5” (8-12 cm) ProxPro: ...................................................................................................................................................................... ........... Plain White w/Photo ID Flap................. 26 Bit............................................................................................................ .............................. 18-24” (46-61 cm) Options: ...... Specifications General: Coding: ...............................................................................................................................375” x 2............ 26 Bit ............................................... for Polaroid Film.......................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................................................................................... Slot Punch.......................................................... for Video Imaging Prints............................................. Minimum order quantity is 500....................................................................................................... Proximity and Photo ID for Polaroid Film & Video Imaging Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... flexible access card to combine proximity technology and a user-laminated photo-ID flap on a single card.................................... 37 Bit..................................................................................... 5..................................................................... Plain White w/Photo ID Flap............................................................ Photo Laminate Type (Polaroid or Digital/Thermal Type).............................. 26 bit Read Range: ...................................................................................57 cm x 5..............................................................................................................125” x 0......................................... for Polaroid Film........... Infinity Format (37 bit)................................... 01-7001-179 PhotoProx........... Plain White w/Photo ID Flap.....13 cm)) Card Construction: .............................. Plain White w/Photo ID Flap..........40 cm x 0................................................................. Custom Graphics Ordering Information Item Part # PhotoProx..... the PhotoProx can be laminated with a photo ID in a standard photo laminator....... ...... PhotoProx MiniProx: ..................................................... External Card Numbering......... Per Color.................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................... 26 bit Read Range: ...............................................88 cm) Bit Range Format: .....................................................................................................................................................................................9” x 0.......................................................................................................... 01-7001-073 ProxKey II................9” x 0................................. 37 Bit ................................................................................................345” (4............................................. up to 2” (5 cm) ThinLine II: ......................................................... Gray.................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit).......5 cm) NT MaxiProx: .......... Key Tag..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Key Tag. Each ProxKey II is provided with an external number for easy identification and control....................................................................................... up to 12” (30 cm) Options: ......................................... External Card Numbering Ordering Information Item Part # ProxKey II......................................... Specifications General: Coding: ................................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7................................................................................................................................................ up to 2” (5 cm) ProxPro: ........ Wiegand Features: ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-221 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................................... Gray.........................................................................83 cm x 2.................................................................................................................. 1...... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................... HID’s advanced technology allows the ProxKey II to be programmed with up to 37 bits of Wiegand formatted information for universal compatibility with all Wiegand reader applications...CARDS & READERS 153 HID Proximity Cards ProxKey II Proximity Keyfob Description The RF Programmable ProxKey II Proximity Keyfob incorporates proximity technology into a device approximately the size of an automobile key....................................29 cm x 0.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Encoded Key Dimensions: ........................ 26 Bit ............................................ ProxKey II MiniProx: ....................................

........................................................................................... and three-color status LED......................... in most cases................ 4-16 VDC.................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................................................. the ValueProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback............................................................. 01-7000-205 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at reader Max........ Wiegand reader (with the same mounting holes) which allows for easy system upgrade from Wiegand to proximity.......... (142 g......................... Up to 4” Range..................................................................................................3” H x 5................................................................................................... 88 mA @ 12 VDC.............................84 cm H x 13............................ The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material............................................ 85 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: ................ 26 Bit (ASR-500) ................................................. making the reader both vandal proof and weather proof............................... 01-7000-140 ValueProx Reader............... 100 mA @ 5 VDC Reading Time (26 bit): .................................. Indoor/Outdoor................................................. Specifications General: Color: ..................... Read Range: ........................................................................ making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw: Off Metal: ........... Black LED Indicator: .................. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards............. SelfTest™ for installation assistance.........................................154 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-500 ValueProx™ Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-500 ValueProx Proximity Reader offers basic features in a singlepiece............ 5 oz......................11 cm T) Weight: .......83” T (5................................................................................................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor.............................. 2........................................ 4-16 VDC....... can be powered directly from the access control panel.......................................................................... Black...................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35 to 65°C) Output: ...................................................................................................... 76 mA @ 12 VDC................................................. The ValueProx Proximity Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats............. Maximum read range is 4" (10 cm).................... 94 ms Input Voltage: ................................................................................) Transmit Frequency: .....................................................................................................5 kHz (return) Ordering Information Item Part # ValueProx Reader. Black...... Additionally................................................... 37 Bit (ASR-500) ......................................................... The reader is the same size and shape as a U...... Up to 4” Range......................... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader............................................................... 65 mA @ 12 VDC................................................................................................................... low-cost reader.................. Up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121T card Dimensions: . Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: .......................... 96 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ............................................................................................................S........... Wiegand... It operates from 4 to 16 VDC and................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.....3” W x 0..............................................................46 cm W x 2..........................................................................................

.................................................. Wiegand........................ The reader portion of the PinProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats.. up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: ................................................................................. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material to make the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant....... 26 Bit (ARK-501) ............................................................................................................. making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place............................. Up to 4” Range......... the PinProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback................... It is ideal for high security applications where both a personal identification number (PIN) and an access card are required...................... Beige........................... 4-16VDC................................................................................... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ....... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw: ... Beige......................................16 cm W x 1...... 4-16VDC............................ Read Range: ................................. Beige.... Beige........ 4-16VDC...... 4-16VDC.................................5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ....................................... All are fieldconfigurable via the use of option cards............................. The single-piece PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad delivers read ranges up to 4” (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies.................................. Indoor/Outdoor. Indoor/Outdoor... 37 Bit (ARK-501) ......... 26 Bit (ARK-501) ............... 4.............................. -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) Output: ................... Up to 4” Range....... Standard................................................................................................ 4-16VDC.................. 94 ms Audio Tone: .... independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Ordering Information Item Part # PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad................................................................................ attractive package........ Up to 4” Range. 4-16VDC.......... 4-16VDC.......... 89 mA @ 12 VDC....................... and three-color status LED......................................... SelfTest™ for installation assistance..................... less cable is required and both functions require only one port on the door controller rather than the usual two......... (167 g............................................................................................. 100 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ............... 6 oz................ Up to 4” Range. Additionally.... Up to 4” Range.................................................................................. It is designed to mount on a wall box (metal single gang electrical box) or a flat surface... Black.......... 01-7000-167 PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad.... 37 Bit (ARK-501) ............................18 cm H x 7..... Indoor/Outdoor................... Black.............................................................. Black. Up to 4” Range........................CARDS & READERS 155 Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ARK-501 PinProx™ Proximity Reader and Keypad Description The Motorola Indala ARK-501 PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad is a proximity reader and keypad combined in a small............... Specifications General: Colors: ................................................. 4 to 16 VDC at reader Max.............................. 91 mA @ 12 VDC.......................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................... Because the keypad data is transmitted over the same wires as the card data................................... Indoor/Outdoor.) Transmit Frequency: ..... 01-7000-212 PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad.................................... 01-7000-234 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................... In most cases......... 26 Bit (ARK-501) ... The keypad data is transmitted over Wiegand compatible data lines as Wiegand data................................................... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader................................................................................................................ 125 kHz (excitation) 62....... 01-7000-211 PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad................................. Beige................................................ 01-7000-233 PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad................. it can be powered directly from the access control panel.. Indoor/Outdoor................................. 100 mA @ 5 VDC Input Voltage: ............................................................. 95 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: ................................... 75 mA @ 12 VDC.....................................................................................82” W x 0........ Up to 4” Range................. 4-16VDC.. Up to 4” Range.....................................665” T (11.................................................................................................................. Black................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor....................................................................... 01-7000-166 PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad.............................. Indoor/Outdoor.................... 26 Bit (ARK-501) .............. Indoor/Outdoor............................69 cm T) Weight: ........................................................... Black LED Type: ..................... 37 Bit (ARK-501) .........4” H x 2......... 01-7000-228 PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad........................................ 37 Bit (ARK-501) ......... 01-7000-197 NOTE: 8-bit Burst Keypads—DO NOT USE WITH 780 & 781 CONTROLLERS PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad......................... 50 mA Off Metal: ..............................

...... Indoor/Outdoor........................9 cm T) Weight: .....................................................65” W x 0.............................................................. Indoor/Outdoor......................... making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place....... 26 Bit (ASR-503) ........................................................................................... 96 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ..................................................................................5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ........... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader......................................................................................... 4-16VDC............................................ 4 to 16 VDC at reader Max.............................................................................. Black.... Up to 4” Range......... 37 Bit (ASR-503) ...............) Transmit Frequency: ........... Black LED Type: ...156 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-503 SlimLine™ Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-503 SlimLine Proximity Reader is designed to mount on metal door frames (mullions) and is suitable for any location that requires a small reader........................................ 76 mA @ 12 VDC......................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” Range............................................................................ the SlimLine includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback..................................... Wiegand................................................... The single-piece SlimLine delivers read ranges up to 4” (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies.......................... 125 kHz (excitation) 62................................................... 88 mA @ 12 VDC................ Read Range: ........................5” H x 1...................................................................................... 100 mA @ 5 VDC Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ....... 01-7000-100 SlimLine Door Frame Reader.................... In most cases.............................. Additionally...................................................................................................... All are field-configurable via the use of option cards..................................................... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw: Off Metal: ......................... The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material............................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Ordering Information Item Part # SlimLine Door Frame Reader................. it can be powered directly from the access control panel......................... Specifications General: Colors: ... up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (142 g........................... 85 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: .. 01-7000-176 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. SelfTest™ for installation assistance................ Black.................. 4-16VDC........................................................ The SlimLine can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats................ 65 mA @ 12 VDC.................................................................................................................................75” T (14 cm H x 4........................................................................... Standard................................................................................ -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: .................................................. making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant................. 94 ms Audio Tone: ............... 5 oz............................................... 5.2 cm W x 1...................................................................... and three-color status LED..

................................. 70mA @ 12 VDC........................................ 4-16VDC...................................................................... Black............................................. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.............. independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Ordering Information Item Part # WallSwitch Reader...................... It is suitable for any location that requires a small reader.................................... Additionally................................................... Up to 4” Range.............. Up to 4” Range..................................................... 4 oz........65 cm T) Weight: .......................................................................................................... and three-color status LED........................................................................................................................................... Beige.................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-101 WallSwitch Reader......................... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw: Off Metal: ................................ 01-7000-203 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................................... 84 mA @ 12 VDC.. The single-piece WallSwitch delivers read ranges up to 4” (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies........................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...... 37 Bit (ASR-505) ........................................................................................8 cm H x 7.5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ........... 4-16VDC............................... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader.... 4-16VDC...... Indoor/Outdoor............................. Beige LED Type: ............................................................................. making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.................................................. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material.......................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor..........65” T (11................... Up to 4” Range........................... 01-7000-102 WallSwitch Reader.......................................................................... Wiegand.............................................. Standard..................................... 100 mA @ 5 VDC Input Voltage: . 94 ms Audio Tone: .................................................................................................................... 100 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ..................... 26 Bit (ASR-505) ...................................................................................................................CARDS & READERS 157 Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-505 WallSwitch Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-505 WallSwitch Proximity Reader is designed to be mounted on a single-gang electrical junction box on any flat surface......................... Specifications General: Colors: ............. 4......... Read Range: ........................ 26 Bit (ASR-505) .............................................................................................. 4 to 16 VDC at reader Max............................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor........................ Black.................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation) 62............................................................................................ The WallSwitch can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats........ Beige.................... (114 g......................................... Black........... 4-16VDC............................ 90 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: ................................ 01-7000-217 WallSwitch Reader....................................... making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place................ 89 mA @ 12 VDC............ In most cases.................. the WallSwitch includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback........ up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: ...................................................6 cm W x 1................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ........................................................ Up to 4” Range........ it can be powered directly from the access control panel............................. Indoor/Outdoor...................................................................................................................................... 37 Bit (ASR-505) ................................................................. SelfTest™ for installation assistance............... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: .....................7” H x 3” W x 0.....................) Transmit Frequency: ..................................

............. ACC Logo .................................................... 10...........................422.............. (347 g................ Up to 6” Range.................................................................. Read Range: .........5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ............................ 181 mA @ 12 VDC Input Voltage: .......................... 01-7000-225 Standard Reader. making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place.................... Black........................................................ Additionally.................... 01-3002-231 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........ making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant................................... Black........................................................... 01-3001-230 Extra Label for ASR-110.................................... Wiegand.......................... Indoor/Outdoor............................ All are field-configurable via the use of option cards........................................................................... 4-16VDC.. Black.............................4” T (11.............................................. -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: ................................................................................. Indoor/Outdoor................................................. 26 Bit (ASR-110) ................................................................ Up to 6” Range.......................................................................................................................................) Transmit Frequency: .......... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ..6” W x 1.......................................................................2 cm W x 3.......... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw (RS-232/422 formats): Off Metal: ..........6” H x 5.................................. 157 mA @ 12 VDC Maximum: ................... Beige.............................................................7 cm H x 14..........................................2oz...................................................................... Beige................ Indoor/Outdoor.................. ACC Logo ..................................................................... 157 mA @ 12 VDC On Metal: .................. 4-16VDC.. ASR-120...............5 to 14 VDC at reader for RS-232.......... 4-16VDC................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................................................................... ASR-120............................................ The electronics are sealed in a ULapproved epoxy potting material................................ 4-16VDC....... including metal.. independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Ordering Information Item Part # Standard Reader....................... 01-7000-141 Standard Reader........... The Standard Proximity Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats................................................. 37 Bit (ASR-110) ................ SelfTest™ for installation assistance........................ Specifications General: Colors: ........................................................................................ Up to 6” Range..... Beige.............................. The single-piece Standard Proximity Reader delivers read ranges up to 7” (18 cm) and operates from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies............................... Standard................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-070 Standard Reader................................................................... In most cases................................................................................ the Standard reader includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback.......... 4 to 16 VDC at reader for Wiegand and Mag stripe formats............................................................ Beige LED Type: ............. 26 Bit (ASR-110) ....................................5 cm T) Weight: ............ up to 7” (18 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: .............................................................. and 485 formats Max................................................... 37 Bit (ASR-110) ...... 12............................. 01-7000-226 Extra Label for ASR-110..................................................................................... Black...................158 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-110 Standard Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-110 Standard Proximity Reader is designed to mount on any surface.............................................................. WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader and three-color status LED...................... 125 kHz (excitation) 62.............................................................................. 94 ms Audio Tone: .............................................................................................................................................. Up to 6” Range................................................. Indoor/Outdoor.................................................................... it can be powered directly from the access control panel........... 4...........

................. Up to 16” Range...... use by handicapped persons (ADA requirement).. 01-7000-072 Med............. Up to 16” Range...................... Black............ -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .................... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: .................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............. The two-piece Medium Range Reader (ASR-120 Reader and ARE-142 Remote Electronics) operates from 10.................................................................................. 10..... RS-422 Current Draw: Nominal: ......................... 263 mA @ 12 VDC Input Voltage: .........................................................................CARDS & READERS 159 Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-120 Medium Range Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-120 Medium Range Proximity Reader is designed for any location requiring a longer read range (up to 16") without space for a large antenna......................... 26 Bit (ASR-120) ....................................... -32 to 122°F (-0 to 50°C) Output: .................... Range Bidirectional Reader............. 10.......................1 cm W x 2........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 263 mA @ 12 VDC Maximum: .............6” W x 1.... Indoor/Outdoor.......................... 94 ms Audio Tone: ................................ ACC Logo ................................................................................................................... ASR-120...................... Range Bidirectional Reader........ Black.......................................................................... 4............................................................................................................) Transmit Frequency: ...................... Beige...8” T (11..... Indoor/Outdoor................................................ 01-3001-230 Extra Label for ASR-110.......................................................................................................................................... 11............................. Black........ 12 VDC nom................................................ 22........................ making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place..........8 cm T) ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .................. The longer range is suitable for applications such as parking lots........................................................................... The Medium Range Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats.......................... Range Bidirectional Reader...5 to 14 VDC) at reader Max..) ARE-142 Remote Electronics:: ......5-14VDC....................7” H x 8............................................ Range Bidirectional Reader....................6 cm H x 14............. 26 Bit (ASR-120) .......................................................... 01-7000-227 Med.5” H x 5.... 37 Bit (ASR-120) ............................................. 10................... Available in beige or black.................. or concealment behind or embedded in extra thick building materials....................................................... (315 g........6 cm T) Weight: ............ 125 kHz (excitation) 62... Up to 16” Range........ Indoor/Outdoor........ the antenna is sealed and separated from the remote electronics.....................................................................................................5-14VDC. 10......................................................................................... Beige..........................................1 oz.... making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant......... it is ideally suited for use at locations where it is desirable to use a single reader for both access and egress....................................................................................................................... audio tone.................................................................... 01-7000-073 Med............................................................... RS-232................. Furthermore............... SelfTest™ for installation assistance................................... Black................................................................ ACC Logo ..................................... Read Range: ......... 8............................ locations where it is impossible to mount a reader immediately adjacent to the door. 37 Bit (ASR-120) ..................................................9 oz.......... Beige................. 01-3002-231 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......................................7” W x 1.......................................... Standard... (10. ASR-120................................................0 cm W x 4.................. ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe........................................................................................................... up to 16” (40 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: .................................... independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Ordering Information Item Part # Med......................... (647 g........................... Additionally.. Beige ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ................5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ................................................ Sand Beige LED Type: ......... since the reader reads bidirectionally................................................... Specifications General: Colors: ............................................5 to 14 VDC and provides read ranges up to 16” (40 cm)..............................................................................................................1 cm H x 22..................................................... Wiegand............ and three-color status LED................5-14VDC.......................... the Medium Range Reader includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback...........................................5-14VDC.. Indoor/Outdoor...................1” T (22....................................................... All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.............................. Up to 16” Range...... 01-7000-202 Extra Label for ASR-110..............

..................................................................................... +24 VDC nom.................................................................. 01-7000-229 .....8 cm T) ASR-136: ............................... Indoor/Outdoor..................................................................................... They are ideal for parking lot.............................................................. (315 g......................... 125 kHz (excitation) 62....................... Range Bidirectional Reader....................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-230 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................ take advantage of their bidirectional (equally from both sides) read capability......................160 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-124 & ASR-136 Extended Range Proximity Readers Description The Motorola Indala ASR-124 and ASR-136 Extended Range Proximity Readers are designed for applications where a longer read range adds to the convenience of the system...................................................... Sand Beige LED Type: ......... audio tone and three-color status LED............................................................................................................. -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ......... making the reader both vandal and weather resistant.. 24VDC............6 cm H x 14..................................................................................... (3.............................................................................................................. 4........... (1......... 36” H x 8” W x 1............................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor.................. RS-232................... 24VDC.......................................................................... providing both access and egress from a single reader..................................................................... Gray w/Blk Trim............................................................................5” T (91.... Specifications General: Color: ASR-124/ASR-136: ................................5” T (91...........6 cm W x 3.................3 cm W x 3.................... such as concealment behind or imbedding in thick building materials.................................................................................................................. Standard............... 24VDC...... 37 Bit (ASR-124) Ext........................................................................... Read Range: ASR-124: ........................... up to 28” (70 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: ASR-124: ................................................ 01-7000-096 ...... Up to 28” Range.... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................................................8” T (11...................................... (24 to 28 VDC) at reader Max.................................................. 7............................ 11...6 cm T) Weight: ASR-124: ............. Indoor/Outdoor...................... 01-7000-095 ....................................................................................... the Extended Range Readers include many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback............................................................... Gray w/Blk Trim....................... 36” H x 16” W x 1............................... The Extended Range Readers can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats......96 kg.................................................................................4 cm H x 40......................... The gray antenna is sealed and separated from the remote electronics....................................... Gray w/Black Trim ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .5” H x 5....33 oz............................................................... 264 mA @ 28 VDC Maximum: ............................................... Range Bidirectional Reader....... up to 24” (60 cm) using ASC-121T ASR-136: ........5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ... Gray w/Blk Trim.. 4..................................................................................) Transmit Frequency: ......................................................4 cm H x 20...................................... handicap (ADA requirement) and “hands free” access................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor................ making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place...... Up to 28” Range..................................... The two-piece Extended Range Readers (ASR-124 or ASR 136 Reader and ARE-142 Remote Electronics) operate from 24 to 28 VDC and deliver read ranges up to 28” (70 cm) for the ASR-136 and up to 24” for the ASR-124............................. ...................... 37 Bit (ASR-136) Ext.....................5 kg.......0 cm W x 4........ Additionally...................................................................... SelfTest™ for installation assistance.............................................. independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Ordering Information Item Ext................. RS-422 Current Draw: Nominal: ................................................... 94 ms Audio Tone: ..................... Range Bidirectional Reader.........................................................................................1 oz............................................ 24VDC............... 26 Bit (ASR-124) Ext... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ASR-124/ASR-136: ........................ ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe... Wiegand............ Other applications.......... all are field-configurable via the use of option cards.......................................................) ASR-136: ...................................) ARE-142 Remote Electronics:: ................................................................................. Gray w/Blk Trim.............. Up to 24” Range...................................................6 oz........................ Up to 24” Range.............................................................................8 cm T) ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ........................................................ 26 Bit (ASR-136) Part # ............................................................... -32 to 122°F (-0 to 50°C) Output: ......................... 266 mA @ 28 VDC Input Voltage: ..............6” W x 1........... Range Bidirectional Reader..................

............... 26 Bit (ASR-603) ...................................... Black.................................. 01-7000-232 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........... 65 mA @ 12 VDC....................................... 4-16 VDC............................... 4-16 VDC.............................................. Door Frame.................. Door Frame............................................................................................................................................................................................ Beige........................................................................................... The SecureProx I provides a read range up to 5” (12..................................................... up to 5” (12.............................. and three-color status LED........................................................................ 01-7000-172 SecureProx I Reader.......8 cm H x 3..................................CARDS & READERS 161 Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-603 SecureProx™ I Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-603 SecureProx I Reader is the next generation of ASP Readers................................7 cm) and is designed to mount on metal door frames (mullions).....................85” T (11................... Wiegand. 94 ms Audio Tone: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ Read Range: ........... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats Ordering Information Item Part # SecureProx I Reader.........................................................................................................................................5” H x 1......... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader................................................................... Up to 5” Read Range.. Indoor/Outdoor..........................................72” T (10..............5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): .............................................................................................. 96 mA @ 12 VDC....................................................... Indoor/Outdoor....................... the SecureProx I includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback........ 26 Bit (ASR-603) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation) 62.. 4-16 VDC....... Standard. Up to 5” Read Range.........) Transmit Frequency: ......................................... 4......... allowing the bezels to be snapped on interchangeably......................................... making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place.................... 4........................................... making it both vandal proof and weather resistant............................ the SecureProx I Reader offers a sleek and contemporary styling...70” W x 0................. SelfTest™ for installation assistance..................... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw: Off Metal: ............................................. The SecureProx I can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats...8 cm W x 1........ All are field-configurable via the use of option cards....................................................................................................... Up to 5” Read Range............... 86 mA @ 12 VDC........... Indoor/Outdoor...... 01-7000-231 SecureProx I Reader....................................................... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: .... The SecureProx I shares the same potted electronics module with the SecureProx II (wall switch)................ 37 Bit (ASR-603) ....................... Beige LED Type: . Black..................8 cm T) Weight: ..................... 4-16 VDC............. 97 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ........... Up to 5” Read Range......... Smaller than its predecessors...............................................42 cm H x 4...................... Specifications General: Colors: .......... 4 to 16 VDC at reader Max................................................................................. The reader’s electronics module is completely enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting.............................................................................................. 37 Bit (ASR-603) ................................................................ Black......27” H x 1.......................................................16 cm T) Electronics Module: .......... Door Frame...37 cm W x 2.................................................7 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: Bezel: ......................................................................... Door Frame................... Beige........................................ 100 mA @ 5 VDC Input Voltage: ....................... 01-7000-171 SecureProx I Reader.......................................... Indoor/Outdoor........................................................51” W x ... 86 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: ................... Additionally.......... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................................................ independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Compatibility: ............................................ (142 g............... 5 oz......................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: ..

........ 4-16 VDC... The SecureProx II shares the same potted electronics module with the SecureProx I (mullion)................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62..................................................... All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.. 96 mA @ 12 VDC......................42 cm H x 7...................................... Door Frame............. Up to 5” Read Range............ 37 Bit (ASR-605) ................................... the SecureProx II includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback....................................... 01-7000-174 SecureProx II Reader................. Door Frame....................................................................... 4............) Transmit Frequency: .... Black..... The reader’s electronics module is completely enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting.................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ............................................................................ Beige LED Type: ..............................................................8 cm H x 3................... 64 mA @ 12 VDC........................................................................................................8 cm W x 1.................................... Indoor/Outdoor.. 4-16 VDC.......... Indoor/Outdoor........... Indoor/Outdoor......................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..... 01-7000-173 SecureProx II Reader............. Black................... 4....7 cm) and is designed to mount on a wall (wall switch)......................5” H x 2....................................16 cm T) Electronics Module: ............................................................................................. The SecureProx II offers a sleek and contemporary styling....................................... 4-16 VDC......... (142 g............................................................................. Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats Ordering Information Item Part # SecureProx II Reader............ -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: ...........................................162 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-605 SecureProx™ II Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-605 SecureProx II Reader is the next generation of ASP Readers................... Up to 5” Read Range.......................7 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: Bezel: ...................................................................... Beige.......................... allowing the bezels to be snapped on interchangeably............. 100 mA @ 5 VDC Input Voltage: .................................................................................99” W x 0............. ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe............................................................................................................................... The SecureProx II provides a read range up to 5” (12................................................................................. making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place........ Specifications General: Colors: ................... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader................ Up to 5” Read Range.............85” T (11........597 cm W x 2........................... The SecureProx II can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats............................................................................................................ RS-232 Current Draw: Off Metal: ........................... 26 Bit (ASR-605) ............................................ Door Frame............ independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Compatibility: .................. 26 Bit (ASR-605) ..............51” W x ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4 to 16 VDC at reader Max.... Up to 5” Read Range...................................................... 4-16 VDC....................................... 96 mA @ 12 VDC........ Read Range: ........... up to 5” (12........................................................................... Wiegand................................................................................... 5 oz..................................... SelfTest™ for installation assistance..................... Additionally....................... Indoor/Outdoor............................................................................... 97 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ...... 86 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: .............................................................................................................................5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): .......... Black.....................27” H x 1............................................................................8 cm T) Weight: .. Door Frame................. 94 ms Audio Tone: .................. 37 Bit (ASR-605) ....................................................... 01-7000-235 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................... Standard.............72” T (10.. making it both vandal proof and weather resistant. and threecolor status LED.... Beige......................................... 01-7000-219 SecureProx II Reader................

........................................ Max 12” Range.............................. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards............................. 26 Bit (ASR-610) .......................................... 82 mA @ 5 VDC Input Voltage: ........................ 12” Range............................... Max... 4 to 14 VDC at reader Max.... Specifications General: Colors: .. Black.................................. Wiegand................................................................................. 4-14VDC........ Additionally.........54 cm T) Weight: ... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ..........6oz... Beige..... 01-7000-201 Masterprox Reader........................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...........................5 cm) and is designed to mount on a single or double metal gang junction box.............. Read Range: ..... 65 mA @ 5 VDC Maximum: ............ Black.........................................................................................................................................5 kHz (return) Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................. 4-14VDC........................................... (352............................. The MasterProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats..................................................... 4-14VDC......................................................................................................................................................................... 12” Range........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 140 mA @ 12 VDC............................................... In/Outdoor........... 26 Bit (ASR-610) ................................................... 4-14VDC.......................1” T (12..................... Max 12” Range................................. The reader’s electronics are completely enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting.. making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place.................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-218 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................... Black.............................................. WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader............................................................... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats Ordering Information Item Part # Masterprox Reader..........49 cm W x 2.... up to 12” (30................ 37 Bit (ASR-610) ............ 12...................... Beige LED Type: ..... In/Outdoor..... making it both vandal proof and weather resistant....................................................................................................................................... 117 mA @ 12 VDC...........................................1” W x 1.................................................................................. 70 mA @ 5 VDC On Metal: ......................................... independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Compatibility: ..................................................................................................................................................................CARDS & READERS 163 Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-610 MasterProx™ Proximity Reader Description The Motorola Indala ASR-610 MasterProx Proximity Reader is the next generation of ASP Readers................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation) 62............................... and three-color status LED... the MasterProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback................................................................................................ In/Outdoor.................................... SelfTest™ for installation assistance...........8 g.......................................................... 5.......................... The MasterProx provides a read range up to 12” (30..... as well as any flat surface (including metal).......................................................................... 01-7000-220 Masterprox Reader...................95 cm H x 15......................................... Max.......................................................5 cm) using ASC-121T Dimensions: ... RS-232 Current Draw: Off Metal: .................................................................................1” H x 6. -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: ............................................................... Standard............... Beige................................72 cm) Transmit Frequency: ........ 37 Bit (ASR-610) ............................. ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe............................................................................................................................. 94 ms Audio Tone: .................................. 01-7000-200 Masterprox Reader................................................................. 111 mA @ 12 VDC...................... 18” (45.... In/Outdoor..) Cable Length: ..............................................................................................................

................................. independently controlled (not tied to LED function) Compatibility: ....... Black LED Type: ................................................8” T (28........................................ 12 to 24 VDC Max................6 cm T) Weight: ............................ Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ................................... WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader...................................................................... 26 Bit (ASR-620) ............................... Other applications.......................................................................................................... 125 kHz............................... 750 mA/900 mA Input Voltage: ......................................... Oversize.......45 kg) Transmit Frequency: ........................................................ take advantage of the PowerProx’s bidirectional (equally from both sides) read capability.................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............. Read Range: . The single piece PowerProx provides a read range up to 28” (71 cm).................... providing both access and egress from a single reader................................................................................................................ up to 28 (71 cm) Dimensions: ..................... making it both vandal proof and weather resistant................................................................................ making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place......0A/1........................................... SelfTest™ for installation assistance................................................................................................................ -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C) Output: .............................................................................................................. 01-7000-224 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.......................... such as concealment behind or within thick building materials.................... 3...................................................................................2” H x 11................................................................................................................................ 133 kHz (excitation).................................164 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity Readers ASR-620 PowerProx™ Proximity Reader NEW! Description The Motorola Indala ASR-620 PowerProx Proximity Reader is the next generation of ASP Readers.......... (1....................... the MasterProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback............................................................................ Additionally..................................2A Nominal/Maximum at 24 VDC: ................. 01-7000-223 PowerProx Reader...............2” W x 1..........................................................................4 cm H x 28.............................................................. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards..... Max 28” Range................... The reader’s electronics are completely enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting.............................................................. manually selectable Reading Time (26 bit): .............. Standard......................................................................................................... In/Outdoor....................................................................2 lbs.............. 117 kHz................................................................................... Black....................................................................... and three-color status LED............................................................................................ Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats Ordering Information Item Part # PowerProx Reader........................................ ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe Current Draw: Nominal/Maximum at 12 VDC: ....................................................................... The PowerProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats.................................. 94 ms Audio Tone: ............. Wiegand.............................................................................................................. 37 Bit (ASR-620) ................ 11.................................................................................... Max 28” Range....................... Specifications General: Colors: ................................... the PowerProx is ideal for parking lot and physically challenged (ADA requirement) access applications.. 1............................................................................... In/Outdoor....4 cm W x 4.............. Designed for applications where maximum read range contributes to the convenience of the system.................................................................... Black................

.................................. Up to 4” (10........................... One Color ASC-121T Card (w/Horizontal slot) Two Color ASC-121T Card (w/Horizontal slot) One Time Tooling Charges......... ASC-121T ASR-603: ............................................................. Flexible and light enough to be carried in a purse or wallet................................................ 01-7001-100 Custom Artwork Cards Minimum order quantity for custom artwork cards is 500............................. Wiegand................................... 3.................................................. Allow an additional 3-4 weeks for delivery.....................................................................2 cm) ARK-500: .... the card offers an optional horizontal slot punch making it easy to wear with a badge clip on clothing or a necklace.................................................................... Custom color graphics option available on ASC-121T with customer-supplied artwork ID Marking: ..................6 cm) ASR-136: ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................8 cm) ASR-120: ................. Specifications General: Coding: ........................................................................................................... and a thickness of . 01-7001-135 ASC-121TH LifeTime Proximity Card.......................... no gaps...................................................................................... Vertical Slot.................................................................................... horizontal optional Bit Range Format: ............................................................................... Up to 5” (12........................................... Horizontal Slot....7 cm) ASR-610: .................................. ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe......................................... 01-7001-136 Photo ID Adhesive Back Pack w/Photo Flap for Sony Video Printers................. The card can also accept photo flap and direct print adhesivebacked ID badge overlays....... As standard....................... 0............................13” x 0.................................................................................................................... and serial data formats.......... the bit format of the cards and the reader must be identical...... Up to 12” (30........................................................ 01-7001-092* ASC-121TH LifeTime Proximity Card..8 mm)........... Up to 7” (17.........2 cm) ASR-505: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... exact facility code and ID numbers standard.............................................................................................................................................................................. -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) Card Construction: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 37 Bit................ Up to 4” (10..... prepared by a commercial graphic artist............. Indala delivers the number sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under or over-runs............................................................................................... Customer must provide CAMERA READY artwork.............................................. w/Vertical Slot (for ASC-121T Cards) ....... ABS Plastic......2 cm) ARK-501: .................................................... features beveled edges.. Up to 4” (10........ Infinity Format (37 bit)....... 26 bit Ordering Information Item Part # ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card Light Gray.......................... offset or random numbers (optional) Slot Punch: ........ Up to 16” (40............................................................................8 mm) Weight: ..................................................... Cards are permanently marked with encoded.. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................................... Light Gray Graphics: ..........CARDS & READERS 165 Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Cards ASC-121T LifeTime™ Proximity Card Description The Motorola Indala ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card is made of a durable plastic............................... 01-7001-134 ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card Light Gray............................................................................. no over-runs Dimensions: ...............065 (86 mm x 54 mm x 1................................. Per Color....................................................................................................... Per Side NOTE: With Motorola Indala products.................................................4 oz.......................................................... Up to 28” (71 cm) Temperature: .............................. magnetic stripe.................................................................................................. Up to 4” (10... Call Order Entry for instructions and mechanical card specifications.5 cm) ASR-503: ............................................................................................................................... Vertical Slot....... Light Gray.............................................................................................................................................................. Light Gray............................................ Horizontal Slot...............................065" (1.............. and is designed to withstand the rigors of the access control environment................... including PMS color(s) selection...........7 cm) ASR-605: ........................ (12 g) Read Range: .............................. 37 Bit ................. 26 Bit... making it one of the thinnest proximity cards of its kind available................ It can be used interchangeably with other Indala ASP credentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers............... Up to 5” (12................................................ Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information............................................................................................................................................................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............. Vertical standard................................................................... The card can accept custom color graphics and can be printed with the actual encoded ID number or a random serial number........................................................................2 cm) ASR-110: ............................ The ASC-121T is “credit card” size...................................................38” x 2......................................................................................................................................... The ASC-121T can be encoded with Wiegand................................................................................................................................................. 26 Bit ......................................................

............ making building access fast and convenient............. Up to 2” (5............................ 01-7001-094 ASK-116T Proximity Key Tag............................................................ Up to 2” (5...................................................2” x 1.............2 cm) ASR-503: .......................5 cm) Temperature: .................................. 01-7001-224 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....................................................1 cm) ARK-501: ................................................................................................................................... exact facility code and ID numbers standard.............................. Specifications General: Coding: .......4 cm) ASR-605: ..................................... The ASK-116T is molded of durable plastic designed to withstand the rigors of the access control environment.............................................................................................................................................. ABS Plastic................................................................ 26 bit Ordering Information Item Part # ASK-116T Proximity Key Tag........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Up to 2.......................................2” x 0...............................................................................................................................................................36 oz...4 cm) ASR-136: ...................... Up to 8” (20................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (9...................... ASK-116T ASR-603: ............................................... Indala delivers the number sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under......... 37 Bit ................................................................... The ProxTag can be encoded with Wiegand........................................................................... It can be used interchangeably with other Indala ASP credentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers......................... As standard................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . Up to 2” (5....................................... Light Gray......... Up to 14” (35.................................................. With an ergonomic shape....................................................................... as well as the attachment of adhesive stickers...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9 g) Read Range: ......................... magnetic stripe...................................................................................5” (6...........2 cm) ASR-120: .. Up to 4” (10........................................................................ and serial data formats........................ offset or random numbers (optional) Bit Range Format: ................................................................ the ASK-116T is a light gray color that supports the printing of ID numbers or logos.. 26 Bit ...... Light Gray..............................1 cm) ARK-500: ............26 (56 mm x 32 mm x 7 mm) Weight: ......................1 cm) ASR-110: ................4 cm) ASR-610: .................................................. Wiegand................................. 0.......................................... in two locations..... Light Gray ID Marking: .. Infinity Format (37 bit).. -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) Card Construction: .................... Up to 6” (15.................... no over-runs Dimensions: ...... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe................................................. no gaps.......... Up to 2” (5.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................166 CARDS & READERS Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Cards ASK-116T ProxTag™ Proximity Key Tag Description The Motorola Indala ASK-116T ProxTag Proximity Key Tag is designed to be carried with a user’s keys............................................................ 2......5” (6...............................1 cm) ASR-505: ............................................................................................or over-runs........................................................................................................ Up to 2.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Cards are permanently marked with encoded.................................................................................................................... The tag contains a hole with a brass eyelet for attachment to any key ring or chain..................................... The ASK-116T’s unique design allows it to be carried with the user’s keys...

.. Optional vertical and/or horizontal.................................................................6 cm) ASR-136: ............................................................................................................................................................. White glossy front standard Finish Back: ....................................................................................................................750 oe) Finish Front: ................................. date code............................................................................................................................... White glossy back with slot-punch indicators standard Custom Graphics: ..............7 cm) ASR-610: ......................... Up to 4” (10............... Wiegand............................................. Locations indicated on card standard Magnetic Stripe: ................. Includes P/N code....................................................................................76 mm) Weight: ............................................... Up to 5” (12...76 mm).................... the cards are delivered in the number sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under..... PVC Slot Punch: ...................... no gaps............................................................... ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe...................... 0........................ Up to 28” (71 cm) Material: .......................................... It can be used interchangeably with other ASP or ASP+ credentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers..................................... It can also be slot-punched either vertically or horizontally.............................38” x 2................................................................................................................................................................5 cm) ASR-503: .............................................. Up to 4” (10............. The ISO-30 card is small enough to carry in a wallet.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................2 cm) ARK-500: .......... The ISO-30 card also allows a customer who is using magnetic stripe at multiple sites to upgrade to proximity and still use a single card........................................................................................ Up to 12” (30.............................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................................................................................................................................................12” x 0..................... exact facility code and ID numbers standard.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................7 cm) ASR-605: ................... 26 bit Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................ and serial data formats......or over-runs.......................................................................................................... Wiegand...................................................................... Available on both front and back sides with customer supplied artwork Permanent Marking: .............................. ISO-30 ASR-603: ............................. ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe........................ Infinity Format (37 bit)...................................................... Up to 7” (17..................................................................................... Up to 5” (12.................2 cm) ASR-110: ........................................................................................................2 cm) ASR-505: .. and fuel dispensing....................................................................................... 3... with no gaps or over-runs Bit Range Format: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... copy machines...........................................................................................................................................................20 oz..................................................and-attendance or job costing...................................CARDS & READERS 167 Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Cards ISO-30+ Image30™ Proximity Card Description The Motorola Indala ASP ISO-30+ Proximity Card is a “credit card” thin access credential.................................................03” (0.......................... that is ISO 7813 compliant with a nominal thickness of 0...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Specifications General: Coding: ..................... Digital photographs and graphics can be printed directly over the IS0-30’s entire front surface by using a dye-sublimation printer.............8 cm) ASR-120: ....... Exact coding standard....................................................................2 cm) ARK-501: ..................................... The ISO-30 card can be programmed in the factory with Wiegand...... Up to 4” (10.................................................................................................... In addition to functioning as a proximity card for access control.................... no over-runs Dimensions: ............................ it’s available with a magnetic stripe for use with other systems such as cafeteria vending............ When ordered from the factory.................... Its ability to contain multiple ID technologies in a single credential makes the ISO-30 one of the most versatile proximity cards on the market today.................................................. (6 g) Read Range: ................................................ Up to 4” (10............... Bar codes can be imaged onto the card for systems tracking time...................................................................... and ID numbering matching internal ID Coding: ......................................03 (86 mm x 54 mm x 0......................................................................................................... magnetic stripe.................................. Up to 16” (40......................................................................................... Embedded 3-track high coercivity (2......................................... making it easy to wear as a standard photo ID...................................

. 26 Bit .... No Slot. Hot Stamp........ 01-7001-167 ISO-30 ProxCard...... Hot Stamp. including PMS color(s) selection.. Hot Stamp....... Hot Stamp. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.. Hot Stamp.. 01-7001-227 Custom Artwork Cards Minimum order quantity for custom artwork cards is 500.. Indala Logo.... Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging)........ 37 Bit .... No Slot. 01-7001-191 ISO. 01-7001-188 ISO-30 ProxCard......... Glossy Front & Back. No Slot (for Video Imaging).... prepared by a commercial graphic artist.... Hot Stamp.....168 CARDS & READERS Ordering Information Item Part # ISO-30 ProxCard...... No Slot. 26 Bit .. 37 Bit ... One Color ISO-30 Card (w/Horizontal slot) Two Color ISO-30 Card (w/Horizontal slot) One Time Tooling Charges....... Glossy Front & Back.... 37 Bit ................ 37 Bit ..... Indala Logo...... 01-7001-226 ISO-30 ProxCard. Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.. Glossy Front & Back.. Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging). 26 Bit .... No Slot (for Video Imaging).......... 01-7001-225 ISO-30 ProxCard. Per Side NOTE: With Motorola Indala products..... Glossy Front & Back. Glossy Front & Back. Glossy Front & Back... Hot Stamp......... Indala Logo............. Customer must provide CAMERA READY artwork.. No Logo. Per Color.... Call Order Entry for instructions and mechanical card specifications..... No Logo...... 01-7001-168 ISO-30 ProxCard.. the bit format of the cards and the reader must be identical......... Glossy Front & Back... 01-7001-189 ISO-30 ProxCard... Hot Stamp.. No Logo.............. Glossy Front & Back..... No Slot (for Video Imaging).... No Logo. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .. Indala Logo.... Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging)........ Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging)..... No Slot...30 ProxCard..... No Slot (for Video Imaging).... Allow an additional 3-4 weeks for delivery.. 26 Bit ..

................ 4” (102 mm) Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................................................................................................................. Off-White .......................................... ZP-P-300-W Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................................................................................................. Lifetime Ordering Information Item Part # P-300 Cascade Proximity Reader.................. Mullion Mount................................0” long x 1........................................................................... 80 mA typ.......................................................................................................................... 2.............................. Read Range: ..................................................CARDS & READERS 169 Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Readers P-300 Cascade Reader NEW! Description Keri Systems P-300 may be the world’s smallest single piece proximity reader at only 3... It is designed to be mounted on a standard metal door or window frame (mullion) and can be mounted on any metal or non-metal surface without loss of read range............................................................................5” W x 0.............. Input Voltage: ................................... Standard Warranty: .................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation) Audio Tone: ............................0” H x 1....................................................................................5” wide x 0............................. Black ................................................................................................................................................. Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: .............................................................................................49” T (76 mm H x 38 mm W x 12 mm T) Weight: ............................................... (74 g..................................................................................... ZP-P-300-B P-300 Cascade Proximity Reader...................................49” thick (76 mm x 38 mm x 12 mm)........................................................................... Specifications General: Colors: .............) Transmit Frequency: .................................................. Single Piece.. Single Piece.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 oz............................................................................................................................................. 5 to 14 VDC Max........................................... Mullion Mount.............................................................................................................. Black LED Type: .................................... Read range is up to 4” (102 mm)....................................................................................................................................................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C) Current Draw: .............. Off-White............................................................................................................. 3.

.....................................................................................................................................................................5” (13 mm) off metal.............................................38” T (114 mm H x 76 mm W x 10 mm T) Weight: ............................................................................... (91 g....... Single Piece...............S.......................................................................................0” W x 0.......................................................................................... Single Piece........................................................................................................................................ Read Range: .......................................................................... ZP-P-500-B P-500 Alps Proximity Reader................. Standard Warranty: ................................ 80 mA typ.......... Its thin.....................................38” thick (114 mm x 76 mm x 10 mm)..................................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................................... Wall Switch..................................................................... Specifications General: Colors: ......................................5” (13 mm) stand off is standard with each reader....... The P-500 is designed to be mounted on a standard metal door or window frame (mullion) and can be mounted on any metal or non-metal surface without loss of read range..............................................0” wide x 0................................................................... 5 to 14 VDC Max.. -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C) Current Draw: ................................) Transmit Frequency: ............................................................... Its size is 4.............. Read range is up to 5” (127 mm) when mounted at least 0.............................. 5 (127 mm) Dimensions: .........................5” H x 3....................................................................... Off-White ............................ single gang electrical box....... ZP-P-500-W Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...........................................................................................................5” long x 3....... Black LED Type: .......................................................................................................................... A 0..................................................... 4..................................................................................................................... sleek profile makes it a much more attractive device to install in the workplace than other readers........................ Input Voltage: ......................................................................................................................................................2 oz..................... Red/Green/Amber Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................ 3................................................ 125 kHz (excitation) Audio Tone: ......................... Wall Switch.............. Lifetime Ordering Information Item Part # P-500 Alps Proximity Reader................................................................................................................................................. Off-White...................................... Black ................................170 CARDS & READERS Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Readers P-500 Alps Reader NEW! Description Keri Systems P-500 is a single piece proximity reader that can be mounted on a flat surface or affixed to a standard U......................................................

... Lifetime Ordering Information Item Part # PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card................................ The cards are sequentially encoded................... up to 5” (127 mm) Operating Temperature: ............................................................................. They can be used interchangeably with Keri’s MultiTechnology Cards or Key Ring Tags on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or format matching of readers............................................................................................................................................... Use PVC-9 Dye Sublimation Overlay Formats: .......................................................................................5 mm T) Weight: ........................................................................................... Specifications General: Colors: ......... 26 bit Warranty: ...................................................................................................................................... The PSC-1 cards are for use with Keri’s new Pyramid Series Proximity Readers............................................................................................8 g..................................... Dye Sublimation Printable (for use w/PSC-1 Card) ........................................................... the Standard Card is recommended over the MultiTechnology Card whenever possible because of its lower cost and lifetime warranty........................................................ ZP-PSC-1-37B PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card............................................................................................................................. Card ID numbers are permanently marked on the card......................................................................................... (8............................................................. up to 4” (102 mm) P-500: ..................................... 0.............................. ABS Frequency: ....................................................................................................... PSC-1 P-300: ..................................................CARDS & READERS 171 Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Cards PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card NEW! Description Keri Systems PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card provides maximum read range performance in a package considerably thinner than other “clamshell” proximity cards........................ They are manufactured with a vertical hanging slot punch.................................... 125 kHz Excitation Humidity: .............. Unless the user requires the combination of mag stripe and proximity........ Off-White Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................................................... ZP-PSC-1-26B PVC-9 PVC Adhesive Overlay.......................................................................................................................................................................) Material: ... 0 to 95%..................................059” T (86 mm L x 55 mm W x 1............................................................................................. 37 bit ..................................................................................................................................................................... and can be programmed in any custom Wiegand format as well as standard 26 bit..... It can be easily carried in a wallet or purse or worn on clothing with a clip or necklace......... Infinity Format (37 bit)... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C) Dimensions: ................................................................................................. all with exact number sequences................................................................................................................................................................................... ZP-PVC-9 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..........31 oz................................................................... 3.................... non-condensing Dye Sublimation Printing: ..........................................................................................................................................................................150” W x 0........................................................................................................... It can accept standard imageable PVC labels from a multitude of vendors for graphics customization and photo ID............................................................................................................................... 26 bit .............................................................................375” L x 2...................

172 CARDS & READERS Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

...................................... 125 kHz Excitation Humidity: ................................................ 37 Bit .......... The cards can be ordered with or without a high coercivity magnetic stripe............................................... They are also useful for customers who may have a proximity-based access control system at one site and a mag stripe-based system at other locations........................................................ ISO Thin.................. non-condensing Formats: ... The PSM-2 cards are sequentially encoded..... Image III Atlantek ................................. Each card is marked with the ID number and a date code.................................... (5....................................................................5 g............................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .. 0 to 95%........... Model 85 Sandia Imaging Systems ............................................ -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C) Dimensions: ...................... 26 Bit .................................................. 26 bit Warranty: .031” T (86 mm L x 55 mm W x 0........... PSM-2 P-300: ...................................................................................................................................................... They are for use with Keri’s new Pyramid Series Proximity Readers............................................................ up to 4” (102 mm) Operating Temperature: .. Keri systems has tested its cards with most printer manufacturers’ products and has compiled the below listing of recommended printers..... bar code....... 300Plus........ ZP-PSM-2S-37B PSM-2P Multi-Technology Proximity Card.... White Read Range: ........... 3.......................... which is useful if there are other types of systems in use that are mag stripe-based................................................CARDS & READERS 173 Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Cards PSM-2 MultiTechnology Card NEW! Description Keri Systems PSM-2 MultiTechnology Card allows the user to combine several identification technologies in a single............................................................ To ensure the best quality print..................................................................................................................................................................150” W x 0........................................ and can be programmed in any custom format as well as standard 26 bit................................................................................. ISO Thin... They can be used interchangeably with Keri’s Light Proximity Cards and Key Tags on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or format matching..................................................................................................................... One Year Ordering Information Item Part # PSM-2P Multi-Technology Proximity Card...................................................................................... ISO Thin................................375” L x 2....... 26 Bit ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Dye Sublimation Printable.. up to 3” (76 mm) P-500: ........ The PSM-2 can accept a direct print video image............................................................................................. All Models Specifications General: Colors: .............. such as cafeteria vending............................................................................................................................................ ISO Thin................................. Dye Sublimation Printable.................................................... from most industry standard dye sublimation printers........... ZP-PSM-2S-26B Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover... 37 Bit ....................................... Image Express............................................................................................................ ZP-PSM-2P-26B PSM-2S Multi-Technology Proximity Card........................... 3-Track Mag Stripe....8 mm T) Weight: ..............................19 oz................................... 0............................................................................................................................ Dye Sublimation Printable............................ Turbo Datacard Corporation ...................................... to create a custom access credential............................................ allowing the user to carry a single card.. • • • • Ultra Electronics Magicard Systems .............. Models 300....................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit).... 3-Track Mag Stripe............................. PVC with a printable matte finish Frequency: ..................................................... and other user graphics.......................) Material: ................. ZP-PSM-2P-37B PSM-2S Multi-Technology Proximity Card........... typically a photograph............................................. credit card thin credential......................................................................................................................................................................... Dye Sublimation Printable........

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .174 CARDS & READERS Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

......................................................................................... The PSK-3 Key Tags are sequentially encoded............................................ and can be programmed in any custom Wiegand format as well as standard 26 bit... 37 Bit ..............5 g.......... up to 3” (76 mm) Operating Temperature: ......................................................... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C) Dimensions: ............. ZP-PSK-3-26B Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................................................................................................... and extremely durable package......................................................................... 1............. Includes Brass Eyelet............ Gray Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................ Lifetime Ordering Information Item Part # PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag.............................................................) Material: ................................................................................................ 0................................................................................................................... 125 kHz Excitation Humidity: ............... non-condensing Formats: ... up to 2” (51 mm) P-500: ...............................................51” L x 1............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................................. PSK-3 P-300: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26 bit Warranty: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit)..................................................... ABS........... Specifications General: Colors: ..............................................................196” T (38 mm L x 29 mm W x 5 mm T) Weight: ........................................................................................................15” W x 0...................................................................................... includes brass eyelet Frequency: ......................... Includes Brass Eyelet....................................................................................... The tag is equipped with a brass eyelet for attachment to a key ring that ensures the neck of the tag will not break during the life of the system......................................................................... (4.............................................................. ergonomic..................................................................................................16 oz............................. ZP-PSK-3-37B PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag......................................................................... 26 Bit .......................................................................................................................................... They can be used interchangeably with Keri’s Proximity Cards on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or format matching..................................................... They are for use with Keri’s Pyramid Series Proximity Readers.................... Each tag is marked with the ID number and a date code.................................. 0 to 100%.............................................................................................................................................................................................................CARDS & READERS 175 Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Cards PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag NEW! Description Keri Systems PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag provides user convenience in a small.......................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .176 CARDS & READERS Dimensional Drawings Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

......000 wear cycles..................................................................................... 01-7000-137 Model WP644 Heater Bar (Unistalled. Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cable WP644: ........ 01-7000-180 Read Head Replacement Kit for Pass-Through Reader (Model 644) .................................. Withstands 20............................... FCC Part 15...........75” x 1............................................... Black...................................................................................... FCC Part 15.......... 200’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... door mullion........................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................................... w/Heater Bar Option (Model WP644) ........................................................................................................ Specifications General: Card Format: ..............762 mm + ............ -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operating Humidity: ................................ Track 1 and Track 2..........................07 mm thick) Card Speed: ............................................... Indoor w/Pigtail (Model 644) ..... Class A............................................................................................................................ White..................................................................................................................................................................................... Amber and flashing red as options Material: ................................... Terminal Blocks (Model 644) .................................................... and are available with a black or white case.....................................Terminal Blocks (Model 644) . UL 294 Pending Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor (Model WP644) ................................................................................ 8” pig-tail cable Cable: .....030” + ............... 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wires Power: .......................... w/Connector................000 volts LED: .....................................up to 37 digits........................... Single-width handy box.................75 to 5........ ............. 01-7000-179 Weatherized Pass-Through Reader.................................... Indoor only WP644: ..................69” (178 mm x 70 mm x 43 mm) Connections: 644: .................................................................................................................... Indoor.......75v) Mounting: ................................. 01-7000-064 Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader...................................................................................... EMPI .............................. 5 to 95%......................... ANSI ......................................................................................................................... 01-7000-177 Weatherized Pass-Through Reader....... 8 to 50 inches per second Output Format: ...........................................................5 volts (regulated 4................................................................................................................................................................................... GE Lexan (polycarbonate) in white or black Temperature: .............................. 7..................................................000 hours Error Rate: ............................... 2 x 10-6 false accept Static Discharge: ......... 26/34 bit Wiegand.. A bi-color LED winks to confirm that a card has been read................................................. Class B.......... Indoor...................................................................... One simple motion through the card slot reads a card............................................... White........................... 01-7000-178 Weatherized Pass-Through Reader........................................................................................................................................................................ 01-7000-065 Pass-Through Reader............................. .. 6..White.......................................................... 250........................... Black........................... MTBF 22.................................................................................. then changes color when the door unlocks............................. White................................49” (152 mm x 38 mm x 43 mm) w/Adaptor Plate: . Indoor/Outdoor (Model WP644) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Indoor/Outdoor Ordering Information Item Part # Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader................................. 1ms per bit Approvals: 644: ........................... or vertical surface Lifetime: .................................................... non-condensing Environment: 644: .........................................................................................00” x 1................................. CE......................... Red/Green............................................................. ....................................................................................................... 01-7000-185 Weatherized Pass-Through Reader...................................................................................... UL 294 Access Control WP644: .................................................... ........................05 false reject........................................................................................CARDS & READERS 177 Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers 644 & WP 644 Pass-Through Readers Description The Dorado Systems 644 Pass-Through Readers combine ease-of-use with installation flexibility...........5 digits Card Size: ....... w/Heater Bar Option (Model WP644) .....003” thick (....................................................... high or low coercivity Digits Read: . w/Connector..... 01-7000-184 Pass-Through Reader.................................... ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cards Data Tracks: . Black................................................................ CE.............................................................................................................. Black................................................................................................... 01-7000-181 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................... 35 mA @ +5................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor.......................75” x 1.................................................................................................... for use w/Dorado Weatherproof Readers) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor.............. Indoor w/Pigtail (Model 644) .......... The readers mount simply on a wall or on a door mullion................................................................................................................................................................. clock and data Data Rate: ...........................................................................00” x 2...

...................................................56” x 3.................................................................................................................................................. 2 & 3......................... Specifications General: Card Format: ......................... Class A...........................5 volts (regulated 4.........................125” x 3...................................................................................... 1ms per bit Approvals: ... high or low coercivity Digits Read: .......................030” + ........................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor............................................................................................... Fully weatherproof Ordering Information Item Part # Insertion Magnetic Stripe Card Reader............. the reader is designed to be inconspicuous and blend in with any indoor decor or outdoor environment......................................................................................... EMPI ................... clock and data Data Rate: .......................... Single-width handy box...... or vertical surface Lifetime: ....................................................................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand..................................................................................003” (54...... ................................... UL 294 Access Control Dimensions: . keeping rain and snow out and discouraging vandalism.............................................................. 01-7000-062 Insertion Magnetic Stripe Card Reader........................................................................................................................07 mm) Card Speed: ................................... then changes color when the door unlocks...................................................375” x ................................. Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cable Cable: ......... Available with a black or white case...................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . MTBF 22.......... 4.......000 volts LED: ............................................................... Red/Green.....75 to 5.................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.......................................... Black..................................................................................................................14” (115 mm x 76 mm x 29 mm) Connections: ....................................0 mm x 85..762 mm + ......................................................................................... Amber and flashing red as options Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................... Cards insert upward at the bottom of the reader..... Indoor/Outdoor (Model 544) .............................. 5 to 30 inches per second Output Format: ........................................................................ White.... ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cards Data Tracks: .........................................................................................................5 digits Card Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................000 hours Error Rate: ........................................................................................................... Track 1............75v) Mounting: ............................ 200’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires............................................................................................7 mm x ...........................................................000 wear cycles.......... 01-7000-063 Read Head Replacement Kit for Insert Reader (Model 544) ................ CE........... FCC Part 15.........................up to 14 digits....... 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wires Power: ...............................178 CARDS & READERS Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers 544 Insertion Card Reader Description The Dorado 544 Insertion Card Reader combines high reading performance with low cost of ownership..................................................................................................................2............................... non-condensing Environment: .......... ANSI ..00” x 1......................... 250.................................. Withstands 20................................................................................................... door mullion......................................................................................................... 2 x 10-6 false accept Static Discharge: ..................................................... 5 to 95%........... ............................................................................................ A bi-color LED winks to confirm that a card has been read....................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-138 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................................05 false reject........................................................................................................................ GE Lexan (polycarbonate) in white or black Temperature: .................................................................................................. -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operating Humidity: ........................... Indoor/Outdoor (Model 544) ............................................................................................................................................................

................ CE Dimensions: ...................................25” x 5..................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............................................................................................................................................................ Withstands 20..........................................................................................5 volts (regulated 4.................................................... -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operating Humidity: ............................................. ...........................................................2.....................................................................................05 false reject.......... FCC Part 15......................................0 mm x 85.. EMPI ..........................75 to 5........ MTBF 22............................... 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wires Power: ............................... Specifications General: Card Format: ......................................................................................375” x .......... Class A........................................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand................................ 01-7000-120 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................762 mm + ...................................................... On rear of vertical surface with mounting studs Lifetime: ...........000 wear cycles...................................................................................................25” x 2................................................................................................................................................................................................................. No Faceplate................... Indoor/Outdoor..........................................003” (54.................................................... Cards insert horizontally into the reader for simple operation......................................................5 digits Card Size: ...........................................................................000 volts LED: ...................................................... non-condensing Environment: ........................................................................................................ Fully weatherproof Ordering Information Item Part # Elevator Magnetic Stripe Card Reader................................................. The card slot arrangement eliminates rain and snow problems while providing outdoor capabilities....................125” x 3......................... 200’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires......................... Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cable Cable: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................000 hours Error Rate: ..........................................................................................................up to 14 digits..... Indoor/Outdoor (Model 570) ........................................ 1ms per bit Approvals: ............................................................ in a gooseneck stand for vehicle entry or in many other custom enclosures............................................................................CARDS & READERS 179 Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers 570 Elevator Card Reader Description The Dorado 570 Elevator Card Reader combines high reading performance with a variety of mounting options. None displayed Material: ............. ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cards Data Tracks: ................................................................................................................................ The reader mounts flexibly behind an elevator cab faceplate.................................................................................................75” (57 mm x 133 mm x 70 mm) Connections: ............................................... 35 mA @ +5.. high or low coercivity Digits Read: ....... 5 to 30 inches per second Output Format: ......................75v) Mounting: ...................................................................................................... 5 to 95%..................................................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI .............................030” + .............................................................................................. clock and data Data Rate: ............................................................... Track 2..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Zinc plated steel and glass filled nylon Temperature: ........................07 mm) Card Speed: ............... 2......................... 250.......7 mm x .......................................... 2 x 10-6 false accept Static Discharge: ..

................................................................................... yet one simple motion through the card slot reads a card............................... Single-width handy box...................up to 37 digits........................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.......................................................................................... 1ms per bit Approvals: ........... Specifications General: Card Format: .......................................................................................................................................................................................030” + ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-136 Model 740/780 Read Head Replacement Kit ............................................. 26/34 bit Wiegand................ Their cast metal case resists vandalism and abuse....... The readers mount indoors or outdoors on a double-gang handy box...... UL 294 Access Control Dimensions: .................. Class A......................................................................... and a PIN keypad for increased security..............762 mm + ......................... Indoor/Outdoor (Model 740) ....................................................07 mm thick) Card Speed: ...........................05 false reject..................................... ..................125” x 6........................ FCC Part 15................................................................. .......................... Black.......... shrugging off exposure to the elements.................................................................. Indoor/Outdoor weather resistant.....................................................................................................................................000 hours Error Rate: .................. ...........003” thick (........................................................................................................5 volts (regulated 10......................................................................... The 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Card Reader is available with a keypad.............. at 5 volt signal levels Data Rate: ........................................................ 01-7000-139 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...... high or low coercivity Digits Read: ............................................................... non-condensing Environment: ..............0 v) Mounting: ................................................. This unit combines ease-of-use.............. ......................................................... Withstands 20........................................00” (130 mm x 171 mm x 76 mm) Connections: .................................... ................5 to 13.............................................................................................................................................................................75” x 3................... EMPI ................................................. 2 x 10-6 false accept Static Discharge: ...................................................................... CE............................................................................... double width handy box or vertical surface Lifetime: ................................................ 250........ when shielded from ice buildup Ordering Information Item Part # Ruggedized Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader................................................................................................................................................................000 volts LED: ....................................................... Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cable Cable: ........................................................ increased durability........................................... ...................... 5......................................................... One each: Red/Green/Amber Material: ..................... ..........................................................180 CARDS & READERS Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers 740 & 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Readers Description The Dorado 740 & 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Card Readers combine ease-of-use with increased durability............................... Black GE Lexan (polycarbonate)................................................................. clock and data.................................................... Black............................... 01-7000-129 Ruggedized Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader w/Keypad....................................... Track 1 & 2......................................................................................................................... 2 00’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires................................................................ ANSI/ISO and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cards Data Tracks: ..................... 5 to 95%.............................. Indoor/Outdoor (Model 780) .........................................................................................5 or 6-digit user ID Card Size: .................... 8 to 50 inches per second Output Format: ............... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...................................... 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wires Power: ........................................................ -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operating Humidity: .000 wear cycles................. Three LEDS are provided to clearly indicate status............................................. An LED winks to confirm that a card has been read..................... ANSI/ISO .................................................................................................................................................... MTBF 22.................................................. aluminum base Temperature: ........................

....030” Card Construction: ............................................................................................................................375” Thickness: ...................125” x 3...... 01-7001-030 Plain White Photo ID Card .................. Standard Mezzotint Magnetic Stripe Card Dorado’s Standard Mezzotint Card is made of a durable polyester material.................................................................... PVC/Polyester composite for direct (DTV) printing Stripe Material: .............................................. 01-7001-250 Adhesive Label ............................................................ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................ Custom artwork on cards is available..................................................................................................................................................................... 0....... 2....................................................................................................................... One-time Set-up Charge Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information..................................... 01-7001-253 Custom Card......................................................... allowing their use in all of Dorado’s insertion............................................ Dorado EMPI I........................................................................................................................................ pass-through and horizontal insertion readers................... 01-7001-252 Embossing ...CARDS & READERS 181 Dorado Magnetic Stripe Access Cards Description The Dorado Magnetic Stripe Cards are credit card width. 01-7001-251 Slot Punch MUST SPECIFY LOCATION .............................................................................................................................................................. Cards are designed and fabricated to ISO standards for size and thickness.......................................... or 3 (specify which).................................................. Specifications General: Dimensions: .................................. Plain White Photo ID Magnetic Stripe Card Dorado’s Plain White Photo ID Card is also made of a durable polyester material with a high coercivity magnetic stripe..................................... 01-7001-028 EMPI Encoding MUST SPECIFY SITE CODE .................................. 75 bits per inch Marking (optional): .................................. 01-7001-249 Hot Stamp ............................................................ 2...................................................................................................... High coercivity magnetic stripe material is used to avoid accidental erasure..................................................................................................................... 4000 Oersted Encoding (optional): ... High Coercivity......................................................................................................... or ANSI/ISO on ISO track location 1...................................................... providing unmatched wear resistance....................................................................................................................................... Hot Stamp or adhesive labeling Ordering Information Item Part # Standard Mezzotint Card ............... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................... Polyester cards may be provided with a “hot stamped” ID number or ID label...................................................................................................................... EMPI II....................................................................................

............-48.................240 VAC power Ordering Information Item Part # Magnetic Stripe Encoder......................................... Per ANSI//ISO card................................ Reads a card (on same Job Code)........................................ User/sequence number 1-1........................................................75” H Functions: .... 8................................................... The first system is a self-contained desktop encoder intended for on-site Track 2 encoding of EMPI I format magnetic stripe cards.............................. 01-7000-160 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....... and even end users to code cards at their own facility...........................................................................................................182 CARDS & READERS Dorado Magnetic Stripe Encoding Systems Models 415 & 418 Description The Dorado Magnetic Stripe Encoding Systems allow OEMs.................................................................. 220 VAC ................. ABA Format (Model 450) ..................................................................................................................... Specifications General: Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................. It accepts both CR-80 and CR-60 size cards in its pass-through slot................... Reports a reading error Input Encoded (along with job code): 415: .............................................................................................. EMPI Format (Model 415) .............................................................................................................. 105 to 125 VAC.................................................................................535 418: .......................................................................................................................................... Track 1 encoding/reading............................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............. 400 cards per hour Ambient Temperature: ............................................................................... 32 to 90°F................ high coercivity Duct Cycle: .................................................................................................................... stripe dimensions............................................................................................................................................................................................... 50/60 Hz standard Options Available: .................................75” L x 4............ The second encoding system interfaces with an IBM-compatible personal computer and can be used to encode both EMPI I format and ANSI/ISO format cards on Track 1 and/or Track 2...... Writes and verifies a card keypad input................... EMPI I or EMPI II on ANSI/ISO Track 2 Card Style: ...............................575 Card Format: .......................................................75” W x 12.............. 01-7000-066 Magnetic Stripe On-Line Encoder........ User/sequence number 1-65...................................................................... indoors only Operating Power: ........................................... dealers...............................................................

CARDS & READERS 183

Essex Electronics Keypads
Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad
Description
The Essex Electronics Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad provides a rugged, durable means
of entering a security PIN (personal identification number) into an Andover Infinity Security
Management System. The solid stainless steel keypad wires into the Andover ACX 700
and ACX 780 Access Controllers (only), with no other interface modules required. Up to
2 keypads may be connected to the ACX700; up to 8 to the ACX 780.
Each door in an ACX 700 or ACX 780 may be configured through software to grant access
based on access card only, PIN only, or a combination of card and PIN. These access modes
can be made constant, or can be changed based on a schedule or other system event. A
silent duress can be triggered through a slight variation in the PIN entry, also configurable
through software.
This keypad is designed for both indoor and outdoor use, and can be mounted flush or
directly onto a single-gang electrical handy box. Wiring distance is 500 feet (152 meters)
maximum from the keypad to the controller, using 10 conductor, 18 gauge wire. Two LEDs
are provided for power and go/no go indication.

Specifications
Electrical:
Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 VDC, 10 mA

Mechanical:
Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................... -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C), 0 - 100% RH
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ................................................ 5 1/8" x 3 3/8" (Keypad protrudes 7/16" from wall)
Color: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Stainless steel

Wiring Information:
Wiring Distance: .................................................................................... 500 ft. maximum (152 meters) to controller, using 18 gauge wire. 200 ft. maximum (61 meters)
to controller, using 22 gauge wire
Wiring Terminations: ................................................................................................................................................................... 12-pin, with connector and leads supplied

Keypad Input:
ACX700/780: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Keypad
C1: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... gray
C2: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... violet
C3: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... orange
R1: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... brown
R2: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... blue
R3: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... green
R4: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... yellow

Reader Input:
+5: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... red (5VDC Power)
LED: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. white (green LED, off if no go)
Gnd: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... black, pink (red LED, power indication)

General:
Keypad: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 x 4 matrix output, 0 - 9, *, #
Unit Life: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tested to over 1 billion cycles

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Essex Touch Pad ....................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-127
Extra Label for Essex Touch Pad ............................................................................................................................................... 01-3002-234

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

184

CARDS & READERS

Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad 8-Bit Burst

NEW!
Description
The Essex Electronics Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad 8-bit burst version provides a
rugged, durable means of entering a security PIN (personal identification number) into an
Andover Continuum Security Management System. The solid stainless steel keypad wires
into the Andover Continuum AC-1 controller (only), with no other interface modules
required. Up to 2 keypads may be connected to the AC-1.
The Essex KTP-103, is an 8-bit burst version of Andover’s existing Essex Indoor/Outdoor
Security Keypad. It features the same 12-button keypad (3 x 4 matrix) and can be mounted
flush or directly ontoa single-gang electrical handibox. Two LEDs are provided for power
and go/no go indication. The keypad is available with field selectable input voltages of 5 or
12 VDC. The KTP-103 has a stainless steel finish and ships with an Andover Controls label
that can be easily affixed to the keypad.
The Essex KTP-102, is a 12-button keypad (2 x 6 matrix). The KTP-102 is waterproof and its
narrow style makes it ideally suited for mullion mount. Like the KTP-103, it offers 8-bit burst output, a stainless steel finish, and field selectable
input voltages of 5 VDC or 12 VDC.

Specifications
Electrical:
Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................................. 5 VDC or 12 VDC jumper selectable

Mechanical:
Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................... -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C), 0 - 100% RH
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 2" x 6" (Keypad protrudes 7/16" from wall)
Color: ......................................................................................................................... ............................................................................. Black (2 x 6); Stainless steel (3 x 4)

Wiring Information
Wiring Distance: .................................................................................... 500 ft. maximum (152 meters) to controller, using 18 gauge wire. 200 ft. maximum (61 meters)
to controller, using 22 gauge wire
Wiring Terminations: ................................................................................................................................................................... 12-pin, with connector and leads supplied

AC-1 Keypad Input:
AC-1: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Keypad
CLK/0 [Terminal 4]: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. green
DATA/1 [Terminal 3]: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... white
+5 or 12 VDC Powr + V [Terminal 1]: .................................................................................................................................................................... red (5 or 12 VDC Power)
LED [Terminal 5]: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... Brown (green LED, off if no gap)
GND [Terminal 2]: ....................................................................................................................................................................... black/yellow (red LED, power indication)

General:
Keypad: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 x 4 and 2 x 6 matrix output, 0 - 9, *, #
Unit Life: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tested to over 1 billion cycles

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Essex KTP-103 Keypad, 12-button, 3x4 Matrix Keypad, Stainless Steel, Weatherproof, 8-bit Burst .................................... 01-7000-221
Essex KTP-102 Keypad, 12-button, 2x6 Matrix Keypad, Stainless Steel, Weatherproof, 8-bit Burst .................................... 01-7000-222

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

CARDS & READERS 185

EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board
Description
The Andover Controls EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board is designed to convert signals from up to four Cardkey Model #L47 readers (or
two Model #L40-6 readers, which draw more current) into Wiegand format, which can be read by the Andover Controls ACX 700/780 family of
controllers.
The EMX34 is designed to be mounted to a DIN rail within an enclosure. It must be connected to an Andover Controls ACX 700/780 family
controller, to an AC power source and to a Cardkey reader. The EMX34 printed circuit board has four inputs (P2, P4, P6, P8) and four outputs (P3,
P5, P7, P9). The inputs from the Cardkey reader are wired on the right-hand side of the physical board, and the outputs on the left-hand side.
The EMX34 Cardkey Interface Board comes complete with the EMX34 printed circuit board, two plastic PCB mounting brackets and two plastic
DIN rail mounting brackets. Additional items required include an Andover Controls ACX 700 or 780 family controller, Cardkey readers, one extra
cable and female molex connector per reader, a AC power cable, output wires, two end clamps, a DIN rail and an enclosure.

Specifications
General:
Power: ............ Receive power from ACX 700/780 controller; Addtl 24VAC (+/- 20%) required to power LEDs (EMX34 board converts power to 9VDC output for LEDs)
Wiring: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Each Cardkey input on the EMX34 requires 6 wires
Environmental: ............................................................................................................................................. Operates in same environment as Andover Infinity controllers
Dimensions:: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 6.125” x 3.625” (160mm x 92 mm)

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board .................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-755

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

186

CARDS & READERS

Applications/Wiring Diagram

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

DAMPER ACTUATORS

187

Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators
AF Series
Description
The Belimo AF Series actuators are designed for on-off, fail-safe and proportional control of dampers
in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 133 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 35 sq-ft and provide
true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air-tight dampers.
The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied
to the actuator.
The AF Series provides 95° of rotation with a graduated position indicator showing -5° to 90° and a
unique manual positioning mechanism which allows the setting of any damper position within the
actuator’s 95° of rotation. The actuator is shipped in the zero position (5° from full fail-safe) to provide
automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manual
mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe position. The manual override
can also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.

Specifications
General:
Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 133 in-lb [15 Nm]
Running Time: ........................................................................................................................................................ 150 sec. independent of load (control); <20 sec. (spring)
Angle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°
Fits Shaft Diameter: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8” to 3/4” (standard)
Manual Override: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Hex crank
Control Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................... Left/right external switch (proportional types only)
Spring Direction: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Left or right mounting
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10.59” x 3.86” x 3.10”
Electrical Connection: .......................................................................................................................................................... 3ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fitting
Auxiliary Switches: ..................................................................................................................................................................... SPDT. One 5° fixed; one 25° to 85° adjust.
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)
Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:
AF24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power
AF24-S: ............................................................................................................................................................. On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power, 2 Built-in aux. switches
AF120: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power
AF120-S: ............................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power, 2 Built-in aux. switches
AF230: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off Control, 230VAC power
AF230-S: .................................................................................................................................................................. On/Off Control, 230VAC power, 2 Built-in ax. switches
AF24-3: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power
AF24-SR: ...................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power; 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal
AF24-SR-S: .................................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V
phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, 2 Built-in aux. switches
AF24-SR95: ......................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, Honeywell electronic series 90 or 140 ohm control signal
AF24-PWM: ................................................................................. Proportional Control, AC power only, Pulse width modulating control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal

Ordering Information
Item
Part #
133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-SR-AV
AF24-SR w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-SR-S-AV
133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off ................................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF24-AV
AF24 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ............................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-S-AV
133 in-lb, 120V, On/Off ............................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF120-AV
AF120 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ........................................................................................................................................ ZBAF120-S-AV
133 in-lb, 230VAC, On/Off .............................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF230
AF230 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches .............................................................................................................................................. ZBAF230-S
133 in-lb, 24VAC/DC, Proportional, Honeywell Elect. Series 90/140 ohm .......................................................................... ZBAF24-SR95
133 in-lb, 24VAC/DC, Floating ...................................................................................................................................................... ZBAF24-3
133 in-lb, 24V, PWM, AC Power Only .................................................................................................................................... ZBAF24-PWM
NOTE: -AV denotes that the unit carries the Andover Controls logo.
Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

Parallel blade. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.188 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) * Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. No edge seals.

...................................................................... 3/4” to 1.................................................................................................... 24V.............................................................. (proportional control)................................... 24 VAC/DC power NF24-S: .................................. and without........................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C) Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................. Switch .. Left/right external switch (proportional models) Spring Direction: .............................................................................. On/Off Control................. 60 in-lb [7 Nm] Running Time: ................... UL 873 listed................................................... (-S models) Housing: ............................................................. Built-in aux. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................... 24VAC/DC power..................................................... Specifications General: Torque: ......................................05” (w/ K4-1 clamp accessory) Control Direction: ............................................................................................ 150 sec................ 120V.................................. On/Off .................................................... 24V.......... Switch .................... ................ 120 VAC power............. On/Off Control........................................................................................................................................................ switch NF24-SR: ................................... ZBNF24-AV NF24 w/ Aux.................................... power applied to the actuator........................................................... CSA 4813 02 certified Specific Models: NF24: ................................................................................. (on/off control)........................................................................................................................................................ Proportional Control......................................................... The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with........................................................................... 3/8” to 3/4” (standard)..................................... The NF Series provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive closeoff on air tight dampers....................................................59” x 3........... 3 ft..................................................................................... One 25° to 85° adjust. 18 GA double insulated appliance cable..................................... On/Off Control........................................ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................... (spring) Angle of Rotation: ................................................................... Built-in aux............................................10” Electrical Connection: ......................................86” x 3......................................................................................................... ZBNF120-AV NF120 w/Aux............................... The NF series provides 95° of rotation with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.................................................................... Proportional .............................................................................................................. On/Off Control.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches......................................................... ZBNF120-S-AV NOTE: -AV denotes that the unit carries the Andover Controls logo.... 2-10VDC feedback signal Ordering Information Item Part # 60 in-lb............ ZBNF24-S-AV 60 in-lb..................................... They offer a minimum 60 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 15 sq-ft....................................... 95°.......................................... switch NF120: ..........................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 189 Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators NF Series Description The Belimo NF Series actuators are designed for on-off............................................. ZBNF24-SR-AV 60 in-lb........................... fail safe and proportional control of dampers in HVAC systems.................................................................................................................... adjustable Fits Shaft Diameter: ................................................................ NEMA 2/IP54 Ambient Temperature: ................ On/Off .................... 120 VAC power NF120-S: ........................... Left or right mounting Dimensions: .............................................................. SPDT.................. 1/2” conduit fitting Auxiliary Switches: ............. 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal..... <75 sec......................................................... 24 VAC/DC power................................................................................................................................................ 10........................ <60 sec..............................................................................

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. Parallel blade. No edge seals. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .190 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagram Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) * Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading.

......................................... The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.......... On/Off Control ..................... Switch ................... Rotation Switch ................. Built-in aux.................................................................................. Rotation Switch.. 3 ft................................. 230VAC LF230-S: .................................... On-Off Control .......................... Rotation Switch .......................... ZBLF24 35 in-lb.................... switch LF120: ...... On/Off........................................................................... ZBLF24-SR-S Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................... 24VAC/DC power................................................... 1/2” conduit fitting Housing: ....... and without..................................................................... Floating Point Control.................................. 35 in-lb [4 Nm] Running Time: .............................. 24V..... 24VAC/DC power.............................................................................................................. 230VAC............................................... power applied to the actuator..................................................................................... External rotation switch LF24-S: ........................ Built-in aux............................ Floating Point Control............................................................................................................................................... The LF Series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 90°............ Built-In Aux..... On/Off......................................... Prop..................................... 120V.......................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 191 Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators LF Series Description The Belimo LF Series actuators are designed for modulating. Specifications General: Torque: ................................ Prop................... 2-10VDC.................................................................................................................................................................................................. On/Off. 2-10VDC feedback signal................................................................. Control..................... 120VAC....... On/Off Control.................. 120V........ The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with..................... 24V.............................................................. On/Off Control.................. UL 873 listed..................... 24 VAC/DC................................................................................................... 120 VAC............ ZBLF24-SR 35 in-lb..................................... The LF Series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable........................................... 2-10VDC Control signal.............................................................. 95° Rotation Direction: ...................... Extrernal rotation switch LF24-SR-S: ................... switch LF24-3: ............. ZBLF120-S 35 in-lb........................... switch LF230: ................................ Built-In Aux......... Motor 150 sec........... On/Off.............................. fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers....................................................... Control........................................................................... On/Off......... They offer a minimum 35 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 8 sq-ft............................. External rotation switch...... Built-in aux............................................................ 120VAC LF120-S: ............................ Switch .................. Rotation Switch................................ Built-In Aux..... Built-In Aux..................................................................................................................................................... Built-In Aux...................................................... 24VAC/DC power LF24-S: ................................................................. 24V................................................. 2-10VDC........................................................................... 18 GA appliance cable................................ Proportional.... Power consumption is reduced in holding mode............... 230V......................................... 24V.............................................................. 24V........................................................... Switch ....... Switch ..................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................................................................................... Floating Point Control......... On/Off Control ................. On/Off............. CSA 4813 02 certified................... NEMA 2/IP54 Ambient Temperature: ........................................................................................ ZBLF230 35 in-lb.............................. On/Off Control.... 2-10VDC feedback signal........................................ 24V.................................................. 230 VAC Angle of Rotation: ............... ZBLF24-S 35 in-lb....................................... constant Spring < 25 sec......... switch LF24-SR: .................................. 24VAC/DC power....................................................................................................... On/Off............ switch Ordering Information Item Part # 35 in-lb...................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C) Agencies: ........................................................................ 24V...................................... Switch ....................... Floating Point Control..... Motor < 75 sec.................................................... Left/right external switch Electrical Connection: .................................... 230V............................................................... ZBLF120 35 in-lb................................. Built-in aux............ Proportional.................... ZBLF230-S 35 in-lb............................................................................... CE Specific Models: LF24: .......................................................................................... ZBLF24-3-S 35 in-lb................................... 2-10VDC control signal.................................................................. ZBLF24-3 35 in-lb................................................................................................... 24V........ on-off and proportional control of dampers in HVAC systems................ On/Off................................ Built-in aux........................................................................................................... Power Supply: ..........................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .192 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .DAMPER ACTUATORS 193 Applications/Wiring Diagrams Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

194 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

........................5 VDC........... 24V........................................ 10......................... Control............. ZBAM24-SRS-C 160 in-lb........................................ 4......................................................... CE Ordering Information Item Part # 160 in-lb. noncondensing Rotation Direction: .................................................................................................................................................................. ZBAM24-PWM-A 160 in-lb........................ The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95°...........1-25............................................... 24V. 95° Manual Override: ............................................................................................ the actuator automatically stops................ 24V.................................................. 4-7 VDC.......................... Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Position Indication: ......... (1....................... 1/2” conduit fitting Housing: .................................................... 24V....................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C) Weight: .......................... for 0 to 160 in-lb.................... or up to a 1.................... 3 ft............. NEMA 2/IP54 Ambient Temperature: ....................... 24V......... On/Off. They offer a minimum 160 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 40 sq-ft..................... Control...........................................................................................................................................................................02-5......................5 VA (Class 2 power source) Overload Protection: ..................................... Control.. ZBAM24-SR 160 in-lb..............8 lbs........ 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA (w/500 Ohm Resistor) .......................................................... Pulse Width Mod (0.......................................... CCW=CCW with decrease signal Electrical Connection: .......................................... 6-9 VDC.........3 kg) Agencies: ......................... 24V.............................................93 sec) ............................................................................................................................................................ Adj Span .................................... 18 GA appliance cable..........................DAMPER ACTUATORS 195 Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators AM Series Description The Belimo AM Series actuators are designed for control of dampers in HVAC systems... UL 873 listed........ When reaching the damper or actuator end position............................................. Adj Span ............... CSA 4813 02 certified..... Control..............................................................................0 sec) ............................................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......................... Clip-on indicator Angle of Rotation: ........................................................................................................................... ZBAM24 160 in-lb......................................... Switch ... Proportional: CW=CW with decrease signal........................... 2............................ The actuator mounts directly to a damper shaft up to 3/4” diameter by means of its universal clamp.................................. The AM Series anti-rotation strap will prevent lateral movement of the actuator.... Control........................................................ Floating Point Control... 5 to 95% RH....................................................... Aux.............................................. Prop........................................................................................ 24V............................ ZBAM24-PWM-B 160 in-lb......... External push button Humidity: ..................... The gears can be manually disengaged by simply pressing down the springloaded button on the actuator cover........................................... 160 in-lb [18 Nm] Running Time: ...................5W Transformer Sizing: ...................................... 2.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................05” jackshaft with the optional K4-1 clamp...........................................................5 sec) ................................................................ 24 VAC/DC Power Consumption: ........................... ZBAM24-SRS-A 160 in-lb.................. 24V............ Control.................................................. ZBAM24-SRS-B 160 in-lb........................................... Pulse Width Mod (0.............. Prop............................................................................59-2.............................................................................................. Adj Span ...................... The AM24S us is constructed to meet the requirements for double insulated devices..........................5-13......................... Floating Point Control ................................................................. CW/CCW external switch............ ZBAM24-S 160 in-lb................................. Prop............ Prop...................................... Pulse Width Mod (0................................................. Prop...... Prop............. Specifications General: Torque: ....................................................................................... On/Off....................... ZBAM24-PWM-C Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............... Control.................................................................................................. 100 to 150 sec.......................................................... Prop................................................................ 24V................... Power Supply: ....................................

adjustable between 0° and 95°.. AM24-S us incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT. Meets UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection. fan startup. UL listed. 6A (1.196 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required. 2 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC 3 4 For end position indication. etc. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 . Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.5A) @ 250 VAC. interlock control.

...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-10VDC.................................... ZBGM24-SR-AV NOTE: -AV denotes that the unit carries the Andover Controls logo...............................................................................................15” Electrical Connection: ........................................................... NEMA 2/IP54 Ambient Temperature: ................................................................... 24V............... When this button is pressed down............................................. Proportional Control.................... 95° Fits Shaft Diameters: ... Push button Rotation Direction: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... When reaching the damper or actuator end position................................................................................................................................................................................................. -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C) Agencies: .................................................................................................................. 18 GA appliance cable................ the gears can be manually disengaged by simply pressing down the spring-loaded button on the actuator cover......................................................... 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor)..49” x 4. 24VAC/DC power................................... 9.......... 2-10VDC feedback signal Ordering Information Item Part # 266 in-lb..................... The GM Series anti-rotation strap will prevent lateral movement of the actuator................................ A/B external switch Dimensions: ............................................................................................. CSA 4813 02 certified Specific Models: GM24: ...... They offer a minimum 266 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 70 sq-ft...................................................................................................................88” x 3...... 15/32” to 3/4” Manual Override: .. On/Off............................................................................................... The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95°.................................................................................................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................................................................................ The position of the actuator is indicated by means of a scale reading 0 to 1................................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover................................................................................................................................ 135 sec.................................................................................. UL 873 listed..................................................................... the damper blades can be adjusted by hand............................................................................................ Specifications General: Torque: ................................................................................................ or 0-10V phasecut control signal.................................................. 266 in-lb [30 Nm] Running Time: ............ independent of load Power Supply: ...... 1/2” conduit fitting Housing: ........................................................................ 24VAC/DC power GM24-SR: ..................................................... 24V On/Off......................... 3 ft............. ZBGM24-AV 266 in-lb................................................................................................................................................. 24 VAC/DC Angle of Rotation: ................................ on-off or proportional control of dampers in HVAC systems.........................................................................................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 197 Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators GM Series Description The Belimo GM Series actuators are designed for modulating................................................................................................. Floating Control......................... Floating Control......... Proportional ...................

198 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

..................... for 0 to 133 in-lb SMC24: ............................................................. UL 873 listed.. 24V On/Off.................................................. or 0-10V phasecut control signal......... 2-10VDC.. ZBSM24-AV 133 in-lb.... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C) Agencies: .............................. 24 VAC/DC Running Time: ............................................................................................ The gears can be manually disengaged by simply pressing down the spring loaded button on the actuator cover........... On/Off................................ Fast Running Time ........ ZBSMC24-SR 133 in-lb....................... The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95°............................................................................. The position of the actuator is indicated by means of a scale reading 0........................... 24V)............................................ for 0-133 in-lb (proportional) Angle of Rotation: ............................................................................. Push button Rotation Direction: ............................ the damper blades can be adjusted by hand..................................... Built-In Aux.............................................................. The damper actuator is not provided with and does not require any limiting switches.................................. 90 to 150 sec.. When reaching the damper or actuator end position..... 100 to 200 sec............. 24VAC/DC Power..... They offer a minimum 133 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 35 sq-ft..................... 24V............................... Floating Control............................. Floating Control...................... or 0-10V phasecut control signal............................................................................................ directly mounted onto the damper shaft.............. 24V......................................................................... Proportional Control............ Fast Running Time............... 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor)........................................................................ for 0 to 133 in-lb (on/off and floating)............................................................................................................................................................................... The universal mounting bracket supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement of the actuator................................................................... On/Off................................. Running time of 90 to 150 sec..................................................................................... 24VAC/DC power.............. 133 in-lb (standard running time) Power Supply: ........ On/Off................. 2-10VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal.................... but is protected against overloading......................... Proportional ..... the motor stops automatically.....................................................................................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 199 Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators SM Series Description The Belimo SM Series actuators are designed for modulating...................................................... Span adj............................................ 24V...... Fast running time of 55 to 110 sec................. 1/2” conduit fitting Housing: .. Aux..................... Switch ............................. by means of a special clamp..................................... ZBSMC24 133 in-lb.............................................................................................. A/B external switch Electrical Connection: ............................ ZBSM24-S 133 in-lb........................................................ 95° Fits Shaft Diameter: .... AC Power Only ...... On/Off Control.... 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor).......... Running time of 16 to 19 sec........................................................ Floating Control...................................................... 18 GA appliance cable.... ZBSM24-SRS NOTE: -AV denotes that the unit carries the Andover Controls logo........... 24VAC/DC power..... Proportional Control................................................................................................. 3/8” to 3/4” Manual Override: .............................. Specifications General: Torque: ..... 2 to 8............ Fast running time of 45 to 85 sec...................... on-off and proportional control of dampers in HVAC systems.... The SM Series actuators are...................10................................................... ZBSM24-SR-AV 133 in-lb.............. Floating Control. for 0 to 88 in-lb SM24-S: .......................6 to 8VDC SMC24-SR: ............................................................................... When the button is pressed down............................................................. switch 10° and 85° (SPST........... 24VAC/DC power........................ 2-10VDC feedback signal............... On/Off............................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............ 24V................... Proportional Control........ Start point adj............. 1....... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..... Fast Running Time ........................ CSA 4813 02 certified Specific Models: SM24: ............... SM24-SR: .................................................... 3 ft........ for 0 to 88 in-lb Ordering Information Item Part # 133 in-lb................................................................................................................................................................... 2-10VDC feedback signal SM24-SRS: .................. Torque 88 in-lb. Proportional Control..... 2-10VDC.......... 24V........................ AC power only............ NEMA 2/IP54 Ambient Temperature: ......................... Torque 88 in-lb.... 24VAC/DC power........................................................ Proportional Control..................4VDC..................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .200 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................................................ 2 -14VDC................................................. 24 VAC/DC Transformer Sizing: ................ independent of load (proportional models)................................. Auxiliary switches are easily fastened directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.......................................... Proportional Control..................................... AC power only.................................................................8 lbs (0............................................................. ZBNM24-PWM.... ZBNM24-PWM ZBNM24-PWM Bulk Packaging.................................................. The gears can be manually disengaged by simply pressing down the spring loaded button on the actuator cover................................................................... On/Off..............................................................................0 sec......1 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................... 2-10VDC feedback signal NM24-SRS: ........................................................................................................................ They offer a minimum 75 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 19 sq-ft. Floating Control............................... on-off and proportional control of dampers in HVAC systems................ Less than 35 dBA Weight: ....................................................................... 75 in-lb [8 Nm] Running Time: .............................................. 24-Count ...... 2-10VDC feedback signal Ordering Information Item Part # 75 in-lb......... The damper actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches............................................................ The angle of the rotation is mechanically limited to 95°...................................... 24V...................................................................................... UL 94-5V (flammability rating) Ambient Temperature: ... 2-10VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor)............................... Span adj....................... 24VAC/DC power.....................1-AV 75 in-lb..............02 sec..................... ZBNM24.........5 VA (Class 2 power source) Angle of Rotation: ............. Specifications General: Torque: .................................................. Pulse width modulating (externally selectable).................... 24V.......... 150 sec................................. When this button is pressed down........................................................................................................................................................ 0-5VDC....................... AC Power Only .............................................. Proportional .... The universal mounting bracket supplied with the NM actuator will prevent lateral movement of the actuator..................................................................................../0................ 32 Count ..........................................1 75 in-lb................................................................. Proportional Control................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................/0......... On/Off.......................................................................1 sec............ 24-Count ........59 sec....................... ZBNM24-SRS... clip-on indicator Manual Override: ......... 1............................................................................................ operating ranges of 0...................................................... 2-29VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal.......................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-SRS NM24-SRS Bulk Packing............................................................................................................................................................................8 kg) Agencies: ............................................................................ When reaching the damper or actuator end position................................................................................................................. 95° Position Indication: ..................................... The position of the actuator is indicated by a visual pointer...................... 24VAC/DC power NM24-SR: ............................................................................... the motor stops automatically.............................93 sec.... 3.............. Proportional....................................................................................... Floating Control .......0 sec.................................................... Left/right external switch Electrical Connection: ...................................................................... ZBNM24-AV NM24 Bulk Packaging............................. -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C) Noise Level: ......................................02 sec............................................................................. 24V....... to 25..........................................5 sec............................................................ 3 ft................... 1/2” conduit fitting Housing: ......................................... to 5........................... Proportional Control................................................ NEMA 2/IP54 Housing Material: ..................................................................................................................................... 2-10VDC feedback signal NM24-PWM: .............................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........... 24V........... Push button Rotation Direction: ................................................................................................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 201 Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators NM Series Description The Belimo NM Series actuators are designed for modulating........................ 18 GA appliance cable.................................... AC power only......................................... CSA 4813 02 certified Specific Models: NM24: ..................................................... to 2................................. AC Power Only .... PWM.................... UL 873 listed............ to 6............................................................. 75 to 150 sec for 0 to 75 in-lb (NM24 AV) Power Supply: .................................................../0.... ZBNM24-SR-AV 75 in-lb.................................................................................................................... Start point adj.... the damper blades can be adjusted by hand.............................................................................. but is protected against overloading.......

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .202 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

................................. 48-Count .................53” x 2.. SPDT Aux... On/Off...................................................................................... Switch LM24-T: ................................................................................................................................. angle of rotation electronically adj.............................................................................................................................................. They offer a minimum 35 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 8 sq-ft.................... ZBLM24SR.............................. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover......... On/Off................1 LM24SR w/Terminal Strip .............................................1 LM24 w/Terminal Strip ......... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C) Agencies: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Floating Control ........................................................ 95° Fits Shaft Diameter: ................... ZBLM24-10P 35 in-lb........................................................................... w/out feedback and electronic angle of rotation adj... 5K ohm feedback potentiometer (w/out rotation direction switch) LM24SR: ........................... On/Off.............................. but is electronically protected against overload....................... The LM actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches..................................................................... UL 873 listed.................... Push button Rotation Direction: ...... 18 GA plenum rated cable.................. 32-Count................................................................................ Floating Control.................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC power....... Terminal strip................................. 4...................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR-T LM24SR-T Bulk Packaging............................. 24V....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Adj. 24VAC/DC power................................................ 24VAC/DC power LM24-S: ............................................... 80 to 110 sec.................................... 2-10VDC feedback signal........................................1 LM24 w/Aux........... ZBLM24 LM24 Bulk Packaging................. floating point and proportional control of dampers in HVAC systems..................................................................... Left/right external switch Dimensions: .................................................................. ZBLM24SR LM24SR Bulk Packaging...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................................... Specifications General: Torque: ...................................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 203 Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators LM Series Description The Belimo LM Series actuators are designed for on-off...................... On/Off.................. 5/16” to 23/32” Manual Override: ........... CSA 4813 02 certified Specific Models: LM24: ............... 3 ft........................................... 24V................. 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal........................................................ Switch ......................................................... ZBLM24-T............................................................. 24VAC/DC power...... ZBLM24-5PO-T......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... When reaching the damper or actuator end position.................................................................... Proportional Control............ Floating Control............. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........................................................ ZBLM24-S LM24 w/10K ohm Feedback Pot.................... 24VAC/DC power.......................... The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95°.......................................................................32” x 2..... Terminal strip LM24-10P: ................................................. Floating Control............................................. ZBLM24-5PO-T LM24-5PO-T Bulk Packaging.. 5K ohm Feedback Pot ......................................................................................................................................................../no mechanical end stops LM24SR-T: ..................................................... Ordering Information Item Part # 35 in-lb......56” Electrical Connection: .............................................................. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.................. On/Off...................1 LM24 w/Terminal Strip....... ZBLM24-T LM24-T Bulk Packaging.................................. On/Off...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 VAC/DC Power Consumption: ................................................................... 32-Count .......... Floating Control......................................................................................................................................................... Proportional Control............................................................................................................ ZBLM24SR-T......................................................... 48-Count ............................................................................... ZBLM24.......................................................................................... 48-Count ................................................................................................ for 0 to 35 in-lb [4 Nm] Power Supply: ........................................ 35 in-lb [4 Nm] Running Time: ...................... Floating Control.................................................................... 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal......... Proportional ............. the actuator automatically stops. The position of the actuator is indicated by a visual pointer....................... 2 W Angle of Rotation: ..................................... .............................................. terminal strips on -T models Housing: ............... NEMA 2/IP54 (-T models are NEMA 1) Ambient Temperature: ....................................................................................................................... 24VAC/DC power.................... 10K ohm feedback potentiometer LM24-5PO-T: ...... 24VAC/DC power...................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .204 DAMPER ACTUATORS Applications/Wiring Diagrams Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

DAMPER ACTUATORS 205 Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric) Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .

............................................................................ 0-10V....................................................................................... 3P........ 4............. ZGCA126.......................... 144INLB......... Universal Cable ........... <360 lb.......... Universal Cable ...................................................................... ZGCA166......... Plenum Cable ............... 24V............................ ZGCA121..................ZGCA161......... Torque: .................................................................................................................... 95° Ambient Temperature: Operation: ............................. Span Adj.......................... and face and bypass dampers that require up to 142 lb...... exhaust.............................. 24V...................................................... 144INLB... 24V.......................................................................2 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # SR........ 24V.............. Plenum Cable .................................... 90 seconds Closing (on power loss) w/Spring Return: ............. (2............. 3/4” (20 mm) Cable Length: .................................................................. ZGCA163.. 15 seconds Nominal Angle of Rotation: .........................................................................1U SR............... Aux Switch................ 24V.1U SR.......... 144INLB.. 24V..............................................................-in...........................................75” W x 2........................................................... ZGCA166................................... 144INLB..................... 50 to 60 Hz Span: .... ZGCA226.................................1U SR.. 142 lb................................1U SR.................................................. 24V........................... 2P................................................................................................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....... ZGCA135...................................................................................... Universal Cable ............................................................................. 2P............................................1U SR....................................................................................... 144INLB...................................... ZGCA131................................... 4-20mA.....................................................ZGCA121.......................................................................................... 144INLB.......................................................................88” D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D) Shipping Weight: ............... Universal Cable ......................................................................................... Plenum Cable ..........................................................................9 m) Dimensions: ................................................................................. Aux Switch........... (16 Nm) torque.................................................................................... mixed air..................................................................1P SR..................................................................... D-3 through D-4) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-173P25 and 155-174P25.......... ZGCA156.......... 144INLB................................... 24V...................................1U SR.......................................................................................................................... 4-20mA................ 144INLB.......................................... Angular Rotation: ............. 144INLB...................... (40 Nm) Runtime for 90° Operating with Motor: ................. Span Adj......................................................................................................... 10 V Torque: .................................................................................. 2P........................................ 0-10V...........1P SR....... 12” H x 4.......... 0-10V.................................. Aux Switch....................................................................................................... 24V..............1U SR............................................ Aux Switch........ Universal Cable .... 144INLB...................... ZGCA221.................................................................................. 144INLB.............. 142 lb............................ Span Adj........................................................ Plenum Cable .......-in.. Aux Switch..................... 0-10V.................................. 24V..................................... Universal Cable .................. 24V...... Plenum Cable .................................... 24V............... 4-20mA...... Universal Cable ............................. Specifications General: Operating Voltage (G-G0): ..... Universal Cable ...85 lb.... 24V............... Aux Switch................................................... Plenum Cable ................. 3’ (0.........................................................................................................1P SR....................................................... (16 Nm) Spring Return Torque: ........................................................ ZGCA126....................................................................... Plenum Cable ..........206 DAMPER ACTUATORS Spring Return Electronic Damper Actuators Open Air GCA Series NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GCA Series Spring Return Electric Damper Actuator is designed for control of building HVAC dampers........ Universal Cable .. 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ....... ZGCA161..........................1U SR............................................................ 142 lb........................................ Universal Cable ............................... Aux Switch................................................... The GCA Series are available in 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA modulating................................................................................................................................ Universal Cable ................................................................. (16 Nm) Running Torque: ............................................................................ 95% RH..................................................................... 0-10V............ The GCA Series are ideal for Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air........-in..................................... 144INLB............ 2 to 30 Vdc Factory Setting: ............................................ZGCA163.......................... ZGCA151...1U Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................1P SR...... 2P.............................................ZGCA156....................... 0-10V........................................................................................... FDBK Potentiometer...............................1U SR................................1P SR............................................................. 25 to 158°F (32 to 70°C) Ambient Humidity: ........... Shaft Length: ...........................................................1U SR............................................................................................ three-position (floating) and two-position (on/off) control models........ 0-10V.. 3P............... ZGCA164................................................................................... 24V.......-in.............................. 3/8 to 1” (8 to 25 mm) diameter 1/4 to 5/8”2 (6 to 18 mm2) Min... 144INLB................................. 144INLB............................. non-condensing Shaft Size: .......1P SR................ 4-20mA............................................1P SR..........................................................-in........................... Span Ajd.................... 24V.............................................................. (16 Nm) Max...... 24V.......................... ................ 2P..... 144INLB.................. ............... 144INLB..... Aux Switch............................................................................................... -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C) Storage and Transport: ............ 144INLB...................................1P SR.... ZGCA164.......................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp......................................... Aux Switch.................................................... Plenum Cable . 24V.. 144INLB...... 24V...............1U SR........................................... 0-10V.................... ZGCA151. 144INLB............ Universal Cable ............ 2P........................................................................ Aux Switch....... 24V.......................... 24V............................. 90° Max....................................................................... 144INLB..........

..................DAMPER ACTUATORS Non-Spring Return Electronic Damper Actuators OpenAir GDE Series 207 NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GDE Series Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuator is designed for 0 to 10 Vdc or three-position (floating) control of building HVAC dampers... Plenum Cable ...............9 m) Dimensions: ................................................................................................................ 108 sec....................... 24V....................... -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C) Storage and Transport: .................................................................................... Aux Switch......................................................................................................................................... ZGDE132.........1P Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................. 3/8 to 5/8” (8 to 16 mm) diameter 1/4 to 1/2”2 (6 to 13 mm2) Min.. Nominal Angle of Rotation: ............ 24V....... 0-10V.................................... 44 IN LB..... Angular Rotation: ........ 24V....................................................................... Plenum Cable ..... Models are available with either a universal cable for wiring in conduit or a plenum-rated cable for applications where conduit is not required.............................................................................. ZGDE166................................................................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm) Cable Length: ...........................3” D (137 mm H x 68 mm W x 60 mm D) Shipping Weight: ........... (0.... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.......................... (5 Nm) at 50 Hz: ....................................................................................................................................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ................................................. 3’ (0............ 90 sec.................................................. ZGDE164......................... 24V............................ Universal Cable ........... 44 IN LB...................................... ZGDE163...................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz Control Signal Adjustment: Offset (Start Point): ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3PT............................................... Aux Switch............................. 44 IN LB........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (5 Nm) torque.............................. 5............................................................................................. Between 0 to 5 Vdc Factory Setting: ................. ..................... 44 IN LB. ZGDE131..... ZGDE131............................................................................ Span Adj.....1P NSR..................................................... at 60 Hz: ...1P NSR........................................................................................................ The GDE Series are used in Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control requiring up to 44 lb........................................ 0 V Span: .................................. 1.......................................................... 24V............................................ non-condensing Mounting: Shaft Size: ... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................................................................................... 24V...................................................................................................................................... Plenum Cable.. 3PT............................... Plenum Cable ..........................06 lb.............................................................................................................45 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # NSR................. 44 IN LB...................... FDBK Potentiometer............................... -25 to 140°F (32 to 60°C) Ambient Humidity: ................................. 0-10V................................................... 44 IN LB............. Plenum Cable ...... 3PT..................................................................................................................................................................................................1P NSR........................................................................................ D-5 through D-6) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-187P25 and 155-188P25................................................................................... between 2 to 30 Vdc Function: Torque: ........................................................................................ 3PT............................................................................................. 95% RH.............................................1P NSR....................................................................................................................... .............. 95° Ambient Conditions: Ambient Temperature: Operation: ........... 0-10V.................4” H x 2........... Aux Switch....................................................... 0-10V........................................................................ 24V.......1P NSR...... 90° Max................................................ 24V...........6” W x 2.............................1U NSR.................. 44 lb............................................................. Plenum Cable .................................. Plenum Cable ..............................-in................................................................................................................................................1P NSR..................................................................................... ZGDE161............. ZGDE136.............................-in............................................................................................................................................................................................ 44 IN LB............... 44 IN LB................................................................................................... Shaft Length: ............ Span Adj....... 24 Vac Frequency: ...................

........................... 177 IN LB...................... The GBB Series are used in Constant or Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air... 177 IN LB............................... Universal Cable ................... 3PT............ 24V........................................ 4.................. 0-10V............................................ ............... exhaust...................... 50 to 60 Hz Power Consumption: .............. ............1U NSR.................................... 177 IN LB.......................................................... ZGBB171...........208 DAMPER ACTUATORS Non-Spring Return Electronic Damper Actuators OpenAir GBB Series NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GBB Series Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuator is designed for control of building HVAC dampers..... and three-position (floating) control..... Class 2 Runtime for 90° Opening or Closing: ....... Universal Cable .............. ZGBB161.................................................. Universal Cable .......................................................... ZGBB166...................1P NSR..................................................................................................................................................... 3PT.. 24V.......................................................................................................................... Universal Cable ....................................... 3/4” (20 mm) Housing Enclosure: ....9 m) Dimensions: ......... 24V....................................1P NSR. 95% RH............................ Universal Cable .......... 24V............... 4-20mA...........................................4 mm) diameter 1/4 to 5/8”2 (6 to 18 mm2) Min........... 177 IN LB............................................................... Die-cast aluminum alloy Cable Length: ... 12” H x 4................................................................................................................................. Med.......................................................................................................................................................1P NSR................................................... 4-20mA............................................................... Aux Switch...................................... ZGBB163............................ Aux Switch.................. ZGBB161..................1U NSR........ Aux Switch.......1U Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................... Universal Cable .............................................................. ZGBB164............................................................................................................. 177 IN LB............ Angular Rotation: ........................................................... FDBK Potentiometer............................. Span Adj......1U NSR..............................................................................88” D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D) Shipping Weight: ...................... NEMA 1 Material: .......................... Span Adj.......................... 177 IN LB............. D-7 through D-8) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-177P25 and 155-176P25............................... 24V.................................................. 24V.................................................................................................. 24 Vac +20%.... 24V.................................................................................................................. ZGBB151............. FDBK Potentiometer......................1P NSR.............................1P NSR............................ 4-20mA................. 24V..... 1 mA Torque: ........................ -25 to 158°F (32 to 70°C) Shaft Size: .................................... 177 IN LB...... Plenum Cable .................... 24V............... 24V..................... ZGBB171..................................................... non-condensing Ambient Temperature: Operation: .................-in............................................................. 3/8 to 1” (8 to 25.............................. 177 IN LB....................1U NSR.............................................. Plenum Cable ..................................... Plenum Cable. 4-20mA....................................................................... 0-10V.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. (20 Nm) Ambient Humidity: ......................75” W x 2........................................ 95° Feedback Potentiometer: .... 0-10V.................................................................. 4 VA Equipment Rating for Operating Voltage: ....................... 150 sec.......................1U NSR...... ......................................................................................................... Span Adj...... ZGBB166............................................................................................................................................................ mixed air....-in..................................... Aux Switch.................. ZGBB164........................ 24V.....................................4 lb............................................................... 0-10V......................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......... 177 IN LB.................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.. ZGBB175................................................................ 4 to 20 mA.......................... Plenum Cable ......................................................... -15% Frequency: .......... 177 IN LB....................................................................................................................................... 177 IN LB....................1P NSR...... 90° Max............................................................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: .................................... 24V...................... 177 lb................................................ 24V.................... 177 IN LB.....................1U NSR........................................................................................................ and face and bypass dampers that require up to 177 lb................... Universal Cable ........ ZGBB175......................... 177 IN LB................. (2 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # NSR.............................................. Universal Cable .......................... Aux Switch. 0 to 1000 Ohm....................... (20 Nm) torque....................................1P NSR.......................................... The GBB Series are available in 0 to 10 Vdc.. -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C) Storage and Transport: ...........1U NSR................................................................................................... Nominal Angle of Rotation: .......................................... Max.............................. ZGBB156.............................. 177 IN LB................................................................................................................. ZGBB151............. Plenum Cable .................................. 0-10V.. 24V. Span Adj....... ZGBB156..... 24V................. 24V.............. Aux Switch........................................................ 3’ (0... 0-10V.............................. 177 IN LB........................................................................... ZGBB163...................................................................................... Shaft Length: .. 177 IN LB.. Plenum Cable ....... 0-10V.... Plenum Cable ........... 0-10V... 3PT............................... 3PT................................................................................................ Med............................................... Plenum Cable ...................................1P NSR..............

.................................................... Universal Cable ............................................... Span Adj............................ MOD(V)............. 95° Noise Level: .................................................................................................................1U NSR................................................ ZGIB161.. 50 to 60 Hz Control Signal Adjustment: Offset (Start Point): ......................... MOD(V).... Between 0 to 5 Vdc Factory Setting: .......................................................................-in......... 310 lb.................... 90° Max............. 95% RH..ZGIB166........................................ Universal Cable .............. 24V.... 310 IN LB.... 310 IN LB.................... MOD(V)............ (35 Nm) torque..................ZGIB164............................................................................... ................DAMPER ACTUATORS Non-Spring Electronic Damper Actuators OpenAir GIB Series 209 NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GIB Series Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuator is designed for modulating control of building HVAC dampers........................ ZGIB163........................................... HT................................................... ZGIB151........................................ZGIB156............................. Angular Rotation: ..................................................................................... Aux Switch............................................................................... 24V.................................................................................. ZGIB161.............................................. Specifications General: Operating Voltage (G-G0): ... HT.......1U Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......................1U NSR............... 150 sec. Span Adj........................................................................................................................ Plenum Cable ...... 310 IN LB...................... Universal Cable ................. 24V....... Aux Switch.............................................. HT................................................................... ZGIB166............. 24V.........1P NSR............................... Universal Cable ......................... MOD(I)................................................................................. 3/8 to 1” (8 to 26 mm) diameter 1/4 to 5/8”2 (6 to 18 mm2) Min.... exhaust.................................................. MOD(V).................................................................................................. 310 IN LB....1U NSR... HT................................................................................................. HT........................................................................................................................ 12 H x 4.............................................. -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C) Storage and Transport: ................. <45 dBA Ambient Conditions: Ambient Temperature: Operation: .................. MOD(V).............................................................................................................. MOD(I)........ (35 Nm) Runtime for 90° Opening or Closing: . 310 IN LB......... 310 IN LB......................................1U NSR.......................................... 310 IN LB.... mixed air.........................................................................................................................................................................1U NSR.......................................... ZGIB151........................................................................................... Aux Switch.............................. Plenum Cable................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp......................................... 3/4” (20 mm) Cable Length: ............................ 24V........ non-condensing Mounting: Shaft Size: ................ Nominal Angle of Rotation: ................ Span Adj............................. HT....4 lb.................................................................................................................. Universal Cable ......................................75” W x 2................... The GIB Series are used in Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air.. ZGIB163................................................................................................................................. ZGIB156.............................. MOD(I)................................... -15% Frequency: .............................................................................. HT......................................................................... MOD(I)........ Aux Switch................................................1P NSR........................................................................ 24V....................... D-9 through D-11) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-176P25..................................................... between 2 to 30 Vdc Function: Torque: ...................................................... Plenum Cable .............................. ZGIB164.............9 m) Dimensions: .................................................... MOD(V)........ HT............... 0 V Span: .................. 310 IN LB..................................... MOD(V)................................... HT.......-in............................................................................................ 24V...................................................... Span Adj........... 3’ (0................. 24V.................... 310 IN LB.......................... and face and bypass dampers requiring up to 310 lb.. Shaft Length: ............................................................................. MOD(V)............................. 24 Vac +20%.............................. Plenum Cable ............. Plenum Cable ................................................ Universal Cable ..............................................1P NSR.................. Plenum Cable ...................................................... Aux Switch............................... 24V................... HT........ 24V........... HT......................................................1P NSR.................................................................. 310 IN LB..................... -25 to 158°F (32 to 70°C) Ambient Humidity: .................................................. (2 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # NSR.................. 4.. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..................................................................1P NSR.......... 24V...................................... HT..........................................88” D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D) Shipping Weight: ...................................................1P NSR...... 310 IN LB..................... ....................................................................................... Aux Switch............... 24V.......... 310 IN LB....................................

........................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .....................................-in.........................................................................................................: .......................................................................... Class 2 Frequency: ....0 Nm) Nominal Angle of Rotation: . D-13 through D-14) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-123P25. 108 sec.................................. 50 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................ -20 to 120°F (29 to 49°C) Mounting: Min.............-in......... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ....................................................................... 90° Ambient Humidity: ..................3 lb.................. mixed air......: ............................................................................................................................................................ 3/8 to 1/2” (10 to 13 mm) Shipping Weight: ................. 90 sec.............................................................. -30%........................................................................................... Z3490100 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............... 5% to 95% RH............................................................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................................................................................................... (6.............................................. 50 to 60 Hz Power Consumption: .................................. and face and by-pass dampers................................................ exhaust. 32 to 125°F (0 to 52°C) Storage and Transport: .............................................................. Small Torque: Min..................................2 VA Runtime for 90° Rotation: 60 Hz: ........................................................... unit conditioners and heat pump HVAC installations for the operation of return air...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................8 Nm) Torque Rating: ............................................. 35 lb... 1......................... damper shaft length: ........................ Square or round............................................................................................................................................................. 35 IN LB ...............................................................................................................................0 Nm) Max...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.........210 DAMPER ACTUATORS Electronic Damper Actuators 349 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 349 Non-Spring Return Rotary Electric Damper Actuator is designed for use in Constant or Variable Air Volume.................................................. 1-1/2” (38 mm) Suitable damper shaft: ................................................... 45 lb...............6 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # EA349 Electric Damper Actuator w/Shaft Adapter............................................................... non-condensing Ambient Temperature: Operation: ................. 24 Vac +20%............................................................................................................................................................ (0.............................................. (4.................................................-in...................................................................................... 60 lb................................................................................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............... (5.....................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................ (15 Nm) max................................................................: ........... 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ........................................ 24 VAC............................................... 1/2” (13 mm) Shipping Weight: ...............................................................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 211 Electronic Damper Actuators 349 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 349 Spring Return Rotary Electric Damper Actuator is designed for three-position or modulating control of building HVAC dampers................................................ 3-1/2” (76 mm) >5/8 to 3-1/2” (16 to 76 mm) by reversing the hub Cable Length: ..................... -30 to 150°F (-35 to 65°C) Humidity Range: ............................................. NEMA 1 Shaft Size: ........................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................: .............................................................. 4 lb....... Z3490101 50 IN LB....................................................................................................................... 1 mA Function: Running Stall Torque Max......................... 5 to 90% RH................... (6 Nm) torque............................................... 1/2” (13 mm) square or diameter 1/4 to 1/2”2 (6 to 13 mm2) Min...8 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # 50 IN LB......................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz Control Signal Adjustment: Three-position (floating) input signal: Position input and output signal: Voltage: ............. (1..............-in........................... 3 Position Control ............................................................................................ Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ............................. and louvers requiring up to 50 lb.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Spring Return..............................................................................................................3’ (1 m) Conduit opening: .................................................................................................-in..................................................... ventilation flaps....-in........................................................................... 2 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................................................... The 349 Damper Actuator is ideal for Constant or Variable Air Volume installations in unit ventilators.......................................................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.......................................................................................... D-15 through D-16) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-178P25 and 155-179P25............................................................. (6 Nm) Nominal Angle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................... Z3490102 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................................................... 3............................................................................... Shaft Length: ....................... -30 to 140°F (-35 to 60°C) Storage Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................ Spring Return Stall Torque Min....... Spring Return........................................ non-condensing Mounting: Enclosure: ................................................................................ 95° +2° Ambient Conditions: Ambient Temperature: ..................................................................................... 130 lb.... 50 lb.... control dampers............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Modulating Control ....................................................... 24 VAC....................................................

.......................................................................................................................................... Running Time 160° Stroke: Non-Spring Return: ......................... 8......................................................................................................................212 DAMPER ACTUATORS Electronic Damper Actuators 338 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 338 Electronic Damper Actuator is used with frame or floor mount linkage kits to operate dampers in HVAC installations and accept a modulating 0 to 10 Vdc or two-position SPST signal input from an electronic controller................................................................................................ 20 VA Nominal Angular Rotation: Modulating: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Z338 014 60 IN LB........................................... (3......................................... 150 lb...................... Modulating Spring Return Actuator ...... Z338 012 150 IN LB....................................................................................................4 kg) Non-Spring Return: .....................................................................3 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # 60 IN LB................................................................................................................................................................... Factory set at m in......4 lb................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50 Hz: ................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................................... The 338 Actuators are used for HVAC dampers requiring up to 300 lb...................................................................................... 75....................................................................................................... Spring Return and Non-Spring Return models are available................................................................................................... 80° to 160° Position Resolution (Modulating 160° stroke): .... at 77°F (25°C) Ambient Temperature: Operation and Storage: ... stroke 80° Field Adjustable: ................-in (34 Nm) 60 Hz: .................................................................................................................. 17 Nm) 60 Hz: ........................... 2-Position Spring Return Actuator ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 80° to 160° Two-Position: ........................................................................................... 60. Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator .......................................... Z338 001 75 IN LB.......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............................................................................................................................ 70 repositions Running Time 160° Stroke: Non-Spring Return: ....................................... (34 Nm) or torque for operation on dampers at ambient temperatures between 0° and 120°F (-18 to 49°C)........................................................................................... Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ................................................................................................................................................................................................-in (7.......................................................-in): .... 50 to 60 Hz Power Consumption: ............................................................. -22 to 122°F (-30 to 50°C) Humidity: ............................................................................................................................... D-17 through D-18) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-1136P25...........................................................................................................-in........................... (2.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Min........... 60 sec................................................................................................... 60 sec.......................................... 93% RH at 96°F (36°C) Shipping Weights: Spring Return: .................................................... 120 +2 sec................................................................................................................................................................................... 300 lb..................................... 144 sec.. Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ...................... Z338 021 Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +10% Frequency: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 lb............................. 75 sec............. 50 Hz: ........................................ Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator . 7........................................................................................................................ 2................................................................................................... Factory set at 160° Field Adjustable: ...... Spring Return (60 lb......................................................... Z338 013 300 IN LB.....................................................

........... (0.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. The actuator is available in a variety of spring ranges for energy optimizing and sequencing with other devices.......... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z......................................................................... bracket.......................................................................................................................................5 cm2) Stroke: .......................................... metal-fabricated device that provides gradual or positive actuation of HVAC dampers.................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 213 Pneumatic Damper Actuators 331 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 331 No......................... 3 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 2-3/8” (60 mm) stroke................................................................................................................ pivot...................... 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C) Storage: ..................................... -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C) Materials: Housing (totally enclosed): .................3 lb.................. Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ......................2 (51...................................... 1................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................................................. Ozone-resistant EPT rubber Spring: .................................................................. 8 in........................................................ Plated Steel Diaphragm: ............. D-19 through D-20) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-146P25.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Air Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 30 psig (210 kPa) Nominal Spring Ranges: ........................................................................ 2-3/8” (60 mm) Max. Aluminum Stem: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Actuator is a rugged........................... Steel Bearing: .......................... tubing Type of Mounting: ............................. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................................................................... Front.............................58 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # To order Siemens products through Andover Controls......... Delrin Air Connection: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3 to 7 psi (21 to 50 kPa) 5 to 10 psi (35 to 69 kPa) 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa) Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: .. 1/8” NPT female with a straight dual barb fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O......................................................................................................................................................................... extended shaft Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ....................................................................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................................................................................................................. The No...D.............................

............... (1...........................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 214 Pneumatic Damper Actuators 331 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 331 No........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... metal fabricated device that provides gradual or positive actuation of HVAC and fire/smoke dampers...... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.................................. Front........................... 3...................................................................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................................................................................ Air Pressure: ......................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) Nominal Spring Ranges: ...................................................... 4 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 4” (102 mm) stroke............................. bracket.................................................................................................2 (71 cm2) Stroke: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Steel..... 1/8” NPT female with a straight dual barb fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O...................................................................... Delrin Air Connection: ............................................................66 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # To order Siemens products through Andover Controls................................................ 4” (102 mm) Stroke (hesitation models): .................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................... fan discharge. It is recommended for control of outdoor................................. universal (extended shaft or frame mount) Shipping Weight (Actuator only): .................................D........................................................................... and static control dampers...................................................................................................................................................... 3” (76 mm) Max................................................................................................................... 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C) Storage: .......................................................................... return air...................................................................................................... exhaust...................................................................................................................................... Steel Bearing: ............................................................ 3 to 7 psi (21 to 50 kPa) 3 to 13 psi (21 to 90 kPa) 5 to 10 psi (35 to 69 kPa) 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa) Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: ................................................................... Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................................................... tubing Type of Mounting: ................ Ozone-resistant EPT rubber Spring: ................................................................ D-21 through D-22) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-032P25............................................................................. The No............................. pivot............................. Stainless Steel Diaphragm: .................... face and bypass............................. -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C) Materials: Housing (totally enclosed): .................................................................................... 11 in......................................................................... electro-coated epoxy Shaft: ........................................................................................................................................................66 lb..................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Actuator is a rugged....................................

................................................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C) Materials: Housing: ...................................... fan inlet vanes....................................................................................................................................... Aluminum Stem: ........................ The No........9 in............. Steel Bearing: ......................... fan discharge. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................................................................................................................... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............................................................................................... static pressure control............................................................................................ D-23 through D-24) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-029P25............................................... multisection............... Ozone-resistant rubber Spring: .... mixed air............................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) Nominal Spring Ranges: .................................................................................................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp....... 1/8” NPT female Type of Mounting: ............................................................... Bronze Oilite Air Connection: .................................................................................................................................................................... 9......................................... and other special applications..................................................................................................................................................................... 6 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 4” (102 mm) stroke.............................................................................................................................................................. Type 416 Stainless Steel Diaphragm: ................................ Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: .............................................................................................................................DAMPER ACTUATORS 215 Pneumatic Damper Actuators 331 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 331 No........................... metal-fabricated device that provides gradual or positive actuation of HVAC and fire/smoke dampers......................08 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.............................................................................................................. (4................. 17.............................................................................................................................. exhaust....................................................................................................................... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) 3 to 13 psi (21 to 90 kPa) 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa) Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: ........................................................................................................................................................................... face and bypass............................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......... 6 Actuator is a rugged........ Air Pressure: ......................................................................................................................2 (115 cm2) Stroke: ............................................................................................................................................... 4” (102 mm) Max................... universal (extended shaft or female mount) Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ...................................................... Pivot............... The actuator is excellent for control of outdoor air.......................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C) Storage: ......................................................0 lb.................... return air.............................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................... 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa) Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: ........................................................................................................................................ Ozone-resistant rubber Spring: ....................................................................................................................... Air Pressure: ..................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30 lb.DAMPER ACTUATORS 216 Pneumatic Damper Actuators 331 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 331 No............................................... 3 to 12 psi (21 to 83 kPa) Spring Range: Factory Setting: ......................................................... 35............................................................................................................................................................................................................... (13... universal (extended shaft or female mount) Shipping Weight: .............................................................................................. -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C) Storage: ..................................................... D-25 through D-26) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-277P25.......................................................................................................................................................................................... Pivot............................................................................................................................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) Spring Start Point (Adjustable): ......... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum Stem: ................................... Steel Bearing: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Recommended to position inlet vanes on fans or large dampers that use a jack shaft...............................................................5 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6 Pneumatic Actuator-Tamdem Mounting is a rugged................................... 4” (102 mm) Max............. Bronze Oilite Air Connection: ......................................... mounted on a sturdy angle iron frame...................................................................................................................... piloted by a positioning relay.......................................................... 1/8” NPT female Type of Mounting: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C) Materials: Housing: ................................................................................................................. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... metal-fabricated device for tandem-mounting............................................................................................................... 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa) Spring Span (Adjustable): ............... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...........................................8 in................................ Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: .................2 (230 cm2) Stroke: .............. Type 416SS Diaphragm: ..........................................

.......................................................................... Siemens Building Technologies Dampers & Actuators Accessories & Service Kits are available for sale through the Andover Controls Peripherals Program............................................................................... Specifications General: Air Supply Pressure: ............. 50 to 140°F (10 to 60°C) Storage: .................................................................................................... 19..................................................................... (176 Nm) Spring Start Point (adjustable): ...................................................................................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... D-29 through D-36) for descriptions and specific product part numbers...................................................................................................... Pressure: .......... 1/8” NPT Type of Mounting: ............................................................ Pivot Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ....................................................... 35 lb................... 25 psi (172 kPa) Max............................................................. -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C) Effective Piston Area: ................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.. simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z................................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp................................................................................ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3 to 10 psig (21 to 69 kPa) Air Connection: ...2 (126 cm2) Stroke: ... as it has the capacity to handle heavy loads............... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............................................................................................. (16 kg) Ordering Information Item Part # To order Siemens products through Andover Controls...........................................................................6 in......................... D-27 through D-28) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-030P25.............. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................................................................................................... This actuator cannot be used when spring return to fail safe position is required.... The 331 controls large dampers and equipment that requires high operating thrust......DAMPER ACTUATORS 217 Pneumatic Damper Actuators 331 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies 331 Large Capacity Pneumatic Actuator is designed to develop very high thrust......................... To order Siemens products through Andover Controls............... 7” (18 cm)-ft.................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .218 DAMPER ACTUATORS Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

.................... Linear Mounting Location: .... The Powermite MZ Series Valves are used for control of hot or chilled water for convectors........................................................................... and similar terminal units requiring an actuator that delivers a minimum of 45 lb................................... ANSI Class 250 Stem Travel (stroke): ........... UNS CA 844 Bronze Body Trim: .............. Use only with the MZ Series SSB Valve Actuator........................... ANSI Class 250 Stem Travel (stroke): .............. 100........................................................................... 50.................................. simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.......... Recommended Diff.............................................. 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C) Max.............................. Specifications General: Line Size: ...................................1 Close-off Ratings: ............................................. Brass Stem: ............ Metal to metal Action: .....................................VALVES & ACTUATORS 219 Powermite 599 MZ Series NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 1” Valves are designed to work with the SSB MZ Series Actuator with a 7/32” (5................... (200 N) force................. Globe Seat Style: ......... glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range: .......................................................................................... NO/NC Valve Body Rating: ..................................... and similar terminal units requiring an actuator that delivers a minimum of 45 lb............................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.................................................. 7/32” (5........... 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm) Body Style: ... radiation............. Use only with the MZ Series SSB Valve Actuator................................. C-25 through C-26) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-198P25................................... Water...................... Pressure for Modulating Service: .....5 mm) stroke.. reheat coils................. According to ANSI/FCI70-2 Leakage Rate: ...................................1 Cv>1: ....................................................5 mm) Materials: Body: ........ Pressure for Modulating Service: .............................................................................1 Close-off Ratings: ........................................................................................................... Water..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Packing: ............................. 50.............................. Recommended Diff......................................................................................................................5 mm) stroke. Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Packing: ................ unit conditioners..................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring General: Controlled Medium: .... fan coil units........................................ Metal to metal Action: ....01% of Cv) Flow Characteristics: ...... (200 N) force............................................ Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.................. The Powermite MZ Series Valves are used for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors................ Linear Mounting Location: ............................. glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range: .......................................................................... radiation..................................................... C-27 through C-28) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-199P25...................................................................................... According to ANSI/FCI70-2 Leakage Rate: ....... Class IV (0...................................... Brass Stem: ...........................5 mm) Materials: Body: ................ unit conditioners.......................... 25 psi (173 kPa) Rangeability: Cv<1: .................. 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C) Max. 25 psi (173 kPa) Rangeability: Cv<1: ............... NEMA 1 (interior only) NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 2” Valves are designed to work with the SSB MZ Series Actuator with a 7/32” (5........................ UNS CA 844 Bronze Body Trim: ..........01% of Cv) Flow Characteristics: ................................................. 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm) Body Style: ............... Specifications General: Line Size: ............... NO/NC Valve Body Rating: ... Class IV (0.................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................. Globe Seat Style: ......................... 7/32” (5....... reheat coils........ 100........................................ fan coil units.......................................................................................................1 Cv>1: .......................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring General: Controlled Medium: ....................................................................................

................ Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............................. 45 lb.......................... 24-93 NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series SSB81U Electronic Valve Actuator requires a 24 Vac supply floating control signal to provide three-position control.......................................................... CSA C22................ 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ............................... Nominal Stroke: ........ 24-93 Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls................... 6 VA Ambient Temperature: Operation: .................. C-31 through C-32) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-195P25................................ The SSB61U is for use in heating and cooling HVAC applications with Powermite 599 Series valves that need 45 lb.. This actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MZ Series Valves with a 7/32” (5......... 150 sec..... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ....................... 50/60 Hz Function: Running Time: ............................................................................. CSA C22......... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: .......................... 6 VA Ambient Temperature: Operation: ........................... This actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MZ Series Valves with a 7/32” (5............................ 45 lb.. 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ............ 34 to 230°F (1 to 110°C) Agency Approvals: .................................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................ UL873........... (200 N) of nominal force................... (200 N) General: Power Consumption: ............ 7/32” (5...............5 mm) Nominal Force: ...................................................... Use only with MZ Series valve bodies.... Use only with MZ Series valve bodies....................................................................................................... The SSB81U is for use in heating and cooling HVAC applications with Powermite 599 Series valves that need 45 lb.....................................................220 VALVES & ACTUATORS Powermite 599 MZ Series Avail.................................................................. 7/32” (5...................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................... Nominal Stroke: ............................ Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ..........................5 mm) stroke and a threaded valve bonnet that fits the actuator......................... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............. Fall 1999 Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series SSB61U Electronic Valve Actuator requires a 24 Vac supply and receives a 0 to 10 Vdc control signal to proportionally control a valve....................................5 mm) stroke and a threaded valve bonnet that fits the actuator.... -13 to 58°F (-25 to 70°C) Medium Temperature: .. 50/60 Hz Function: Running Time: .2 No...... (200 N) General: Power Consumption: .......................... 34 to 122°F (1 to 50°C) Transport and Storage: ...................................................................... -13 to 58°F (-25 to 70°C) Medium Temperature: ............................................5 mm) Nominal Force: . 34 to 122°F (1 to 50°C) Transport and Storage: ........ 150 sec............................................................2 No................. UL873.............. C-29 through C-30) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-192P25................... 34 to 230°F (1 to 110°C) Agency Approvals: ................................................. (200 N) of nominal force.....................................

........... radiation....... Pressure for Modulating Service: Brass Trim: .................... Three-way mixing Valve Body Rating: ......................... 7/32” (5......................................................................... and similar terminal units...1 Cv>1: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 mm) Materials: Body: .................................... 25 psi (173 kPa) Stainless Steel Trim: ................................1 Close-off Ratings: ........................................................1 Cv>1: ...................................................................... 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C) Max..... Water.............. NEMA 1 (interior only) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls............................ 25 psi (173 kPa) Stainless Steel Trim: ..................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...................................... glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range: .......................... fan coil units.................................................. also suited for low pressure steam................................................ 100.................................... reheat coils.... Class IV (0......... unit conditioners..................................1 Close-off Ratings: .......... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) General: Stem Travel (stroke): ......................................01% of Cv) Flow Characteristics: ............................. Pressure for Modulating Service: Brass Trim: ............................................ simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z... Stainless Steel or Brass Stem: ..................................................................................... ANSI Class 250 Stem Travel (stroke): ...................................... Globe Seat Style: ...................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.............. Ethylene Propylene O-ring Spring Range: Normally Closed: ........................................................ unit conditioners.......................... glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range: ............................................ 50............................................................................. Ethylene Propylene O-ring Spring Range: .......................................................VALVES & ACTUATORS 221 Powermite 599 MT Series NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Series Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 1” Valves are designed to work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 7/32” (5... C-35 through C-36) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-197P25.. 50 psi (345 kPa) Rangeability: Cv<1: ................. Use only with the MT Series SSB Valve Actuators........................................................... 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm) Body Style: ........................................... radiation...... Metal to metal Action: .................................................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Packing: .......................... 8 to 13 psi (55 to 99 kPa) General: Controlled Medium: ............... 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm) Body Style: ............................ Linear Mounting Location: .............................................................................. Specifications General: Line Size: ................................................. NO/NC Valve Body Rating: ................ and similar terminal units requiring water mixing............... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................................................ Globe Seat Style: ............................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ................. Stainless Steel or Brass Stem: ............. 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa) Normally Open: ..... reheat coils...............................5 mm) stroke........................................................................................ 50..................... UNS CA 844 Bronze Body Trim: ............................. UNS CA 844 Bronze Body Trim: .............. NEMA 1 (interior only) NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 1” Valves are designed to work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 7/32” (5.................................................................... Class IV (0................................................................................................. 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C) Max............... The Powermite MT Series Valves are used for hot or chilled water for convectors................01% of Cv) Flow Characteristics: ...................... Recommended Diff..... According to ANSI/FCI70-2 Leakage Rate: .............. fan coil units... Recommended Diff.......... 50 psi (345 kPa) Rangeability: Cv<1: ........... 100.................................. 7/32” (5......................................... Linear Mounting Location: ................................................................... ANSI Class 250 Materials: Body: ...................... C-33 through C-34) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-196P25..................................................................... The Powermite MT Series Valves are used for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors... According to ANSI/FCI70-2 Leakage Rate: ....................................... Metal to metal Action: ....................................5 mm) Controlled Medium: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Use only with the MT Series Valve Actuators................................................... Specifications General: Line Size: . Water.......................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Packing: ........5 mm) stroke..........

......................................... General: Nominal Stroke: ...5 mm) stroke.............. +5% 50 Hz: .............................................2 kg) NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT SQS82U Electronic Valve Actuator requires a 24 Vac floating control signal to provide three-position control.......... This actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MT Series Valve with a 7/32” (5.... +10% Frequency: .. 35 si (241 kPa) Air Connection: ........... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.......... 7/32” (5...................... (400 N) Ambient Temperature: Operation: ...............................................................25 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls........... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................. 1/8” NPT fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O......................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............... -13 to 140°F (-25 to 60°C) Medium Temperature: ................................ CSA C22....... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: 60 Hz: ................................ Use only with the MT Series valve bodies... Valve Dependent Span: . Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.45 VA Running Time: at 60 Hz: ..................5 mm) stroke......................................................... Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ..................... 5 psi (34 kPa) Nominal Stroke: .......................... 7/32” (5..................... +5 sec......................... UL873.... NEMA 1 (interior only) Shipping Weight: ......... Use only with the MT Series SSB valve bodies............................... 90 lb... Silicone Nominal Spring Range: .. at 50 Hz: ................................................... The Powermite 2” Valve Actuator is designed to be used on Powermite 599 Series Terminal Unit Valves in liquid and steam service applications........ 150 sec.................................................................................................................................................................... (0............. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp..........56 lb...................................................... -20%.............................................................................5 mm) General: Max..D.4”2 (22 cm2) Diaphragm Material: ..................... 0................... 125 sec....222 VALVES & ACTUATORS Powermite 599 MT Series NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Series 2” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Powermite 599 MT Series Terminal Unit Valves with a 7/32” (5........... -40 to 180°F (-40 to 82°C) Mounting Location: ...... C-37 through C-38) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-189P25........................................5 mm) Nominal Force: ................. -15%..................................................................... (0....... 0.... 24-93 Shipping Weight: ...................................... 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) Transport and Storage: ...............43 lb............... 3. Diaphragm Pressure: ........................................................................ 24 Vac..... C-39 through C-40) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-191P25.. +5 sec.... 41 to 248°F (5 to 120°C) Agency Approvals: ..................... 24 Vac........................................... polyethylene tubing Ambient Temperature Transportion: . 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: .................................. 1.................2 No...........................................

............................ Use only with the MT Series valve bodies................... (0...................................................................................................................... non-condensing Medium Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................1 lb............................... 0..5 mm) Nominal Force: .................................................................... 35 s Fail Safe (SQS65........................................................ -13 to 149°F (-25 to 65°C) Ambient Humidity: ...................................................................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: 60 Hz: ..........................5: ..................... 3 VA SQS65..... 24 Vac.................. 30 s at 50 Hz: ........ 0................................ +20%..................................... -+20% Frequency: . 24 Vac.............................................. 8 s Nominal Stroke: .6 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls....................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover........................................................................................... 1........ 7/32” (5..............VALVES & ACTUATORS 223 Powermite 599 MT Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT SQS65 and SQS65..... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................................3 lb..... UL873.................................................................................................. 7 VA Control Signal (Y) Voltage: ...................................................................... 24-93 Shipping Weights: SQS65: . 5 to 122°F (-15 to 50°C) Transport and Storage: ......... running time General: Running Time: at 60 Hz: ..................... 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: SQS65: ........5 mm) stroke............................ This actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MT Series Valve with a 7/32” (5... CSA C22........................................................ Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............................................................................................................... 100 K Ohms Control Signal (R): Resistance: ..2 No...... C-41 through C-42) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-191P25....... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.................. -15% 50 Hz: ................................. 1..................5 mA max...... (0............................... 41 to 248°F (5 to 120°C) Agency Approvals: ..........................5: ...... 0 to 90% RH..5 only): . (400 N) Ambient Temperature: Operation: ......................................................1 mA Input Impedance: ......... 90 lb.5 kg) SQS65............ 0 to 1000 Ohms Position Output (U): Voltage: ............5 Electronic Valve Actuators require a 24 Vac supply and receive a 0 to 10 Vdc or a 0 to 1000 Ohm control signal to proportionally control a valve............................................................................ 0 to 10 Vdc Current: .................................................................................................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............

.................. simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z..................................... Section Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls....................................................................................................................................................... Recommended for mixing water supplies of two different temperatures............................................................. and glycol solutions up to 50%.............................. 25 psi (173 kPa) Stainless Steel: ................... 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C) Steam Packing: . Recommended for water........................................................................................................ UNS CA 844 Bronze Body Trim: Bronze: ... glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range:: ............................................................... Refer to Flowrite Ref.......................... General: Max.................... EPDM O-ring General: Operating Controlled Medium: .................... Inlet Pressure: Water: ...................... glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range: Normal Duty Packing: .......... Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: ................................................. 100 psig (690 kPa) Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 2” Valves are designed to work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke............................... C-69 through C-70) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-185P25.... C-67 through C-68) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-184P25...... Refer to Flowrite Ref............. 25 psi (173 kPa) Steam: ....................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp................................. Available in ANSI Class 250................................................................................ 50 psi (345 kPa) Stem: ......................................................... Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: Bronze Trim: Liquid: ........ Water............ 15psi (103 kPa) Stainless Steel Trim: Liquid/Steam: ............. 25 psi (173 kPa) Steam: ................................................................................................................................................................ UNS CA 844 Bronze Body Trim: ........... Available in ANSI Class 250 for Normally Closed or Normally Open action............. 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C) Max....... Globe-style control valve w/four connection options Materials Body: ......................... Globe-style control valve w/two connection options Materials: Body: .. 50 psi (345 kPa) Max.................................. low and high pressure steam................................................................................................... Saturated steam. Specifications General: Body Style: ........................ Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Operating Controlled Medium: .... Bronze Stem: ......................224 VALVES & ACTUATORS Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 2” Valves are designed to work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke........... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.... 337°F (170°C) max............................. 50 psi (345 kPa) Steam: ...... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Packing: ..................... Specifications General: Body Style: ..............15psi (103 kPa) Stainless Steel Trim: ......... 50 psi (345 kPa) Max............... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp..................................................................... Rec....... water............ Section Steam: .. Inlet Pressure: .............................

...................... Linear Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls............. 5”..... water.............................................................. glycol solutions up to 50% Medium Temperature Range: .......... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp................................. equal percentage Lower Port: ................................................... According to ANSI/FCI 70-2 Close-off Pressure: .......................................................................................................................... 1-1/2” (40 mm) Materials: Body: ............ Metal-to-metal Stem: ........................................................................ Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 Operating Controlled Medium: ................... and 6”: .......................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa) Stainless Steel Trim: ........................... steam........................................................... Available in ANSI Class 125 and 250 for Normally Closed or Normally Open action..... Available in ANSI Class 250.............. 25 psi (173 kPa) Steam: ............... and 6”: .. Specifications General: Body Style: ..................... Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: Bronze Trim: ...................................... glycol solutions up to 50% General: Medium Temperature Range: Normal Duty Packing: ...................................... 5”.................................. 1-1/2” (40 mm) Materials: Body: ....................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303 General: Operating Controlled Medium: ......... Recommended for water............................................... Saturated steam............. Flanged Action: .......................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa) Flow Characteristics: Upper Port: ...... Max................................... Three-way water mix Stem Travel (Stroke): 2-1/2” and 3”: ............................................ Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Body Trim: ......................... 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C) Steam Packing: . 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C) Max...................................... C-73 through C-74) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-160P25....................................................... Mod.................................................... water.......... Specifications General: Body Style: ................................ 337°F (170°C) max.......... Flanged Stem Travel (Stroke) 2-1/2” and 3”: ............. Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: Bronze Trim: Liquid: .VALVES & ACTUATORS 225 Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Two-way Flanged Iron 2-1/2 to 6” Valves are designed to work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators............................................... Refer to Valve Selection Charts Stem: . 3/4” (20 mm) 4”............ Refer to the Flowrite Reference Section Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Three-way Flanged Iron 2-1/2 to 6” Valves are designed to work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators...................................................... Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Plug: ... Recommended for water and glycol solutions up to 50%....................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.................................................................................................................................................. 3/4” (20 mm) 4”............................... and glycol solutions up to 50%............................. C-71 through C-72) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-184P25......................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................................................................. 15psi (103 kPa) Stainless Steel Trim: Liquid/Steam: ......................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............ 50 psi (345 kPa) Close-off Ratings: ................................................................

.......... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............................................................................................................... 5 to 10 psi.................................................................... The 4” Pneumatic Valve Actuator has a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke and is available in three spring ranges (3to 8 psi. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp....... Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................ 11”2 (71 cm2) Diaphragm Material: ..................... NEMA 1 (interior only) Shipping Weight: .............. 3 to 13 psig (21 to 90 kPa) Mounting Location: .... 28”2 (180 cm2) Diaphragm Material: . 25 to 300°F (-4 to 149°C) High Temperature Service: ................ 2...................... 5 psi (34 kPa) High Temperature Service: ...... Silicone Nominal Stroke: .............. 10 psi (68 kPa) Adjustable Start Point: ..... (5 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls................................. 35 psi (241 kPa) Air Connection: .......... 3 to 8 psig (21 to 55 kPa) High Temperature: .................................... C-75 through C-76) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-183P25...226 VALVES & ACTUATORS Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite 4” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications..7 lb....................... Diaphragm Pressure: .................................................................................................................................................................. C-77 through C-78) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-161P25........... 35 to 180°F (2 to 85°C) General: Nominal Spring Range: Fixed Span: Normal Duty Service: ............................................ (1.................. 1/8” NPT Ambient Operating & Storage Temp........................................... The 8” Pneumatic Valve Actuator has a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke and is available with two diaphragm options for normal duty and high temperature service... Buna-N Temperature Range: Normal Duty Service: .............................. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................ 3/4” (20 mm) Max................................. 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa) Factory Setting: Normal Duty: ....................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................. 0 to 25°F (-18 to 107°C) Mounting Location: ....................... 1/8” NPT Ambient Operating and Storage Temp: ...................................... NEMA 1 (interior only) Shipping Weight: ...1 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite 8” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications.... 3/4” (20 mm) Max........................... 8.................. and 10 to 15 psi)...........................................................: ................5 lb.................................................................... Diaphragm Pressure: ................................ 200 to 366°F (93 to 186°C) Nominal Stroke: ................................................. Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ...................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................................................. 35 psi (241 kPa) General: Air Connection: ....................................................................................................

................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................... 3/4 or 1-1/2” (20 or 40 mm) Max.................................... non condensing Media Temperature: .. 3/4” (20 mm) Run Time: ........... Specifications General: Effective Diaphragm Area: .... 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa) Factory Setting: ...... The 12” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is available with two stem strokes... 90”2 (580 cm2) Diaphragm Material: .......................................... Impedance: ........................ 250 Ohms Control Output (U): Voltage: ........ 3........................ to 285°F (140°C) Conduit Opening: ......................... 0 to 90% RH........................................................ 5 psi (34 kPa) Adjustable Start Point: ............................................................................................ -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) Ambient Humidity: ................................... NEMA 1 (interior only) Shipping Weight: .............................................................................................................. Available as fail-in-place only....................................................... 35 sec........................................................... 3/4” (20 mm) stroke and 1-1/2” (40 mm)........................................... 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C) Transport and Storage Temperature: .......... 24 Vdc +20% Frequency: ....................... (700 N) Operating: Operating Temperature: .................................. 150 lb.....6 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.............................. Control Input (R): Current: ..5 lb............................................VALVES & ACTUATORS 227 Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite 12” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications................... 0..............5 mA max.................................. 4 to 20 mA Max... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............................ Nominal Force: ................................................................... Diaphragm Pressure: ...................................................... and requires a 24 Vac supply................................................................. Buna-N Nominal Spring Range: Fixed Span: .................... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) General: Nominal Stroke: ................................. (24 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SQX62U Electronic Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke.............................. and receives a 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve....1 mA max......................................................................... Impedance: .................................................... 1/4” NPT Medium Temperature: ........ 4 to 20 mA Max............. 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: .......................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................................................................. Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ............................................................ 18 VA Control Signals: Control Input (Y): Voltage: ............................................................................... C-81 through C-82) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-182P25.................. General: Control Output (U): Current: . 25to 386°F (-4to 186°C) Mounting Location: ....................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.............................................................. (1...................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..... C-79 through C-80) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-162P25.......................... 35 psi (241 kPa) Air Connection: ...................................................... 53 lb.. 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM Shipping Weight: ........................................ 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ................................... 24 Vac +20%.... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z........................................................................................................................ 0................................................................... 250 Ohms Function: Nominal Stroke: .......

......................................................... 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls............................................. 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: ........................ Impedance: ............1 mA max............. 0 to 16 V Control Input (R): Current: ......................5 mA max................................. 4 to 20 mA Max............................................................................ SQX82............... 250 Ohms General: Control Output (U): Voltage: ..................................................................................... 150 sec................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ... 4 to 20 mA Max.................. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.......5 lb.......... Resistance: ... 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ............ 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C) Transport and Storage Temperature: ............. 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: ...................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: .................................00U/SQX82......................................03U @ 50 Hz: ..................................................... (1................... to 285°F (140°C) Conduit Opening: ............................................................................................... 0............ 120 sec................................................................................... 3............00U @ 60 Hz: ...................................................................... Available with fail-in-place only............... C-85 through C-86) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-180P25.... 0................................................................................. 18 VA Control Signals: Control Input (Y): Voltage: ............................ 14 to 300°F (-10 to 150°C) Conduit Opening: ................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover...............................5 VA Function: Nominal Stroke: ................. 35 sec................. SQX82........ 250 Ohms Operating: Ambient Temperature: ..... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ............................................................. General: Nominal Force: ................... 30 sec........ simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............................................................................ Control Input (R)..... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ...............6 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKD62U Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke in liquid and steam service applications............... 150 lb................................. 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C) Media Temperature: ...........................................................................................228 VALVES & ACTUATORS Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SQX82........................................03U @ 60 Hz: ............................................................. SQX82........................................... 0 to 90% RH................. Control Output (U): Current: .................... Impedance: ........ 6........................................... non condensing Media Temperature: .......................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp..............................................00U @ 50 Hz: ...................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................. The SKD Electronic Valve Actuator receives a 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve.............................. -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C) Ambient Humidity: ............. 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM Shipping Weight: ............ 3/4” (20 mm) Run Time: SQX82......................................................................................... (700 N) Operating: Operating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ....... C-83 through C-84) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-186P25............................................... 0 to 1000 Ohms Voltage: ..........03U Electronic Actuators with 24 Vac 3-position control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke to proportionally control the valve............................................

............ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................... 14 to 300°F (-10 to 150°C) Conduit Opening: ........................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max......... 0 to 1000 Ohms Voltage: .......................................................................................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................... (3............................................................................................. 15 VA Control Signal: ............................................... 0 to 1........................................................................ Control Input (R): Resistance: ................................................. C-89 through C-90) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-163P25...... 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ...... 0........................................................5 lb........... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............................................................................ 24 Vac +20% Frequency: .......................................... 258 lb (1000 N) Operating: Ambient Temperature: ...................................... 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: SKD82.............. 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM Shipping Weight: .................................................................................................................................................1 mA max.........................5 mA max........................................... 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C) Media Temperature: ........................ The SKB/SKC Electronic Valve Actuator receives a 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve...................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ................................ Impedance: .....................51U: ............................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp......50U/SKD82........................................ 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: SKB62: ....50U: .................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max....... C-87 through C-88) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-181P25........... 0% Force: .... 10 VA SKD82.................................... 250 Ohms Control Output (U): Voltage: .......................................................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ..................................................................................................................... 3-position (floating) Function: Nominal Stroke: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: ............... Impedance: ...... 250 Ohms Operating: Ambient Temperature: ............ 14 to 300°F (-10 to 150°C) Conduit Opening: ..... (1000 N) General: NO and 3-way By Pass: Stroke: ..............VALVES & ACTUATORS 229 Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKD82.......................................... 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls..................................................................... 7................................................ 0 to 10 Vdc Current: .................... 18 VA SKC62: ..................................................................... Control Output (U): Current: ................................ 0% Force: ................... 0.. 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C) Media Temperature: ...........................6 V General: Control Input (R): Current: ...................................................... 3/4” (20 mm) Nominal Force: NC and 3-way Upper: Stroke: .......51U Valve Actuators with 24 Vac 3-position (floating) control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke in liquid and steam service applications...........4 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKB62U/SKC62U Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) and 1-1/2” (40 mm) strokes in liquid and steam service applications................. simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z......................................................................................................................................................................................... 225 lb......................................................................................... 28 VA Control Signals: Control Input (Y): Voltage: ..........................................................................................

........................................ Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........................... (712 N) 1-12” (40 mm) stroke: ................................................ 11lb..............................4 lb (9........................................ (1424 N) Operating: Ambient Temperature: ................................................... (5......................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: .................... 3-position (floating) Nominal Stroke: SKB: ..................................... 0% Force: .. 70° Nominal Force: Fail-safe: .............................................. 0 to 120°F (-18 to 49°C) Storage: ..5 lb.......................... 610 lb................................................ 20 VA Control Signal: ............. 100 K Ohm Position Resolution: ...........................................................................................7 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Electro-mechanical Valve Actuator is designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series from 1/2” through 4” (18 mm to 100 mm) line sizes in liquid and steam service applications... 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C) Media Temperature: .......................... The linkage fastens the valve body and actuator together and transforms the angular movement of the actuator output shaft to the straight-line motion required to control the valve........ 7/8” (22 mm) Shipping Weights: Spring Return: ......................... (5 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls................................................................................................... Specifications General: Operating Voltage: .................................... 20 VA Input Signal (as shipped): ........................... 320 lb...................................................... 18............................. 24 Vac +10% Frequency: ....................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Adjustable Start V: ............... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............ 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: ......................................................................................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm) SKC: . 19 VA SKC82.............. 3 to 16 Vdc Input Impedance: ................ 1-1/2” (40 mm) General: Nominal Force: NC and 3-way Upper: Stroke: ................................................................... 24 Vac +20% Frequency: ............................................................51U: ............................................................................................... 160 lb..... 0 to 10 Vdc Adjustable Span ∆V: ................................................................ (712 N) General: Fail-in-place: 3/4” (20 mm) stroke: ............................................................50U: ...................................................................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.............................................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .. 14 to 300°F (-10 to 150°C) Shipping Weight: SKB82: ............................................. 160 lb............................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C) Conduit Opening (4): .9 kg) Non-spring Return: ........................... 1000 lb (4400 N) Operating: Ambient Temperature: ................. (8............................................................................................................................................................................ C-93 through C-94) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-172P25......................................................230 VALVES & ACTUATORS Flowrite 599 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKB/SKC Valve Actuators with 24 Vac 3-position (floating) control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) and 1-1/2” (40 mm) strokes in liquid and steam service applications.................. 100% Force: .............4 kg) SKC82: ................................. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover......... (2684 N) NO and 3-way By Pass: Stroke: ................ 15 VA SKC82........................................................................... C-91 through C-92) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-171P25......... 10 VA SKB82......................................................................................................................................61U: .................................................................................................................... 21.........60U: .... 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: SKB82............................ 13 lb...............................................................................................................................................................................

.................................................. reheat coils and similar terminal units which require water mixing................... 25 psi (172 kPa) Shipping Weight: ........................ ANSI Class 250 Actuator Standard Spring Ranges w/ 10 psi (69 kPa) ∆P: Differential Pressure: .................................... 2 (22 cm2) Max................................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa) Air Connection: .......................................................... and similar terminal unit applications..... 1/8” NPT Controlled Medium: . radiation.......................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............ Diaphragm Pressure: .........................0 lb.......................................... Globe Flared Valve Action: ........................ 20 psi (138 kPa) Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite 656 Three-way Water Mixing Valve is designed for water mixing applications....................................... 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa) 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) Nominal Spring Span: ...............................................................................9 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls..................... Water........................................... Glycol solution Maximum Medium Temperature: ...................... C-99 through C-100) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-084P25 and 155-085P25...................................................... The Powermite Two-way Valves are available with Normally Open or Normally Closed action....................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) Air Connection: ........................................................................................................................... Diaphragm Pressure: .................................. Bronze Valve Body Rating: .......................................... Recommended for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors...................... Specifications General: Valve Size: ............................................................. The 656 Powermite Three-way Water Mixing Valve is a high-grade bronze body forged with connections for 1/2” O..... radiation......... NO (Direct Action)/NC (Direct Action) Stem Travel: .......... Specifications General: Valve Size: .................................................. Glycol solution Maximum Medium Temperature: .........................................................4 in................................... SAE flare fittings........ 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa) NC 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) NO Nominal Spring Span: ...... 3/8” (10 mm) Valve Body Material: ...................................................... 250°F (121°C) Maximum Inlet Pressures: Water: ......................................... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z... Recommended for use with hot or chilled water and steam for control of convectors............. 1/4” (6 mm) Valve Body Rating: .............................................. 5 psi (35 kPa) General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ............................ 5 psi (35 kPa) General: Effective Diaphragm Area: ....................VALVES & ACTUATORS 231 Powermite 656 Series Description Siemens Building Technologies Powermite 656 Two-way Valve is designed to control the flow of both water and steam....................................................... fan coil units............................................................ Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp....................... 2 (22 cm2) Max........... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............. C-101 through C-102) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-086P25.........................D................................................................................... Steam......................... Upper seat NC/Lower seat NO Stem Travel: ............................................ 25 psi (172 kPa) Between Inlet & Outlet: .......................... fan coil units.. 3.................. 1/8” NPT Controlled Medium: ........... Refer to Reference Section Steam: ........................................... ANSI Class 250 Standard Spring Ranges w/ 10 psi (69 kPa): Differential Pressure: ... 2. 3................ 1/2” (15 mm) Valve Body Style: ............... 250°F (121°C) Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: Between Inlets: ......................................... Flared end Valve Action: ......4 in........................ 15 psig (103 kPa) Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: ..... Water.. (0............................. 1/2” (15 mm) Valve Body Style: ..................................................... reheat coils..................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ......................

................. Stainless Steel Packing: ................................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.................................................. 250 psi (1720 kPa) Maximum Differential Pressure between Hot and Cold Ports: Sequence: ............................................... C-103 through C-104) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-089P25 and 155-091P25........... Inlet Pressure: Water: ............................................................... 30 psig (210 kPa) Controlled Medium: ........... 25 psi (170 kPa) Ambient Operating Temperature: ............................. 1/2” (15 mm) Valve Body Style: ..... Steam..................................... 2 (71 cm2) Nominal Spring Range: NO: ............................... 1/2” (15 mm) Max......................................................... EPT Rubber General: Stem Travel: ............... SAE Flared Valve Action: ...................................................... for radiant panel and similar applications......................... Specifications General: Valve Size: .................. water.................................... without mixing.. reheat coils............................. C-105 through C-106) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-092P25............................................................. The 658 Powertop is designed with two inlets and one outlet for the sequence valve and with one inlet and two outlets in the changeover valve... Medium Temperature: ... NO/Hot to common.... The Powertop Two-way Valve is available with Normally Open or Normally Closed action................... 10 psi (69 kPa) Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: Sequence Valve: ............................ 1/2” (15 mm) O.................................................................................................. Diaphragm Pressure: ..... Specifications General: Valve Size: .................................................... 10 to 14 psi (70 to 100 kPa) Materials: Valve Body: ...... 1/2” (15 mm) Valve Body Style: ..................................................................... Styrene Butadiene Stem: ............................. 25 psig (170 kPa) Steam: .................. Diaphragm Pressure: ................................. 50 psi (350 kPa) Changeover: ............................................... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z............. and ethylene glycol solutions........................................ Water....................D............. 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C) NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powertop 658 Sequence and Changeover Valve is designed to select and modulate the flow of either hot or chilled water.......................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............ 2 to 6 psi (14 to 41 kPa) NO/NC: .............................................................................. Bronze Disc: . induction units and radiant panels..................................................................................... Refer to Changeover/Flared/Sequence Ref............................................ NC/Cold to common Stem Travel: ...... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp................................ 15 psig (102 kPa) Max................................ Dual EPT Rubber Valve Body Rating: ........... 15 psig (103 kPa) Ambient Operating Temperature: .............................. Flared Valve Action: ................................... Bronze Disc & Packing: ......................................................................................................................................... Normally Open/Normally Closed Valve Body Rating: ...................................... ANSI Class 250 Diaphragm Area: ............................................................... 250°F (121°C) Max.................................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .............................. Glycol solution Maximum Medium Temperature: ......... such as unit ventilators...................................... 11in......................... 30 psig (210 kPa): Controlled Medium: ...... 13/32” (10 mm) Materials: Valve Body: ........................................................................................................232 VALVES & ACTUATORS Powertop 658 Series NEW! Description Siemens Building Technologies Powertop 658 Valve is designed to control the flow of steam......... water.................................. glycol solution Max.................... fan coil units............................................... ANSI Class 250 Effective Diaphragm Area: .... Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: Water: ....................................................................... 250°F (121°C) Maximum Inlet Pressure: ............ section Steam: .................................................... 11 in............. 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.................................................................................................................. 2 (71 cm2) General: Max........................... The Powertop 658 is used for the control of heating/cooling coils in terminal units...

................ 15 to 140F° (-9 to 40°C) Medium: ............................................................................................................................. Water.......................................... Specifications General: Line Size: ............................................. Buna/N Packing: ...... 12 sec.............. ANSI Class 250 Materials: Valve Body: ................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............. 7 VA Run Time: Open: ..................................................... 5 sec.............................. Inlet Pressure for Water: ....................... (@ 60 Hz) Closed: .......................................... Normally Open MVE Two-way: ..... Normally Closed MXE Three-way: ........ Aluminum Paddle: ..................................................... 40 to 104°F (4 to 40°C) Storage: ......................................................................... Ambient Temperature: Operating: ................ The electronic actuator receives a two-position (On/Off) signal from the sensor to position the valve flow control paddle.................................................................................VALVES & ACTUATORS 233 MTE/MVE/MXE Zone Valves Description Siemens Building Technologies MTE/MVE/MXE Electronic Two-way and Three-way Zone Valves are designed to control the flow of water and glycol solutions............................................................... spring returns the paddle to normal when no signal is present.. The valves are excellent for zone control............................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.... Viton O-ring General: Operating Voltage: ............................ Stainless Steel Cover: ........................................................................... glycol solutions up to 50% Max.................. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .................................................................................................................................................................................... C-107 through C-109) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-166P25 and 155-168P25..... 300 psi (2068 kPa) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Diverting Valve Body Rating: ........................ Forged Brass Base Plate: .............................. 24 Vac/120 Vac/230 Vac Operating Frequency: ..... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z......................... 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm) Valve Action: MTE Two-way: ................................. 50 to 60 Hz Power Consumption: ............... 200°F (93°C) Max.................... Medium Temperature: ....................................

MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .234 VALVES & ACTUATORS Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.

............... Switchover is accomplished by changing the air pressure to the thermostat... tube Dimensions w/Cover: . 40-140°F (4-60°C) Air Connections: .......................16”W x 3...........................07 lb....27 lb... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.................................... -10-140°F (-23-60°C) Ambient Operating: .. 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C) Operating Pressure: ............0.............. Specifications General: Control Action: ........7 lb.................... Horizontal Thermometer: ...... single setpoint.. The 192HC is designed for temperature control of heating and cooling applications.. 1 to 4 psi /°F (12 to 50 kPa/ °C) Factory Setting: .......................... 2....5 psig +0................................. A-5 through A-6) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-066P25.............................. (0.................. Direct. 72°F..................................................... A-3 through A-4) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-065P25....... one side for heating and the other for cooling.........................24 kg) Plastic Cover: ................................... (0...................12 kg)/0.................................................................. Direct/Reverse...... H (25 psig).......................... 0..................... The 192 S Powerstar is excellent for commercial and institutional facilities................. Plastic (Metal option)............ and 1-pipe for low air capacity or 2-pipe for high air capacity pneumatic room temperature control............ 0... Concealed or exposed Set point Adj: .... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. 40-140°F (4-60°C) General: Supply Air Pressure: Recommended: ................... 0.59”D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D) Shipping Weights: Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: ..53 lb (0.......................... C (18 psig 0........................ 10(2) °F (7 to 30°C.......... the 192 HC Powerstar controls valves and damper actuators in cooling equipment....... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp...............07 lb..................... 25 psig (172 kPa) Maximum: ......................................... Reverse/Direct Operating Range: .. (0................................ Direct or Reverse Scale......... Providing energy management and occupant comfort.......................27 lb........24 kg) Plastic Cover/Metal Cover: .. Concealed or key/finger exposed General: Temperature: Storage: ....12 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 192 HC Powerstar Heating/Cooling Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide two thermostats under one cover.............................. Designed for heating and cooling applications for control of pneumatic valves and damper actuators........59”D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D) Shipping Weights w/Cover: Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: ..... Reverse... 52 kPa @ 1................................. Concealed or exposed Set point Indicator: ........D.......................... the thermostat automatically adjusts to seasonal changes from heating setpoint to cooling setpoint in commercial and institutional facilities. 0......34”H x 1.. 30 psig (207 kPa) max Adj Sensitivity: ........3 (22°C......................34”H x 1...... 0............................. (0.............................04 kg)........53 lb (0.................................................. 12 to 50 kPa per °C Cover: ... 5/32” (4 mm) O......... Metal Cover (single/dual): .......D.................. 45 to 85°F........ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............. 5/32” (4 mm) O................... 30 psig (207 kPa) Air Connections: ....... Specifications General: Control Action: ......8) Adj Sensitivity: ......... 7................ (0... 2..... 1 to 4 psi per °F.............................................. 5(1) °C) Factory Calibration: ..................... 2......................................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......................04 kg)................................ Range Major (minor) Div: ..............................TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 235 Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats Description Siemens Building Technologies 192 S Powerstar Single Temperature Thermostat provides proportional single output............................................................5 psig/°F (31 kPa/°C) Temperature: Storage: ............. -10-140°F (-23-60°C) Ambient Operating: ....16”W x 3......3 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls..................... tubing Dimensions w/Cover: ..........

....................................................... 1 to 4 psi per °F........... Adj Sensitivity: ....................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp... Concealed or exposed Setpoint Adj. Metal Cover (dual): ............... Concealed or key/finger exposed Air Connections: .....................04 kg)...........59”D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D) Shipping Weights: Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: ........................................... 1 to 4 psi per °F 12 to 50 kPa per °C Cover: ...... tube Dimensions w/Cover: ............. Concealed or key/finger exposed General: Air Connections: ...................... 2............................. Direct/Reverse......................................34”H x 1........................................D.............................59”D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D) 192 DNV: .............. automatically performing setback changes from day to night......... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp... The 193 HC Powerstar creates a deadband so that no heating or cooling occurs during the Free Energy Band.............. D (18 psig 0... (0.. Reverse................ It is designed for buildings with early morning heat requirements and mid-morning to afternoon cooling requirements........... 2.................................................... 5/32” (4 mm) O..........27 lb................. 0.................. Specifications General: Control Action: ........................................ 0............................27 lb.................................... A manual override feature allows occupants to switch to day mode.................................D....34”H x 1. A-9 through A-10) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-068P25.......... Reverse.............. 12 to 50 kPa per °C Cover: .................................04 kg)..... Adj Sensitivity: ........... 0......... Reverse/Direct Operating Range: ......16”W x 3.....................: ....................... (0............................53 lb (0... 30 psig (207 kPa) max........59”D (64 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D) Shipping Weights: Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: ......... 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C) Operating Pressure: . Concealed or exposed Setpoint Indicator: ........ Direct..... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ... 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C) Operating Pressure: ........ Direct................. A-7 through A-8) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-067P25....24 kg) Plastic Cover: ..........................24 kg) Plastic Cover: ...................................................... 0................................ Plastic (Metal option)................................ The override returns to the night mode the following night........34”H x 1.......... Concealed or exposed Setpoint Indicator: ..................16”W x 3..... tube General: Dimensions w/Cover: 192 DN: ... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................. 30 psig (207 kPa) max...07 lb....................................... Specifications General: Control Action: ............................12 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls...... Metal Cover (dual): .............. Horizontal Thermometer: .......... The 193 HC provides energy management and occupant comfort with the thermostat automatically reducing the heating load and increasing cooling load................. Direct/Reverse Operating Range: ................. 2. dual setpoint........ 0.............07 lb..... (0....... (0......................... dual output. Plastic (Metal option)....................................... Concealed or exposed Setpoint Adj... The TH 192 DN and DNV control valves and damper actuators in cooling equipment...... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z................................. 0....... Horizontal Thermometer: .. and 2-pipe (dual 1pipe low air capacity) or 3-pipe (dual 2-pipe high air capacity) pneumatic room temperature control........ 5/32” (4 mm) O..............53 lb (0.....12 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 193 HC Powerstar Free Energy Band Heating/Cooling Pneumatic Room Thermostats provides proportional........................................................................ N (25 psig).....5”W x 3................236 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats Description Siemens Building Technologies 192 DN and DNV Powerstar Day/Night/Vent Pneumatic Room Thermostats automatically resets the room temperature set point during unoccupied hours by changing the air pressure to the thermostat.....: .............

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

237

Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 193 HC Powerstar (Hesitation) Free Energy Band Heating/
Cooling Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide proportional, single output, dual setpoint, and 2-pipe
pneumatic room temperature control. It is designed to sequence a heating device or a cooling device.
The hesitation feature keeps the output pressure constant through a 6°F (10.8°C) range (typical), causing
a deadband. The 193 HC Powerstar is an excellent choice for saving energy by sequencing heating and
cooling valves.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-11 through A-12) for specification
details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-069P25.

Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................................................................................... Direct
Operating Range: .............................................................. 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C)
Operating Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) max
Adj. Sensitivity: ........................................ 1 to 4 psi per °F; 12 to 50 kPa per °C
Cover: .............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); Horizontal
Thermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposed
Setpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposed
Setpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed

General:
Air Connections: ............................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tube
Dimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.16”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D
(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)
Plastic Cover: ........................................................................ 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).
Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................. 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 194 Powerstar RETROLINE® Retrostat Pneumatic Room
Thermostat converts most existing pneumatic room thermostats to a Powerstar 192 direct or reverse
acting, 2-pipe, single or dual setpoint unit. Day/Night or Heat/Cool Retrostat is factory calibrated to
match the appropriate changeover pressure of the competitive thermostat.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-13 through A-16) for specification
details and specific product part numbers.

Ordering Information
To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

238

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 832 D Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide gradual acting
pneumatic room temperature control for heating and cooling applications. The 832 D is ruggedly
constructed for dependable, long-term service. Designed for controlling rooms heated or cooled by
radiation, ventilation, or an air conditioning system, the 832 D is versatile and responsive for individual
room control.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-17 through A-18) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-072P25.

Specifications
General:
Control Action: .......................................................................................... Direct
Operating Range: ............................................................ 60–85°F (15.5–29.4°C)
Operating Pressure: ...................................................... 30 psi (206.7 kPa) max.
Sensitivity (Fixed): ............................................ 2.25 psi per °F; 27.9 kPa per °C
Setpoint Adj.: ................................................................ Concealed, exposed key

General:
Air Consumption for Compressor Sizing: ............................... 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)
Dimensions w/Cover: ............................................ 2.875”W x 5.625”H x 2.19”D
(73 mm W x 143 mm H x 56 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 3 lb (1.36 kg)

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 832 DN Day/Night Pneumatic Room Thermostat provide dual
setpoint, and direct acting day/night pneumatic room temperature control. A manual changeover lever
provides local “day” control during the night control cycle. The 832 DN is designed for temperature
control of radiation, mixing dampers, or unit ventilators. This thermostat is ideal during unoccupied
hours for night set back applications when a comfort setpoint is desired at night for energy management.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-19 through A-20) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-073P25.

Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................................................................................... Direct
Operating Range:
Day: .............................................................................. 60 to 80°F (15 to 26°C)
Night: ........................................................................... 50 to 70°F (10 to 21°C)
Max. Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Sensitivity (fixed): ............................................................ 2.5 psi/ °F (31 kPa/°C)
Cover: ............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); Horizontal

General:
Thermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposed
Setpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposed
Setpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed
Air Consumption for Compressor Sizing: ............................... 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)
Dimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.88”W x 5.63”H x 2.19”D
(73 mm W x 143 mm H x 56 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 5 lb (2.27 kg)

Ordering Information
To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

239

Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 356 Limitem Rigid BulbThermostats are pneumatically-operated,
duct-mounted thermostats, which are available in either direct or reverse acting in a variety of ranges.
The 356 Thermostat provides primary control for unit ventilators, fan coils, and other air handling units. It
can also be used as a low limit control for air flow to a controlled space.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-21 through A-22)for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-070P25.

Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................................................................... Direct, Reverse
Temperature Response: ................................................................ 0.50°F (0.9°C)
Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.
Sensing Element: ............................................................... Rigid Bimetallic Bulb
Adj. Sensitivity Range: .......................................... 0.25–2 psi/°F (3-25 kPa/°C)
Air Connection: ......................................................................... 1/8” (3 mm) NPT

General:
Dimensions:
Bulb Length: ................................................................................ 18” (457 mm)
Flange O.D.: ................................................................................ 2.56” (65 mm)
Case: ............................................................................ 1.5” Diameter x 2.19”L
(33 mm Diameter x 76 mm L)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 2 lb (0.91 kg)

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 357 D Limitem Remote Bulb Thermostat are pneumaticallyoperated thermostats that are gradual, direct acting with a remote or averaging bulb. The 357 provides
primary monitoring and control for air handling units or a low limit control.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-23 through A-24) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-071P25.

Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................................................................................... Direct
Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.
Adj. Sensitivity Range: ....................................... 0.33–3.5 psi/°F (4–43 kPa/°C)
Sensing Element: ................................................................... Remote/Averaging
Bulb: .................................................................................................. Liquid-filled
Temperature Response: .................................................................. 0.5°F (0.3°C)
Dial Graduations: ............................................................ 5°F (2.7°C), 2°C (3.6°F)

General:
Max. Ambient Temperature (case): ................................................ 180°F (82°C)
Nominal Air Supply Pressure: ............................... 18 to 25 psi (124 to 172 kPa)
Mounting: ................................................................................. Bracket supplied
Air Connection: ......................................................................... 1/8” (3 mm) NPT
Dimensions (Case): ....................................................... 1.75” Diameter x 3.5” H
(44.5 mm Diameter x 88.9 mm H)
Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 2 lb. (0.91 kg)

Ordering Information
To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

240

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 188 Unit Mounted Thermostat is a gradual acting thermostat
with a remote bulb operating on the force-balance principle, using pneumatic feedback to obtain linearity
and maintain selected room temperature by positioning pneumatic devices to control heating or cooling.
Designed for use in fan coil induction units and unit ventilators to control the temperature within an
occupied space. The thermostat’s temperature range is limited to applications at ambient temperatures.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-25 through A-26) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-064P25.

Specifications
General:
Control Action: ......................................... Heating/Cooling, Direct and Reverse;
Direct only; Reverse only
Operating Range: .............................................................. 60-85°F (15.5-29.4°C)
Operating Pressure: ........................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.
Adjustment Sensitivity: ......................................... 1-5.25 psi/°F (12-65 kPa/°C)
Factory Sensitivity Setting: ............................................ 2.25 psi/°F (28 kPa/°C)
Temperature Response: .................................................................. 0.2°F (0.1°C)
Maximum Ambient Temperature:
Case: ......................................................................................... 135°F (57.2°C)
Bulb: ........................................................................................... 231°F (111°C)
Scale Graduations: .......................................................................... 1°F (0.55°C)

General:
Nominal Air Supply Pressure:
Direct or Reverse Acting: ......................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Heating/Cooling: ........................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)/18 psi (124 kPa)
Air Connections: ............... 1/4” (6.3 mm) Brass barbed for polyethylene tubing
Bulb Size: ...................... 3/8” Diameter x 3 1/2”L (9.5 mm Diameter x 89 mm L)
Capillary Length: .............................................................. 48” (121.9 cm) approx.
Dimensions (case):
Heating/Cooling, Reverse Acting: ............................. 3.1”W x 2.4”H x. 2.13”D
(100 mm W x 61 mm x 54 mm D)
Direct Acting: ............................................................. 3.1”W x 2.4”H x. 1.38”D
(100 mm W x 61 mm x 35 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 3 lb (1.36 kg)

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 134 Pneumatic High and Low Temperature Detection
Thermostats automatically “lockout” at setpoint and require manual reset. The 134 is used on pneumatic
heating and cooling systems in areas protected from the weather.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-27 through A-28) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-063P25.

Specifications
General:
Ambient Temperature Range:
Part # 134-1700: ...................................................... > setpoint to 140°F (60°C)
Part # 134-1710: .................................................. -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C)
Pneumatic Switch: ..................................... NC, 0.020” (0.6 mm) diameter bleed
Temperature Thermostat: ........................................ Lowest temperature at any
one foot section of the sensing bulb

General:
Case Finish: ......................................................................... Gray Baked Enamel
Shipping Weights:
Part # 134-1700: ..................................................................... 2.45 lb. (1.11 kg)
Part # 134-1710: ..................................................................... 2.38 lb. (1.08 kg)

Ordering Information
To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

241

Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 186 Room and Duct Hygrostats are pneumatic instruments
sensitive to slight changes in relative humidity. The 186 provides control of relative humidity for comfort
control in hospitals, schools, and office buildings.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-29 through A-30) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-027P25.

Specifications
General:
Sensitivity: .............................................................................. 1/4 to 4 psi/% RH
Normal Supply Pressure: ................................ 15 to 25 psi (103 kPa to 172 kPa)
Maximum Supply Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psi (207 mm)
Air Consumption: ....................................................................... 15 scim (4 ml/s)
Effect of 10°F Temperature Change: ........................................... Shift of 1% RH
Effect of 5 psi Supply Pressure:
Change (mid sensitivity) ........................................................ 7.0 min./vol. unit
Duct Box: ............................................................ Extends 6” (152 mm) into duct
Air Connections:
Duct: ........................... Barb fitting for 1/4” (64 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Room: .................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing

General:
Dimensions:
Chassis: .................................................................... 2.9”H x 1.75”W x. 1.13”D
(73.66 mm H x 44.45 mm W x 28.70 mm D)
Room: ..................................................................................... 2.16”W x 3.34”H
(55 mm W x 85 mm H)
Duct: .............................................................................. 4.5”H x 5.88”W x. 6”D
(114 mm H x 149 mm W x 152 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
186-0013 & 186-0019: ........................................................... 0.84 lb. (0.38 kg)
186-0087; 186-0088; 186-0090; 186-0091: ............................... 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg)
Standard Room Cover: ....................................................... Desert Beige, plastic

Siemens Building Technologies Thermostats and Hygrostats Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andover’s
Peripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-48 through A-58) for descriptions and specific product
part numbers.

Ordering Information
To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

.................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp............6°C) from setpoint................ Off 0......35 kg) Finish: ........... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................................. A-31 through A-32 for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-067P25. 9 V (not included) Dimensions: ........6°C)] Deadband: ........... CSA (UL not required) Mounting: .. Off at setpoint Stage 2: .................................... oil..................... This includes air-to-air heat pumps with automatic defrost control/single or multi-stage with electric auxiliary heat or emergency heat or single or multi-stage that include electric auxiliary heat or emergency heat.......15 to 1......................................................................242 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Electric Room Thermostats and Hygrostats Description Siemens Building Technologies 141 Programmable Low Voltage Wall Thermostat is a low voltage electrical wall thermostat with multi-stage control (3 stages Heat/3 stages Cool) and seven days programmable time clock function............................................................................................................................... Heating and Cooling Set Point Range: ................ On 2°F (3..... or electrical systems.75” W x 1..............................................11 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.......................... Six temperature settings per day Time Format: ............................................... 5 min..... Vertical and Horizontal (opt.......... General: Switch Action: ..................................................................................5”H x 3. plastic case Shipping Weight: .......... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ...... The 141 controls gas........................................................... 5°F (2..09°C) from setpoint Stage 3: ........................ 24 Vac (30 Vac) max....................8°C) adjustable from 1° to 5°F (0........ Fixed Electric Rating: ........................................ 1.......................................... 30 V @ 1............................25” D (14 mm H x 70 mm W x 32 mm D) Finish: ............ 4..........................................8°C) Operating Voltage: . System “Heat-Off-Cool” Fan “Auto-On” Approvals: . On 1°F (1..................... 40° to 99°F (4° to 37°C) Differential: Stage 1: ...88”W x.................. Specifications General: Set Point Range: ........... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp.. (0................................................... 50° to 90°F (10° to 32°C) Heat Differential: .... the thermostat is heat-anticipated with an adjustable heater on the heating side and a fixed nonadjustable heater on the cooling side................... Off 1°F (1......... cover plate provided) Dimensions: ............................................................................... A-33 through A-34) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-140P25....................... Ivory............................2 mA AC/DC General: Power Consumption: .... 0....... The 141 controls single or dual compressor heat pumps with no more than one stage of auxiliary heat..................1 to 1........5°F (24°C) Heat Anticipator: . Seven day.8°C) from setpoint............ 2 W max...........................5°F (3° to 3... 6..............................................................5°F (...... 50/60 Hz Program Format: ................................... between cycles Factory Default Temperature Settings: Heating: ...................................................................................... SPDT Selector Switches: .................................................... 0.. 5 V @ 10 mA DC Maximum: .......................... 20 to 30 Vac.........8°C) from setpoint [adjustable from 0...... Contact Output: ....................................................................... or electrical heat and refrigeration cooling......................................................... 74°F (23°C) Battery: ...... 0......... It is designed for multistage heat pump and non-pump HVAC systems..... oil................... 12 or 24 hour clock Dry Contact Rating1: Minimum: ....................... Ivory and Brown plastic case 1 When dry contact is selected Description Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Low Voltage Wall Thermostats are a 24 Vac heat/ cool room thermostat with universal control for use with most low voltage gas......................... 0......... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z...... 70°F (21°C) Cooling: .0 Amps (adjustable) Cool Anticipator: . 1°F (18°C) Cool Differential: ................... On 3°F (5...75”D (165 mm H x 99 mm W x 45 mm D) Shipping Weight: .. 1.5° to 2...........5° to 6...........................................25 lb (0..............3 A Compressor Protection Delay: ...............5” H x 2............................78 lb.............4°C) from setpoint........... Specifications General: Control Function: ..................... For greater room comfort.............

.......................... 20 Dimensions: ......... typically to directly operate two-position damper motor actuators............................................... A-35 through A-36 for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-019P25............................................................................................................................... 44...... relays...... 2..............82 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 134 Electric Line Voltage Room Thermostat ..........7 A Part #’s 134-1084 & 134-1086: 120 Vac: .....TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 243 Electric Room Thermostats and Hygrostats Description Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Line Voltage Remote Bulb Thermostat is a twoposition electric line voltage thermostat with remote bulb.... 22... SPDT Part # 134-1086: ..... 1...............................................38”H x........................................................................................ or residential installations.. 3........ and similar equipment...............19” H x 1..... 1.......................................... Specifications General: Motor Rating: Part # 134-1083: 120 Vac: ........5”W x 5........................................75” H x 1..................0 A Part # 134-1085: 120 Vac: ................................. 2..........3 lb (0......................................................0 Cooling 240 Vac: ........... 6....................... Models are available with SPST or SPDT contact action and for standard.......... 6..........0 Heating/8......Heating/Cooling is a line voltage on/off room thermostat for heating and cooling applications............................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.. MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........... 16.. 3.0 Cooling General: Switch Action: Part # 134-1083: ....................................................................... nominal 1 hp/22 amps noninductive applications..31”D (64 mm W x 136 mm H x 59 mm D) Shipping Weight: ......................................... SPST Dimensions: Part #134-1083: ....................78” W x 5............................................................................................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover....... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.................................................... 3” W x 4...................................................0 Heating/8...... Specifications General: Inductive Amps: Full Load Amps: 120 Vac: .... (0.................. Typical applications include summer-winter changeover and the direct control of liquid or air temperatures where two poisiton (ON-OFF) control is acceptable...........4 240 Vac ...................... nominal 1/4 hp/10 amps noninductive.... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp.............6 kg) Part #’s 134-1084 & 134-1085: ...... 25 240 Vac: .... motor actuated valves.. The 141 is used for temperature control in heating and cooling application. 8.............. 3........................................0 A 240 Vac: .....8 lb.............................. The 134 controls heating and cooling applications or year-round air conditioning units in commercial...............2 General: Resistive Amps: 120 Vac: ................................ 7....... A-37 through A-38) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-017P25.......88” D (71 mm W x 132 mm H x 48 mm D) Part #’s134-1084-134-1086: ......................5 240 Vac: ................................0 A 240 Vac: ................................. 1.......... SPST w/ “Auto-Off Fan” Switch Part #’s 134-1084 & 134-1085: .......... or heavy duty...........44” D (75 mm W x 120 mm H x 36 mm D) Shipping Weights: Part #’s 134-1083 & 134-1086: ........................................................................................ industrial.............................5 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls...........7 Locked Rotor Amps: 120 Vac: ... 2...............................0 lb (0............................................................

...244 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Electric Room Thermostats and Hygrostats Description Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Surface Mounted/High Temperature Limit Control Thermostats are single setpoint electric thermostats for high or low limit control............................ cooling coils.8 lb (0...........1 kg) Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ............ surface mounted or duct mounted models are available....8 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls............... 4-wire 2 circuit Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ........... Specifications General: Set Point Range: Part # 141-0519: ................8°C) Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ............................. Double Throwswitch... (0................. 1......... 35° to 45°F (1.....31” W x 3. SPDT Reset Action: Part #’s 134-1504 & 134-1511: ..... 7.......... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z................................... making this control ideal for the protection of large coils where air stratification could cause localized freezing conditions........................................................ 10 FLA @ 120 Vac............................... The 134 is ideally suited for detecting potential freeze-up conditions of heating coils..... and similar applications........................ SPST............... 1.......................4 lb (1..... 1 A @ 0...................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp...... open-on-rise Electrical Ratings (Part # 141-0519): Motor Rating: .................................... 6 A @ 12-50 Vac General: Dimensions: Part # 141-0519: .........31” D (59mm W x 81 mm H x 59 mm D) Shipping Weights: Part #’ 134-1504: ............................................ Specifications General: Temperature Range: Part # 134-1504: .................................. 50° to 150°F (10° to 54°C) Part # 141-0530: ..............4 FLA @ 120 Vac......... 2.......... 2...........38”H x...................... 44.................................................. 4” W x 3......................... 22...........................4° to 12..... 25° to 215°F (-4° to 102°C) Switch Action: Part # 141-0519: ........94”W x 5. DPST...... SPDT Part # 141-0530: ........ Manual Part # 134-1510 : .. The 141 Electric High Temperature Thermostat is normally located in a duct system and wired to shut down air conditioning or ventilating fans when the air temperature exceeds 125°F (52°C).........84”D (58 mm W x 137 mm H x 47 mm D) Part # 141-0530: ........................ 2.............................................................................19” H x 2.................. (0............................2°C) Switch Action: Part # 134-1504: ....5”D (59mm W x 137 mm H x 64 mm D) Shipping Weight: Part # 141-0519: ....... The 141 Surface Mounted Thermostat is ideal as a low or high limit control on unit heaters..5 A @ 120 Vac...... 1.....................5” D (102 mm W x 83 mm H x 65 mm D) Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: .8 lb........................................ 2 lb...........7° to 7......................... 3... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ..............................................................................30”W x 5............ 2.. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp...........25” H x 2........82 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 134 Electric Low Temperature Detection Thermostat is a remote bulb instument with a Single Pole...9 kg) Part # 141-0530:: ..................................7 FLA @ 240 Vac Locked Rotor: ....3-12 Vac. which would occur during a fire... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.... Automatic General: Bulb Size: .................. liquid heating pipes................ A-43 through A-44) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-021P25....... A-45 through A-46) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-016P25....38”H x............2 A @ 240 Vac Electrical Ratings (Part # 141-0530): Motor Rating: ............................................. 2.................... Any one foot of the capillary element actuates the thermostat switch. 6 FLA @ 240 Vac Noninductive Rating: ....... 15° to 55°F (-9.................................. 1/8” x 20’ (3 mm x 6 m) Dimensions: Part # 134-1504: ...........................

..............1 lb... 590 scim (161 ml/s) General: % Prop.............................................................................................................................................. 20% glass-filled Dimensions: ...................................................................................... and produces a pneumatic output signal based on the net pneumatic input and the mechanical settings of the setpoint and percent proportional band............ 2 to 20% for a 5 psi (34 kPa) control pressure change Air Consumption: .. Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover............................ 640 scim (175 ml/s) Exhaust: ................................ B-3 through B-4) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-119P25........................ 6................ Surface Air Connections: ........... humidity.................. The 195 is commonly used when the setpoint needs to be automatically reset based on a separate input...... 2 psi (14 kPa) pressure change @ 9 psi (62 kPa) control pressure Supply: ...... 22 psi (152 kPa) Maximum Safe: ............. Two plug-in connectors are provided.......................................... Range: .......................................................................... and pressure of mechanical equipment in commercial and industrial facilities.................. 3......... 640 scim (175 ml/s) Exhaust: ............................................................... Range: .................. 22 psi (152 kPa) Maximum Safe: .........4 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 195 Multiple Input Receiver-Controller is a pneumatic controller that receives up to three pneumatic inputs and produces a pneumatic output signal based on the net pneumatic input and the setpoint............................ Band Adj......................... 40° to 120°F (4° to 49°C) Supply Pressure: Operating: ........................... Specifications General: Action Input #1: .............. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) Control Output: ........................... Band Adj..... Reverse Pneumatic Inputs: ........ MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............... Case Material: . and authority settings... Direct Input #2: .............................................. 6........... Reverse Pneumatic Inputs: ........................................................................................... The Retroline Receiver-Controller (1951000) includes decals and installation instructions to replace competitive models....... The Retroline Receiver-Controller (195-1000) includes decals and installation instructions to replace competitive models.............................. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........4 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls.........................................................................................5”D (171mm W x 144 mm H x 89 mm D) Shipping Weight: . 60 scim (17ml/s)............................................................. Barb fittings for 1/4” (6mm) O.......................................1 lb.........................75”W x 5..... B-5 through B-6) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-036P25.. 3......................... Controller can be easily changed from direct to reverse acting...................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) % Prop............................................................... 2 psi (14 kPa) pressure change @ 9 psi (62 kPa) control pressure Supply: ........................................ simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z...........................5”D (171mm W x 144 mm H x 89 mm D) Shipping Weight: .............................. 0 psi (0 kPa) to supply pressure 22 psi (152 kPa) Supply Pressure: Operating: .............. The 195 is used to control temperature................................ 2 to 20% for a 5 psi (34 kPa) control pressure change General: Operating Ambient Temp Range: .................................................................. 30 psi (207 kPa) Air Capacity: ..... Lexan........... 20% glass-filled Dimensions ......................................................................................... The Controller can be easily changed from direct to reverse acting... not including transmitters Mounting: ................................. Refer to the Siemens Building Technologies Control Catalog (pp. Surface... 590 scim (161 ml/s) Mounting: ......TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 245 Controllers & Transmitters Description Siemens Building Technologies 195 Single Input Receiver-Controller is a pneumatic controller which receives one pneumatic input. (1............... one for the direct acting and the reverse acting transmitter inputs and one for supply and control lines................ 0 psi (0 kPa) to supply pressure 22 psi (152 kPa) Operating Ambient Temp Range: ... Specifications General: Action: Input #1: ....................69”H x............... percent proportional band. It can be used as a single input device...............69”H x............. 40° to 120°F (4° to 49°C) Air Consumption: .................... vertical Case Material: ............ Lexan........... 60 scim (17ml/s)................................................................................ (1.......................................................... 1/8” NPT connection provided for control pressure gauge (gauge not included)....... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) Control Output: ...... 3..................................... polyethylene tubing......... Direct Input #2: .....75”W x 5.........D......................... not including transmitters Air Capacity: .............................. 3............

....25”D (32 mm W x 101 mm H x 32 mm D) General: Air Connections: 1-1/2”: ..... Mounting flange Remote Bulb: .938”D (32 mm W x 73 mm H x 25 mm D) 3-1/2” (89 mm): ...........0 lb............................. 1”D (25 mm W x 41 mm H x 25 mm D) 2-1/2” (64 mm): . Temperature Transmitters operate on the force-balance principle.................................................... (0.. B-9 through B-11) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-077P25..................2 kg) 3-1/2” (89 mm): ....................... 0................................... 25 psi (172 kPa) Accuracy: ........................D......... (0..... Wall terminal Rigid Bulb/Averaging Bulb: ...........................................3 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 184 Temperature Transmitters are direct acting.... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) Mounting: Room: .............................................. (0.... B-7 through B-8) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-023P25................. 2-1/2% of full scale middle half of scale........................... 1..... 2-1/2” (64 mm)...........68 kg) Remote Bulb/Averaging Bulb: ................ Barbed fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O.............................................................. (0.................. 0....... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp..........25”W x 4”H x.......... Direct Output Air Pressure: ........... Retroline transmitters easily replace any competitive model.. Receiver Gauges are mounted on a central control panel and respond to pneumatic signals from a remotely-located transmitter used to measure temperatures.....2 lb....... 1/8” NPT male in center back 2-1/2” and 3-1/2: ......................... polythylene tubing Shipping Weights: 1-1/2” (38 mm): ...... 1”W x 1..........................625”H x.............. (0...D......................................... plastic Rigid/Averaging/Remote Bulb: ................... using internal feedback for excellent linearity and accuracy..... 1............................... 1.... Desert Beige... 3-1/2% elsewhere Dimensions: 1-1/2” (38 mm): .. polyethylene tubing............... and pressures of mechanical equipment...........38 kg) Rigid Bulb: ............................... and 3-1/2” (89 mm) diameter gauges with a barb fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O........... (0. humidity...........5 lb...........................0 lb........... 1....... 0.................................. Specifications General: Standard Operating Pressure: .................. Mounting flange or well bracket mounting kit Cover Finish: Room: .........................59”D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D) Rigid Bulb/Remote Bulb: . 1.875”H x......................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. 1.......................................................6 lb...................... Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.............................. 2................25”W x 2................16”W x 3.. 3.........................91 kg) Averaging Bulb w/Armored Capillary: ......... Gray General: Dimensions: Room: ... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ............... The 184 Temperature Transmitters can be used for a variety of applications to monitor temperature and are ideal for those requiring indication with a receivercontroller.............35”H x......................................................875”W x 3”H x........36 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls..................................83 lb.... 2. (1.............. Receiver Gauges are available as 1-1/2” (38 mm)........... 0.. 0............ one-pipe instruments that sense temperature and transmit a proportional 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) pneumatic signal to a remotely-located receiver gauge and/or receiver controller..................... 1.......... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z..... Specifications General: Action: ....69”D (48 mm W x 76 mm H x 33 mm D) Shipping Weights: Room: .....246 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Controllers & Transmitters Description Siemens Building Technologies 142 A Receiver Gauges are used for visual indication of the value of a variable required to report system or functional operating status........... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) Maximum Operating Pressure: .......09 kg) 2-1/2” (64 mm): ...5 lb.

.. (0.......2 psi Maximum Static Pressure: ... 1/8” (3 mm) General: Mounting: Room: ...14 lb............... direct acting pneumatic instrument that measures the velocity pressure (difference between total and static pressure)..... Galvanized Steel Air Connections: .... 2....................................... The 186 operates on a force-balance principle with internal feedback to obtain linearity to accurately sense relative humdity..................6°C): Temperature Change: ... Diaphragm level +5° angle mounts on separate bracket Air Connections: .... 22+ 1..TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 247 Controllers & Transmitters Description Siemens Building Technologies 186 Room & Duct Humidity Transmitters are one-pipe........................................ Specifications General: Action: ........ receiver gauge or sensitive pressure swtiches............................... Desert Beige.............................................25” W (224 mm H x 133 mm W) Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... Specifications General: Action: ....... Direct............... B-13 through B-14) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-026P25......... 135°F (57°C) Supply Pressure: Maximum: ....................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) Air Connections: ..........38 kg) Duct: ...........................................................................................................................4 kPa) Mounting: ..................... The 141 measures the velocity pressure and transmits a linear..................37”D (53 mm W x 81 mm H x 35 mm D) Duct: ............. 1.................... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 .......... Shift of 1% RH Air Consumption: .C........................ direct acting pneumatic instruments that sense space humidity and transmit a 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) pneumatic signal to a remote receiver gauge and/or receiver-controller to read percent relative humidity..........5”W x 5...................................... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp................................... (2 kPa) Field Ajustments: ................. output signal directly proportional to the air velocity to a remote controller........................ +0................................ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover.................................................................... 35 scim (9.......................... 1/4” (6 mm) barb connection Dimensions: Room: ................................................................................................................. alerting an alarm device such as a receiver-controller.... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp.. 2. General: Output: ................. 0................. provided by a pitot tube located in a moving air stream or by a duct-mounted airflow measuring station........... Zero only Ambient Temperature: .......... 8” W. 6”D (114 mm W x 149 mm H x 152 mm D) Shipping Weights: Room: .................................. 20 to 80% RH Maximum Operating Temperature: ...... (1.......06”W x 3.................................... 1/8” NPT female Dimensions: ........................91 kg) Ordering Information To order Siemens products through Andover Controls................. 30 scim (8 ml/s) max.........................87”H x.................. (0.........81”H x 5... 3......42 kg) Description Siemens Building Technologies 141 Pneumatic Air Velocity Transmitter is a two-pipe................ proportional Input (Supply) Air Pressure: .............. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) Overall Accuracy: .....5 psig (21 kPa+ 2....... linear for air velocity range specified..........................0 psi (152+ 6........ Wall terminal Duct: ........ 30 psi (207 kPa) Normal Operating: ... 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C) Air Consumption: ..................................6 ml/s) Output Pressure: .............. 4................................0 lb.......................84 lb............. plastic Duct Box Material: ... 4......................................................5” D (152 mm H x 165 mm D) Standard Room Cover Finish: .............. With no airflow..................................... B-15 through B-16) for specification details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-093P25................ The transmitter output can be sent to a receiver-controller for control of an air conditioning or process control system....... Duct at least 6” H x 6.........89 kPa) Effect of 10°F (5..................................................... 20 psig+ 2 psi (138 kPa+ 14 kPa) for operation within specifications 30 psig (207 kPa) Output Air Pressure: ........................ Direct RH Range: ............2 to 15 psig (29 to 103 kPa).................................................................19”H x....................................................... output will be 3 psig+ 0.......................................................... simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z................................................... 8...........

. Brass Bellows: ........................................ Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover..................... Direct Input (Supply) Air Pressure: Normal: ......................................... Sensing Line Length: 1/4” (6 mm) O.......... 3 to 15 psig (21 to 103 kPa) Maximum Total Pressure (static plus differential): ....... (0......... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp........... Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. 40 to 120°F ( 4 to 49°C) Material: Body: ........................................................... 20 psig (138 kPa) Maximum: ....... 140°F (60°C) Calibration: ....... 1.............................................................................................. simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.................................. Phosphorous Bronze Working Parts: ....6 ml/s) Operating Ambient Temperature: Minimum: . +2% full scale Air Connections: Sensing Line: ...............................69”H x 3.............................. 40°F (4°C) Maximum: ............................. across fans.... 2..... MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946 ........ direct acting instrument that transmits a pneumatic fixed-span 3 to 15 psi (31 to 103 kPa) output signal to a controlling device which is proportional to the input signal sensed from air........................................... filters.............................5 kPa) Output Pressure1: ....................... Specifications General: Action: ... 30” W........... It can also indicate velocity pressure in duct work.......75” W x 1................................ Specifications General: Action: ............. proportional Input Differential Range: .......................................D.......56”D (68mm H x 135 mm W x 141 mm D) Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................ air steam Air Consumption: ..................... 29 scim (8 ml/s) Restrictor: ....................G........................... The input can be either static or velocity pressure differentials of a positive or negative type............................... or steam............... 3/8” (10 mm) O.............................. 30 psig (207 kPa) Overpressure in HI and LO Ports: ... polyethylene Supply Air: ......................... 1/8” NPT female Dimensions: .................D........... and between any two reference points........................................... polyethylene: ..................................6 kg) Orderi